summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2014-01-01 22:58:24 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2014-01-01 22:58:24 +0000
commit92d0eb849913cb6e187e29e845873aae7356ef13 (patch)
tree884d965ed1fe45b16f8bc9e383f7c69ae20715a3 /Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot
parent55573131324ca3ede6a08c8aaa010937f4ae0883 (diff)
powerdot (1jan14)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@32540 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/Changes6
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/README11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/lyx/powerdot-example.lyx (renamed from Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/lyx/powerdot-example.lyx)0
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/lyx/powerdot-example.tex (renamed from Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/lyx/powerdot-example.tex)0
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/lyx/powerdot.layout (renamed from Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/lyx/powerdot.layout)0
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/manifest.txt83
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/powerdot.pdfbin0 -> 512179 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/powerdotDE.pdf (renamed from Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdotDE.pdf)bin553683 -> 553683 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/powerdotDE.tex (renamed from Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdotDE.tex)0
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/RunDoc29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/RunExamples81
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/RunSlideDoc25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/manifest.txt71
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example1.pdfbin37543 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example1.tex66
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example2.pdfbin79391 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example2.tex97
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example3.pdfbin134820 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example3.tex175
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-styleexample.tex50
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-styletest.tex134
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot.bib142
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot.pdfbin540815 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot.tex2807
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdotSlide.pdfbin99791 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdotSlide.tex2635
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/run/powerdot-default.ps109
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/source/powerdot.dtx8742
28 files changed, 8942 insertions, 6321 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/Changes b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/Changes
deleted file mode 100644
index 976da8d4011..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/Changes
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-powerdot.cls --------
-1.4i 2012-03-13 - added support for description environment
-1.4h 2011-09-15 - fix for the latest enumitem
-1.4g 2011-04-25 - load enumitem version 2.2
- - allow paper size smartboard
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/README
index aba6aa31a17..2a3997e541b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/README
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/README
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-powerdot v1.4e
---------------
+powerdot v1.5
+-------------
powerdot is a presentation class for LaTeX that allows for the quick
and easy development of professional presentations. It comes with
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ powerdot into your LaTeX distribution
License
-------
-Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
+Copyright (C) 2005-2014 Hendri Adriaens
This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -43,3 +43,8 @@ The latest version of this license is in
and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
version 2003/12/01 or later.
+This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+
+This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+
+This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/lyx/powerdot-example.lyx b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/lyx/powerdot-example.lyx
index c26f7ab3785..c26f7ab3785 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/lyx/powerdot-example.lyx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/lyx/powerdot-example.lyx
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/lyx/powerdot-example.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/lyx/powerdot-example.tex
index 3321cc0863c..3321cc0863c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/lyx/powerdot-example.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/lyx/powerdot-example.tex
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/lyx/powerdot.layout b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/lyx/powerdot.layout
index da0163e99db..da0163e99db 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/lyx/powerdot.layout
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/lyx/powerdot.layout
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/manifest.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/manifest.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..51926bc4a7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/manifest.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+powerdot manifest
+=================
+
+
+This work consists of the file:
+
+ powerdot.dtx
+
+and derived files:
+
+ powerdot.cls
+ powerdot-styletest.tex
+ powerdot-styleexample.tex
+ powerdot-example1.tex
+ powerdot-example2.tex
+ powerdot-example3.tex
+ powerdot-default.sty
+ powerdot-tycja.sty
+ powerdot-ikeda.sty
+ powerdot-fyma.sty
+ powerdot-simple.sty
+ powerdot-ciment.sty
+ powerdot-elcolors.sty
+ powerdot-aggie.sty
+ powerdot-husky.sty
+ powerdot-sailor.sty
+ powerdot-upen.sty
+ powerdot-bframe.sty
+ powerdot-horatio.sty
+ powerdot-paintings.sty
+ powerdot-klope.sty
+ powerdot-jefka.sty
+ powerdot-pazik.sty
+
+
+
+The following overview shows which files constitute the
+powerdot bundle and must be distributed as a whole. It
+also shows the supposed location of these files in a
+TDS-compliant TeX-tree:
+
+CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot: official location
+ |
+ |- readme : should not be installed
+ |- powerdot-styletest.tex : should not be installed
+ |- powerdot-styleexample.tex : should not be installed
+ |- doc
+ | |- lyx : /doc/latex/powerdot
+ | | |- powerdot.layout : /doc/latex/powerdot/lyx
+ | | |- powerdot-example.lyx : /doc/latex/powerdot/lyx
+ | | `- powerdot-example.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot/lyx
+ | |
+ | |- manifest.txt : /doc/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot.pdf : /doc/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdotDE.pdf : /doc/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdotDE.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-example1.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-example2.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot
+ | `- powerdot-example3.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot
+ |
+ |- run
+ | |- powerdot.cls : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-default.ps : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-default.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-ikeda.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-tycja.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-fyma.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-simple.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-ciment.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-elcolors.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-aggie.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-husky.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-sailor.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-upen.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-bframe.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-horatio.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-paintings.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-klope.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-jefka.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | `- powerdot-pazik.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ |
+ `- source
+ `- powerdot.dtx : /source/latex/powerdot
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/powerdot.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/powerdot.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cfec105bf18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/powerdot.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdotDE.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/powerdotDE.pdf
index c464ea3779c..c464ea3779c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdotDE.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/powerdotDE.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdotDE.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/powerdotDE.tex
index d2e8372dbf7..d2e8372dbf7 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdotDE.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/doc/powerdotDE.tex
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/RunDoc b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/RunDoc
deleted file mode 100644
index b0a0ec257aa..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/RunDoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-# To generate style examples, do
-# (after extracting powerdot-styleexample.tex):
-# Do this for all available styles (replace `default' by any
-# other style name) to generate .001 and .002 files which
-# will be included by the documentation.
-
-latex powerdot.tex
-./RunExamples
-latex powerdot.tex
-latex powerdot.tex
-bibtex powerdot
-makeindex -s gglo.ist -o powerdot.gls powerdot.glo
-makeindex -s gind.ist -o powerdot.ind powerdot.idx
-latex powerdot.tex
-latex powerdot.tex
-dvips powerdot.dvi
-ps2pdf powerdot.ps
-latex powerdotDE.tex
-latex powerdotDE.tex
-
-rm *.aux *.log *.i?? *.g?? *.toc *.dvi *.blg *.ps *.bm *.bbl
-rm powerdot-styleexample-*
-
-
-# If you also want to generate the source code documentation,
-# remove \OnlyDescription from the preamble of powerdot.dtx
-# prior to compiling the source.
-#
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/RunExamples b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/RunExamples
deleted file mode 100644
index d386d757264..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/RunExamples
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-# To generate style examples, do
-# (after extracting powerdot-styleexample.tex):
-# Do this for all available styles (replace `default' by any
-# other style name) to generate .001 and .002 files which
-# will be included by the documentation.
-
- latex "\def\style{default}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- latex "\def\style{default}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-default.ps
-#
- latex "\def\style{ciment}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- latex "\def\style{ciment}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-ciment.ps
-#
- latex "\def\style{aggie}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- latex "\def\style{aggie}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-aggie.ps
-#
- latex "\def\style{bframe}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- latex "\def\style{bframe}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-bframe.ps
-#
- latex "\def\style{elcolors}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- latex "\def\style{elcolors}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-elcolors.ps
-#
- latex "\def\style{fyma}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- latex "\def\style{fyma}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-fyma.ps
-#
- latex "\def\style{horatio}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- latex "\def\style{horatio}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-horatio.ps
-#
- latex "\def\style{husky}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- latex "\def\style{husky}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-husky.ps
-#
- latex "\def\style{ikeda}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- latex "\def\style{ikeda}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-ikeda.ps
-#
- latex "\def\style{jefka}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- latex "\def\style{jefka}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-jefka.ps
-#
- latex "\def\style{klope}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- latex "\def\style{klope}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-klope.ps
-#
- latex "\def\style{paintings}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- latex "\def\style{paintings}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-paintings.ps
-#
- latex "\def\style{pazik}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- latex "\def\style{pazik}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-pazik.ps
-#
- latex "\def\style{sailor}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- latex "\def\style{sailor}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-sailor.ps
-#
- latex "\def\style{simple}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- latex "\def\style{simple}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-simple.ps
-#
- latex "\def\style{tycja}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- latex "\def\style{tycja}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-tycja.ps
-#
- latex "\def\style{upen}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- latex "\def\style{upen}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
- dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-upen.ps
-
-rm *.aux *.log *.i?? *.g?? *.toc *.dvi *.blg *.bm *.bbl
-
-# If you also want to generate the source code documentation,
-# remove \OnlyDescription from the preamble of powerdot.dtx
-# prior to compiling the source.
-#
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/RunSlideDoc b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/RunSlideDoc
deleted file mode 100644
index c7bfd8db135..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/RunSlideDoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-# To generate style examples, do
-# (after extracting powerdot-styleexample.tex):
-# Do this for all available styles (replace `default' by any
-# other style name) to generate .001 and .002 files which
-# will be included by the documentation.
-
-latex powerdotSlide.tex
-latex powerdotSlide.tex
-#bibtex powerdot
-#makeindex -s gglo.ist -o powerdot.gls powerdot.glo
-#makeindex -s gind.ist -o powerdot.ind powerdot.idx
-#latex powerdot.tex
-#latex powerdot.tex
-dvips powerdotSlide.dvi
-ps2pdf powerdotSlide.ps
-
-rm *.aux *.log *.i?? *.g?? *.toc *.dvi *.blg *.ps *.bm *.bbl
-rm powerdot-styleexample-*
-
-
-# If you also want to generate the source code documentation,
-# remove \OnlyDescription from the preamble of powerdot.dtx
-# prior to compiling the source.
-#
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/manifest.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/manifest.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e08f6602c0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/manifest.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-powerdot manifest
-=================
-
-
-This work consists of the file:
-
- powerdot.cls
- powerdot-styletest.tex
- powerdot-styleexample.tex
- powerdot-example1.tex
- powerdot-example2.tex
- powerdot-example3.tex
- powerdot-default.sty
- powerdot-tycja.sty
- powerdot-ikeda.sty
- powerdot-fyma.sty
- powerdot-simple.sty
- powerdot-ciment.sty
- powerdot-elcolors.sty
- powerdot-aggie.sty
- powerdot-husky.sty
- powerdot-sailor.sty
- powerdot-upen.sty
- powerdot-bframe.sty
- powerdot-horatio.sty
- powerdot-paintings.sty
- powerdot-klope.sty
- powerdot-jefka.sty
- powerdot-pazik.sty
-
-
-
-The following overview shows which files constitute the
-powerdot bundle and must be distributed as a whole. It
-also shows the supposed location of these files in a
-TDS-compliant TeX-tree:
-
-CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/distrib: official location
- |
- |- README : should not be installed
- |- docs
- | |- lyx : /doc/latex/powerdot
- | | |- powerdot.layout : /doc/latex/powerdot/lyx
- | | |- powerdot-example.lyx : /doc/latex/powerdot/lyx
- | | `- powerdot-example.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot/lyx
- | |
- | |- manifest.txt : /doc/latex/powerdot
- | |- powerdot.pdf : /doc/latex/powerdot
- | |- powerdot-example1.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot
- | |- powerdot-example2.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot
- | `- powerdot-example3.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot
- |
- |- powerdot.cls : /tex/latex/powerdot
- |- powerdot-default.ps : /tex/latex/powerdot
- |- powerdot-default.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
- |- powerdot-ikeda.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
- |- powerdot-tycja.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
- |- powerdot-fyma.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
- |- powerdot-simple.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
- |- powerdot-ciment.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
- |- powerdot-elcolors.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
- |- powerdot-aggie.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
- |- powerdot-husky.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
- |- powerdot-sailor.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
- |- powerdot-upen.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
- |- powerdot-bframe.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
- |- powerdot-horatio.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
- |- powerdot-paintings.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
- |- powerdot-klope.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
- |- powerdot-jefka.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
- `- powerdot-pazik.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 2049764d1ea..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example1.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example1.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 40c97bcc5e6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example1.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `powerdot-example1.tex',
-%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
-%% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
-%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
-%%
-\documentclass{powerdot}
-
-\title{powerdot example 1}
-\author{Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\maketitle
-
-\begin{slide}{Slide 1}
- \begin{itemize}
- \item This is the first slide\pause
- \item There is nothing special about it.
- \end{itemize}
-\end{slide}
-
-\section{First section}
-
-\begin{slide}{Slide 2}
- \begin{itemize}
- \item<1-> Here
- \begin{itemize}
- \item<2-> we
- \begin{itemize}
- \item<3-> demonstrate
- \begin{itemize}
- \item<4-> the itemize environment
- \end{itemize}
- \end{itemize}
- \end{itemize}
- \end{itemize}
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{slide}{Slide 3}
- \begin{enumerate}[type=1]
- \item<1> Here
- \begin{enumerate}
- \item<2> we
- \begin{enumerate}
- \item<3> demonstrate
- \begin{enumerate}
- \item<4> the enumerate environment
- \end{enumerate}
- \end{enumerate}
- \end{enumerate}
- \end{enumerate}
-\end{slide}
-
-\end{document}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `powerdot-example1.tex'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example2.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index a3b1fd5ab6c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example2.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example2.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d8403be397..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example2.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `powerdot-example2.tex',
-%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
-%% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
-%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
-%%
-\documentclass[
- size=12pt,
- style=ikeda,
- paper=screen,
-%% Try me!
-%% orient=portrait,
-%% mode=handout,
-%% display=slidesnotes,
- blackslide,
- nopagebreaks,
- fleqn
-]{powerdot}
-
-\title{powerdot example 2}
-\author{Hendri Adriaens\and Christopher Ellison}
-
-\pdsetup{
- lf=Example 2,
- cf=\today,
- rf=for powerdot,
- trans=Wipe,
- theslide=slide~\arabic{slide},
- list={itemsep=6pt}
-}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\maketitle
-
-\begin{slide}{Slide 1}
- \begin{itemize}
- \item This is a bigger example\pause
- \item demonstrating more of the possibilities of powerdot.
- \end{itemize}
-\end{slide}
-
-\section{This section has a slide}
-
-\begin{slide}{Slide 2}
- Here is the binomium formula.\pause
- \begin{equation}\label{binomium}
- (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k
- \end{equation}\pause
- We will prove formula (\ref{binomium}) on the blackboard.\\
- Click the title of this slide to switch to the black slide.
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{note}{Note to slide 2}
- Here we could type the proof that
- we want to copy to the blackboard.
-\end{note}
-
-\begin{slide}{Slide 3}
- \begin{itemize}[type=1]
- \item This happens\dots\pause
- \item when you change\dots\pause
- \item the type of itemize.
- \end{itemize}
-\end{slide}
-
-\section[template=wideslide,tocsection=hidden]{A hidden wide section}
-
-\begin{slide}{Slide 4}
- \begin{itemize}
- \item We only treat this material\dots\pause
- \begin{itemize}
- \item if we have some time left.\pause
- \item But don't hesitate\dots\pause
- \end{itemize}
- \item to read it yourself.
- \end{itemize}
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{wideslide}{Slide 5}
- This wide slide can contain more material
- as it is wider and does not have a table
- of contents.
-\end{wideslide}
-
-\end{document}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `powerdot-example2.tex'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example3.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example3.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index ecf49830cd6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example3.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example3.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example3.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index fed59471afd..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-example3.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `powerdot-example3.tex',
-
-%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
-%% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
-%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
-%%
-\documentclass[style=klope,%clock,
- hlsections]{powerdot}
-
-\usepackage{amsmath}
-\usepackage{pst-node}
-\usepackage{listings}
-
-\lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]{%
- \lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,%
- frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},%
- xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep%,gobble=1
- }\lstset{#1}}{}
-\lstnewenvironment{examplesmall}[1][]{%
- \lstset{basicstyle=\tiny\ttfamily,columns=flexible,%
- frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},%
- xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep%,gobble=2
- }\lstset{#1}}{}
-
-\title{powerdot example 3 --- verbatim and random dots}
-\author{Hendri Adriaens\and Christopher Ellison}
-
-\pdsetup{
- lf=Example 3,
- cf=\today,
- rf=for powerdot,
- palette=Spring,
- randomdots,
- dprop={dotstyle=ocircle,linewidth=.25pt},
- dmindots=5,dmaxdots=5,
- dminsize=600pt,dmaxsize=700pt,
- dbright=50,
- logohook=c,
- logopos={.505\slidewidth,.08\slideheight},
- logocmd={\includegraphics[scale=.05]{powerdot-default.ps}}
-}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\maketitle
-
-\begin{slide}{Overview}
- \begin{enumerate}[type=1]
- \item This file demonstrates \pause
- \begin{itemize}
- \item some uses of \texttt{verbatim} \pause
- \end{itemize}
- \item and \pause
- \begin{itemize}
- \item some uses of randomdots
- \end{itemize}
- \end{enumerate}
-\end{slide}
-
-\section{section}
-
-\begin{slide}[palette=PastelFlower,method=direct,
- dprop={dotstyle=*},
- dminsize=5pt,dmaxsize=10pt,
- dmindots=5,dmaxdots=10]{Name that quote}
- G\"odel, Escher, Bach: an Eternal Golden Braid \pause
-
- \verb|G\"odel, Escher, Bach: an Eternal Golden Braid| \pause
-
- \begin{quote}
- The two of you may find it amusing to listen
- to such totally meaningless cacophony, but I assure you it is not at
- all pleasant for a sensitive composer to be subjected to such
- excruciating, empty dissonances and meaningless rhythms. Achilles,
- I thought you had a good feeling for music. Could it be that your
- previous pieces had merit merely by coincidence?
- \end{quote}
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{slide}[palette=BlueWater,
- dprop={dotstyle=osquare,linewidth=.2pt},
- dminsize=4pt,dmaxsize=10pt,
- dmindots=5,dmaxdots=10]{Itemize}
- \begin{itemize}
- \item<1> here
- \item<2> we
- \item<3> go
- \end{itemize}
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{slide}[toc=What day is it?,bm=What day is it?,method=direct,
- dprop={dotstyle=*},dminsize=4pt,dmaxsize=20pt,
- dmindots=30,dmaxdots=30]{What day is it?\hfill A test}
-\begin{example}
- <?php
- if ($day == "monday")
- {
- $callInSick = true;
- }
- else
- {
- $callInSick = false;
- }
- ?>
-\end{example}
-\end{slide}
-
-\section[slide=false]{The \texttt{direct} and \texttt{file} methods}
-
-\begin{slide}[method=direct,randomdots=false]{Quadratic}
- With \verb|method=direct|, there are no overlays.\pause
-
- But you can still use display verbatim text.
-
- \[
- x \pause = \pause \frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^2 - 4ac}}{2a} \pause
- \]
-
- Attempting \pause a \pause pause\ldots\pause
-
- \verb|Plot[3x,{x,0,10}]|
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{slide}[method=file,randomdots=false]{Quadratic}
- With \verb|method=file|, \pause you can display verbatim text and have overlays.\pause
-
- \[
- x \pause = \pause \frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^2 - 4ac}}{2a} \pause
- \]
-
- Attempting \pause a \pause pause\ldots\pause
-
- \verb|Plot[3x,{x,0,10}]|
-\end{slide}
-
-\section[slide=false]{Nodes}
-
-\begin{slide}[method=file,randomdots=false]{Taylor}
-\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=|,mathescape]
- e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|x^2/2! + |\color{red}{\ldots}| |\pause|
- e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|$\rnode{A}{\frac{x^2}{2!}}$ + |\color{red}{\ldots}|
-\end{lstlisting}
-\pause\vspace{.1in}
-Notice, \rnode{B}{this} fraction is in \verb|mathmode|.
-\onslide*{11-}{\ncarc[linecolor=blue,arcangle=-5]{->}{B}{A}}\pause \vspace{.1in}
-
-The above (as its own slide) was coded as follows:
-\begin{examplesmall}[escapechar=@]
- \begin{slide}[method=file]{Taylor}
- \begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=|,mathescape]
- e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|x^2/2! + |\color{red}{\ldots}| |\pause|
- e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|$\rnode{A}{\frac{x^2}{2!}}$ + |\color{red}{\ldots}|
- \end{lstlisting}
-
- \pause\vspace{.1in}
-
- Notice, \rnode{B}{this} fraction is in \verb|mathmode|.
- \onslide*{11-}{\ncarc[linecolor=blue,arcangle=-5]{->}{B}{A}}\pause \vspace{.1in}
- @\char`\\@end{slide}
-\end{examplesmall}
-\end{slide}
-
-\end{document}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `powerdot-example3.tex'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-styleexample.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-styleexample.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b83a312fa9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-styleexample.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `powerdot-styleexample.tex',
-%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
-%% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
-%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
-%%
-%%
-\documentclass[paper=letterpaper,style=\style]{powerdot}
-\title{Example of the \style\ style}
-\author{Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{slide}{tocpos}{}
-\pdsetup{lf=left footer,rf=right footer}
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-\begin{slide}{Example slide}
- Here is the binomium formula.
- \begin{equation}\label{binomium}
- (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k
- \end{equation}
- We will prove formula (\ref{binomium}) on the blackboard.\\
- \begin{itemize}
- \item Here
- \begin{itemize}
- \item is
- \begin{itemize}
- \item a
- \begin{itemize}
- \item list
- \end{itemize}
- \item with
- \end{itemize}
- \item seven
- \end{itemize}
- \item items.
- \end{itemize}
-\end{slide}
-\end{document}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `powerdot-styleexample.tex'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-styletest.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-styletest.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 8473c415572..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot-styletest.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `powerdot-styletest.tex',
-%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
-%% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
-%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
-%%
-%% For testing, enter your style below.
-%% Switch on only one paper/orient option at a time.
-\documentclass[
- style=your style,
- paper=screen,
-%% paper=a4paper,
-%% paper=letterpaper,
- orient=landscape,
-%% orient=portrait,
- size=11pt,
-%% hlsections,
- clock
-]{powerdot}
-
-\pdsetup{
- lf=left footer,
- cf=center footer,
- rf=right footer,
- randomdots,dprop={dotstyle=ocircle}
-}
-
-%% For testing text height.
-\makeatletter
-\def\textheightrule{%
- \raisebox\baselineskip{\rule{1cm}\pd@@textheight}%
-}
-\makeatother
-
-\title{This is a test file to test new styles with --
-this title is very long on purpose.\thanks{Adjust textheight
-to position this footnote.}}
-\author{Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison}
-\date{August 16, 2005}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\maketitle
-
-\begin{slide}{Test normal slide}
- Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
- elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
- dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer
- id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque
- habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac
- turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo. Cras viverra metus rhoncus sem.
-
- Notice the color of the equation number!
- \begin{equation}
- (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k
- \end{equation}
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{slide}{Test itemize}
- Some text.\pause
- \begin{itemize}
- \item level 1\pause
- \begin{itemize}
- \item level 2\pause
- \begin{itemize}
- \item level 3\pause
- \begin{itemize}
- \item level 4
- \end{itemize}
- \end{itemize}
- \end{itemize}
- \end{itemize}
- Some text.\footnote{Adjust textheight
- to position this footnote.}
-\end{slide}
-
-\section{Normal section}
-
-\begin{slide}{Test enumerate and inactive color}
- Some text.\pause
- \begin{enumerate}[type=1]
- \item level 1\pause
- \begin{enumerate}
- \item level 2\pause
- \begin{enumerate}
- \item level 3\pause
- \begin{enumerate}
- \item level 4
- \end{enumerate}
- \end{enumerate}
- \end{enumerate}
- \end{enumerate}
- Some text.
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{slide}{The rule has height \texttt{textheight}}
- \textheightrule
-\end{slide}
-
-\section[template=wideslide]{Wide slide section}
-
-\begin{wideslide}{Test wideslide}
- Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
- elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
- dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer
- id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque
- habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac
- turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo. Cras viverra metus rhoncus
- sem.\footnote{Adjust textheight to position this footnote.}
-
- Notice the color of the equation number!
- \begin{equation}
- (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k
- \end{equation}
-\end{wideslide}
-
-\begin{wideslide}{The rule has height \texttt{textheight}}
- \textheightrule
-\end{wideslide}
-
-\end{document}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `powerdot-styletest.tex'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot.bib
deleted file mode 100644
index c32474f8672..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot.bib
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `powerdot.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `bib')
-%%
-%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
-%% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
-%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
-%%
-%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
-%%
-@book{companion,
- author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens},
- title = {The {\LaTeX} Companion},
- edition = 2,
- note = {With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley},
- series = {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting},
- publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
- address = {Boston, Massachusetts},
- year = 2004,
- pagenums = {1120},
- bibliography = {yes},
- index = {yes},
- isbn = {0-201-36299-6}
-}
-
-@MISC{PSTricks,
- author = {{Timothy Van} {Zandt et al.}},
- title = {\pf{PSTricks} package, v1.07, 2005/05/06},
- howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/graphics/pstricks}}
-}
-
-@MISC{PSTricksWeb,
- author = {Herbert Vo\ss},
- title = {\pf{PSTricks} website},
- howpublished = {\url{http://tug.org/pstricks/}}
-}
-
-@MISC{xkeyval,
- author = {Hendri Adriaens},
- title = {\pf{xkeyval} package},
- howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/xkeyval}}
-}
-
-@MISC{extsizes,
- author = {James Kilfiger and Wolfgang May},
- title = {\pf{extsizes} bundle},
- howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/extsizes}}
-}
-
-@MISC{prosper,
- author = {Fr\'ed\'eric Goualard and Peter M\o ller Neergaard},
- title = {\pf{prosper} class},
- howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/prosper}}
-}
-
-@MISC{HA-prosper,
- author = {Hendri Adriaens},
- title = {\pf{HA-prosper} package},
- howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/HA-prosper}}
-}
-
-@MISC{enumitem,
- author = {Javier Bezos},
- title = {\pf{enumitem} package},
- howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem}}
-}
-
-@MISC{hyperref,
- author = {Sebastian Rahtz and Heiko Overdiek},
- title = {\pf{hyperref} package},
- howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref}}
-}
-
-@MISC{natbib,
- author = {Patrick W. Daly},
- title = {\pf{natbib} package},
- howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/natbib}}
-}
-
-@MISC{geometry,
- author = {Hideo Umeki},
- title = {\pf{geometry} package},
- howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/geometry}}
-}
-
-@MISC{xcolor,
- author = {Uwe Kern},
- title = {\pf{xcolor} package},
- howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/xcolor}}
-}
-
-@MISC{graphics,
- author = {David Carlisle},
- title = {\pf{graphics} bundle},
- howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/required/graphics}}
-}
-
-@MISC{random,
- author = {Donald Arseneau},
- title = {\texttt{random.tex}},
- howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/generic/misc}}
-}
-
-@MISC{CTAN,
- author = {CTAN crew},
- title = {{The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network}},
- howpublished = {\url{http://www.ctan.org}}
-}
-
-@MISC{LyXWeb,
- author = {{\LyX\ crew}},
- title = {{\LyX\ website}},
- howpublished = {\url{http://www.lyx.org}}
-}
-
-@MISC{javascript,
- author = {Adobe Solutions Network},
- title = {{Acrobat JavaScript Scripting Reference}},
- howpublished = {\url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/acrobat/sdk/pdf/javascript/AcroJS.pdf}}
-}
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `powerdot.bib'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index e56bc583192..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index e0e38b9fdbc..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdot.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2807 +0,0 @@
-%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
-%% Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
-%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% Version 1.4g prepared by Herbert Voss
-%% Additional work for the documentation by Patrice Mégret
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
-%%
-\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
-
-\usepackage{url}
-\usepackage{fourier}
-\usepackage{xcolor}
-\usepackage{enumitem}
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\usepackage{pst-text}
-\usepackage{listings}
-\usepackage{array}
-\usepackage{xkeyval}
-\usepackage[section]{placeins}
-\addtolength\textheight{2cm}
-\addtolength\topmargin{-1cm}
-\lstnewenvironment{command}{%
- \lstset{columns=flexible,frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{blue!20},%
- xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,escapeinside=`',gobble=1}}{}
-\lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]{%
- \lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,frame=single,%
- backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},xleftmargin=\fboxsep,%
- xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=1,%
- language=[LaTeX]TeX,keywordstyle=\color{blue},%
- moretexcs=[1]{color,ProvidesPackage},%
- moretexcs=[2]{onslide,pause,pdsetup,maketitle,tableofcontents},%
- texcsstyle=[2]\color{red}%
- }\lstset{#1}}{}
-\def\mktitledecor{%
- \rput[tl]{90}(-5.5,-26.51){%
- \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,1.5)(\paperheight,1.5)%
- \rput[lB](.075\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,%
- fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]%
- {\Huge\bfseries\sffamily powerdot}%
- }%
- \rput[rB](.925\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,%
- fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]%
- {\Huge\bfseries Documentation}%
- }%
- \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,0)(\paperheight,0)%
- }%
-}
-\makeatletter
-\def\option#1{%
- \XKV@for@n{#1}\pd@tempa{%
- \fcolorbox{black}{red!20}{\texttt\pd@tempa}\quad
- }%
- \vspace*{.2cm}%
-}
-\def\tableofcontents{\@starttoc{toc}}
-\renewenvironment{theglossary}{%
- \section*{Version history}%
- For more information on bug fixes, typeset the source code
- documentation (see section~\ref{sec:source}).\par\medskip
- \GlossaryParms \let\item\@idxitem \ignorespaces
-}{}%
-\def\DescribeMacros{\leavevmode\@bsphack
- \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\Describe@Macros}
-\def\Describe@Macros#1{\endgroup\strut
- \marginpar{\raggedleft
- \def\@tempa{#1}\count@\z@
- \XKV@for@o\@tempa\@tempa{%
- \ifnum\count@>\z@\\\fi\advance\count@\@ne
- \MacroFont\expandafter\string\@tempa
- \expandafter\SpecialUsageIndex\expandafter{\@tempa}%
- }}%
- \@esphack\ignorespaces
-}
-\def\DescribeOption#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack
- \marginpar{\raggedleft\PrintDescribeOption{#1}}%
- \SpecialOptionIndex{#1}\@esphack\ignorespaces}
-\def\PrintDescribeOption#1{\strut\emph{option}\\\MacroFont #1\ }
-\def\SpecialOptionIndex#1{\@bsphack
- \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1}
- (option)\encapchar usage}\@esphack}
-\def\DescribeOptions#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack
- \marginpar{\raggedleft\strut\emph{options}%
- \@for\@tempa:=#1\do{%
- \\\strut\MacroFont\@tempa\SpecialOptionIndex\@tempa
- }}\@esphack\ignorespaces}
-\def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\@bsphack
- \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1}
- (environment)\encapchar usage}\@esphack}
-\def\changes@#1#2#3{%
- \protected@edef\@tempa{%
- \noexpand\glossary{\textbf{#1}\hfill\emph{(#2)}%
- \levelchar
- \ifx\saved@macroname\@empty
- \space\actualchar\generalname
- \else
- \expandafter\@gobble\saved@macroname
- \actualchar\string\verb\quotechar*%
- \verbatimchar\saved@macroname\verbatimchar
- \fi
- :\levelchar #3}%
- }%
- \@tempa\endgroup\@esphack
-}
-\makeatother
-\def\PrintChangesX{%
- \begingroup
- \let\efill\relax
- \PrintChanges
- \endgroup
-}
-\def\PrintIndexX{%
- \begingroup
- \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
- \setlength{\columnsep}{18pt}%
- \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}%
- \PrintIndex
- \endgroup
-}
-\def\larg#1{{\ttfamily\char`\<}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\char`\>}}
-\def\LyX{L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
-\def\LyXarrow{\leavevmode\,$\triangleright$\,\allowbreak}
-\let\pf\textsf
-\def\equals{=}
-\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
-\newcolumntype{d}{c|l}
-\newcolumntype{e}{c|c|c|c}
-\newcolumntype{f}{l|p{8cm}}
-\RecordChanges
-\CodelineIndex
-\newcounter{FAQ}
-\def\question{%
- \stepcounter{FAQ}%
- \parskip4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \itemsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \parsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \item[\textbf{Q\arabic{FAQ}}]%
-}
-\def\answer{%
- \parskip0pt
- \itemsep0pt
- \parsep0pt
- \item[\textbf{A\arabic{FAQ}}]%
-}
-\def\styleexample#1{%
- \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}{%
- \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}{%
- \hspace*{\stretch{1}}%
- \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]%
- {powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}}%
- \hspace*{\stretch{2}}%
- \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]%
- {powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}}%
- \hspace*{\stretch{1}}\par
- }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}%
- }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}%
-}
-
-\def\fileversion{v1.4g}
-\def\filedate{2011/04/25}
-
- \changes{v1.0}{2005/09/04}{Initial release}
- \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Fixed some small bugs}
- \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \texttt{tocsecindent} and
- \texttt{tocslideindent} options}
- \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \pf{elcolors}, \pf{aggie}, \pf{husky}
- and \pf{sailor} styles}
- \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Changed \texttt{size\protect\equals 10}
- to \texttt{size\protect\equals 10pt}}
- \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \LyX\ layout, description and example}
- \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added graphical examples of styles to documentation}
- \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Improved section title handling}
- \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{\texttt{blackslide} options adds hyperlink
- to slide and section titles}
- \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Extended FAQ}
- \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Improved \pf{tycja}, \pf{ciment} and \pf{fyma} styles}
- \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Added \pf{upen} and \pf{bframe} styles}
- \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Solved some small bugs}
- \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Simplified coding of most styles}
- \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Speeded up compilations}
- \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Solved some small bugs}
- \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Improved \texttt{figure} and \texttt{table} handling}
- \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added \pf{horatio}, \pf{paintings}, \pf{klope}, \pf{jefka}
- and \pf{pazik} styles}
- \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added palettes feature}
- \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added random dots feature}
- \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added optional argument to \cs{maketitle}}
- \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added clock feature}
- \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Updated all styles}
- \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added palettes to \pf{default}, \pf{fyma} and \pf{sailor} styles}
- \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Revised docs}
- \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Updated \LyX\ example and information}
- \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Cleaned up options}
- \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added possibility to create horizontal table of contents}
- \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added logo feature}
- \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added examples and example file}
- \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added two slide processing methods to do verbatim on slides easily}
-
- \changes{v1.4 }{2005/12/10}{Moved \texttt{lf} and \texttt{rf} keys from \texttt{global} to \texttt{glslide} family}
- \changes{v1.4 }{2005/12/10}{Added \texttt{cf} option}
- \changes{v1.4 }{2005/12/10}{Updated styles}
- \changes{v1.4 }{2005/12/10}{Solved some small bugs}
- \changes{v1.4 }{2005/12/10}{Moved footers out of slide box in handout mode}
- \changes{v1.4 }{2008/08/24}{Added \texttt{clockformat} and \texttt{clockrefresh} keys to \texttt{global} family}
- \changes{v1.4 }{2008/08/24}{\texttt{blackslide} replaced by the more general \texttt{pauseslide}}
- \changes{v1.4 }{2008/08/24}{\texttt{pauseslide} does not get randomdots anymore}
- \changes{v1.4 }{2008/08/24}{Renames \texttt{nopagebreaks} option to \texttt{nohandoutpagebreaks}}
- \changes{v1.4 }{2008/08/24}{Added option for no frames in handout mode}
-
- \changes{v1.4a}{2010/10/07}{fixed bug with geometry 5.x (hv)}
- \changes{v1.4b}{2010/11/16}{fixed bug with centered footnote (hv)}
- \changes{v1.4c}{2010/11/16}{fixed bug with missing macros for centered footer (hv)}
- \changes{v1.4d}{2010/12/03}{fixed misleading comment header of powerdot.cls (hv)}
- \changes{v1.4e}{2010/12/18}{fixed bugs with enumitem (hv)}
- \changes{v1.4f}{2011/04/01}{added paper size smartboard (hv)}
- \changes{v1.4g}{2011/04/25}{load enumitem version 2.2 and younger (hv)}
-
-
-
-\begin{document}
-%\let\Section\section\def\section*#1{\Section*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
-\title{\vspace*{-2cm}\mktitledecor The \pf{powerdot} class
-\thanks{This class can be downloaded from the CTAN mirrors:
-\texttt{/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}. See \texttt{powerdot.tex} for
-information on installing \pf{powerdot} into your \LaTeX\
-distribution and for the license of this class.\newline
-This documentation prepared by Herbert Vo\ss}}
-\author{Hendri Adriaens\and Christopher Ellison}
-\date{\fileversion\ (\filedate)}
-\maketitle
-
-\begin{abstract}\noindent
-\pf{powerdot} is a presentation class for \LaTeX\ that allows for
-the quick and easy development of professional presentations. It
-comes with many tools that enhance presentations and aid the
-presenter. Examples are automatic overlays, personal notes and a
-handout mode. To view a presentation, DVI, PS or PDF output can be
-used. A powerful template system is available to easily develop new
-styles. A \LyX\ layout file is provided.
-\end{abstract}
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-[\section*{Contents}
-\setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}
-\setlength{\columnsep}{18pt}]
-\tableofcontents
-\end{multicols}
-
-\newpage
-\section{Introduction}\label{sec:intro}
-This class gives you the possibility to easily create professionally
-looking slides. The class is designed to make the development of
-presentations as simple as possible so that you can concentrate on
-the actual content instead of keeping yourself busy with technical
-details. Of course, some knowledge of \LaTeX\ is still required
-though.
-
-This class builds on and extends the \pf{prosper} class
-\cite{prosper} and the \pf{HA-prosper} package \cite{HA-prosper}.
-The \pf{HA-prosper} package was initially intended to extend
-\pf{prosper} and correct some bugs and problems of that class. As
-developments on that package progressed, it was found that
-unfortunately, not all of the problems could be overcome with the
-package. That discovery was the start of a new project set up to
-make a new class to replace the \pf{prosper} plus \pf{HA-prosper}
-combination. You're currently reading the result of that project.
-
-The remainder of this section will be devoted to giving a feel of
-what the \pf{powerdot} presentation source looks like and giving an
-overview of this documentation.
-
-The document structure of a presentation is always the same. You can
-find it in the example below.
-
-\begin{example}
- \documentclass[<class options>]{powerdot}
- \pdsetup{<presentation options>}
- \begin{document}
- \begin{slide}{a slide}
- Contents of the slide.
- \end{slide}
- \section{first section}
- \begin{slide}[<slide options>]{another slide}
- Contents of the slide.
- \end{slide}
- \begin{note}{personal note}
- The note.
- \end{note}
- \end{document}
-\end{example}
-
-There are several elements that define the document structure. First
-of all, the class accepts some class options that control the output
-of the class, for instance, paper type and style. These class
-options will be discussed in section~\ref{sec:classopts}. Then there
-are presentation specific options which control some of the elements
-of the presentation globally, for instance, the footers. These will
-be discussed in section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}.
-
-Once the setup has been decided on, you can use the slide
-environment to produce slides (see section~\ref{sec:slides}) and the
-note environment to produce notes that go with the slides (see
-section~\ref{sec:notes}). You can use overlays to display material
-in steps. This is described in section~\ref{sec:overlays}. The
-|\section| command provides a way to structure your presentation.
-This is discussed in section~\ref{sec:structure}.
-Section~\ref{sec:styles} will show an overview of the styles that
-come with this class and the characteristics of each style.
-Section~\ref{sec:compiling} will tell you more about how to produce
-output. This section contains important information on required
-packages.
-
-Section~\ref{sec:writestyle} is mostly interesting for people that
-want to develop their own style for this class or want to modify an
-existing style. Section~\ref{sec:lyx} explains how \LyX\
-\cite{LyXWeb} can be used to create \pf{powerdot} presentations.
-This documentation concludes with a section devoted to questions
-(section~\ref{sec:questions}), like `Where can I find examples?'. It
-also tells you where to turn to in case your questions are still not
-solved.
-
-\section{Setting up the presentation}\label{sec:setup}
-This section will describe all options that are available to control
-the output of the presentation and the looks of it.
-
-\subsection{Document class options}\label{sec:classopts} We will
-start with the class options that are typed in the |\documentclass|
-command as a comma-separated list. For each option, the preset
-value\footnote{The value that will be used when you don't use the
-option.} will be mentioned in the description. This is the value
-that will be used if you decide to not give a value to the option or
-not use the option at all.
-
-\DescribeOption{mode}
-This options controls the kind of output that we want to produce.
-The preset value is |present|.
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{mode=present}\\
-This mode is used when you want to create the actual presentation. It
-will enable overlays and transition effects. You can read more about
-overlays in section~\ref{sec:overlays}.
-\item\option{mode=print}\\
-This mode can be used when printing the slides including their visual
-markup, but without any overlay or transition effects.
-\item\option{mode=handout}\\
-This mode will produce a black and white overview of your slides that
-can be used to make personal notes on, for distribution to students,
-a personal guide during your talk, etcetera.
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{nohandoutpagebreaks}\option{nohandoutpagebreaks}\\
-By default, the handout mode produces a document with two slides per
-page. If you want to fit more slides on a page, specify this option
-in the |\documentclass| command and \pf{powerdot} will let \LaTeX\
-decide on the places to insert a page break, namely when a page is
-full.
-\item\DescribeOption{nohandoutframes}\option{nohandoutframes}\\
-In handout mode, each slide is contained in a frame by default. This option turns the frames off.
-\end{description}
-\end{description}
-
-\DescribeOption{paper} This option has three possible values. The
-preset value is |screen|.
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{paper=screen}\\
-This is a special format with screen optimized ratio (4/3). The
-actual page dimensions will be 8.25 inch by 11 inch. This paper format
-is not available for print or handout mode. In these modes, \pf{powerdot}
-will switch to a4 paper and put a warning that it did this in the
-log file of your presentation.
-\item\option{paper=a4paper}\\
-A4 paper will be used for the presentation or handout.
-\item\option{paper=letterpaper}\\
-Letter size paper will be used.
-\item\option{paper=smartboard}\\
-smartboard size will be used (\verb|papersize={900pt,1440pt}|).
-\end{description}
-Some important information with respect to paper size, compiling and
-viewing presentations is available in section~\ref{sec:compiling}.
-
-\DescribeOption{orient} This controls the orientation of the
-presentation. The preset value is |landscape|.
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{orient=landscape}\\
-The presentation will be in landscape format. This value is not
-available in handout mode. In that mode, \pf{powerdot} will switch
-to portrait orientation and will warn you about this in the log
-file.
-\item\option{orient=portrait}\\ This produces slides in portrait
-format. Notice that not all styles support portrait orientation. Please
-refer to section~\ref{sec:styles} for information about which styles
-do support the portrait orientation.
-\end{description}
-
-\DescribeOption{display} This controls the production of slides and
-notes. The preset value is |slides|.
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{display=slides}\\
-This will only typeset the slides in your presentation.
-\item\option{display=slidesnotes}\\
-This will typeset both the slides and the notes in your
-presentation. See also section~\ref{sec:notes} for more information
-about notes.
-\item\option{display=notes}\\
-This will typeset the notes only.
-\end{description}
-
-Here are some more options to control the output.
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{size}\option{size}\\
-This is the size of the normal text font in points. Possible values
-are 8pt, 9pt, 10pt, 11pt, 12pt, 14pt, 17pt and 20pt and the preset
-value is 11pt.\footnote{Note that sizes other than 10pt, 11pt and
-12pt are non-standard and it is assumed that you have the
-\pf{extsizes} bundle \cite{extsizes} installed, which provides these
-sizes.}
-\item\DescribeOption{style}\option{style}\\
-This controls the style to be loaded for the presentation. By
-default, the \pf{default} style will be loaded. For more styles, see
-section~\ref{sec:styles}.
-\item\DescribeOption{fleqn}\option{fleqn}\\
-This option makes equations flushed left. It does the same as the
-equally named option for the article class.
-\item\DescribeOption{leqno}\option{leqno}\\
-Put equation numbers at the left. Also the same as in the article
-class.
-\item\DescribeOption{nopsheader}\option{nopsheader}\\
-By default, \pf{powerdot} will write a postscript command to the ps
-file to make sure that post processors like ps2pdf know which paper
-to use without the need to specify it on the command line. See also
-section~\ref{sec:compiling}. If you experience problems with post
-processing or printing or you want to specify the paper size in the
-post processing steps yourself, use this option.
-\item\DescribeOption{hlentries}\option{hlentries}\\
-This highlights table of contents entries when the entry matches
-with the current slide and its preset value is |true|. See also
-section~\ref{sec:structure}. If you don't want highlighting of table
-of contents entries (for instance in print mode), use
-|hlentries=false|.
-\item\DescribeOption{hlsections}\option{hlsections}\\
-This highlights table of contents sections when the section matches
-with the current section in the presentation and is preset to |false|.
-See also section~\ref{sec:structure}. Specifying this
-option turns highlighting of sections on. This could be useful when
-you are using a style that implements a split table of contents.
-\item\DescribeOption{pauseslide}\option{pauseslide}\\
-This option inserts an empty slide (black by default) in the presentation on page 1 and
-will automatically advance to page 2 when opening the presentation
-in a PDF viewer like Acrobat (Reader). The option also inserts a
-link behind every slide or section title that brings you to the
-pause slide when clicked. When you click anywhere in the pause
-slide, you will go back to the originating slide. This option can be
-used to temporarily pause a presentation, for instance, to do a
-proof on the black board. You can use a different color than black
-by specifying it after the option, for instance, |pauseslide=white|.
-\item\DescribeOptions{clock}\option{clock}\\
-This displays a small digital clock on slides which you can use to
-check the time left for your presentation.
-\end{description}
-
-Here is an example of a |\documentclass| command.
-\begin{example}
- \documentclass[
- size=12pt,
- paper=screen,
- mode=present,
- display=slidesnotes,
- style=tycja,
- nohandoutpagebreaks,
- pauseslide,
- fleqn
- ]{powerdot}
-\end{example}
-This example sets up a presentation in \pf{tycja} style, with a black
-slide, normal size 12 points and flushed left equations.
-\begin{example}
- \documentclass[
- size=12pt,
- paper=letterpaper,
- mode=handout,
- display=slidesnotes,
- style=tycja,
- nohandoutpagebreaks,
- pauseslide,
- fleqn
- ]{powerdot}
-\end{example}
-Changing the |paper| and |mode| options, now produces a handout with
-possibly more than two slides per page due to the |nohandoutpagebreaks|
-option.
-
-\subsection{Setup options}\label{sec:pdsetup}
-\DescribeMacro{\pdsetup}
-There are several extra options that can help customizing your
-presentation. These options are not available via the
-|\documentclass| command. This has a technical reason.\footnote{The
-interested reader is referred to the section about the \pf{xkvltxp}
-package in the \pf{xkeyval} package documentation \cite{xkeyval}.}
-We distinguish two types of options. Options that can only be set
-globally (acting for the entire presentation) using the |\pdsetup|
-command and options that can be accessed both globally (via
-|\pdsetup|) and locally (via slide environments, see section~\ref{sec:slides}).
-
-\subsubsection{Global options}\label{sec:gopts}
-This section describes options that can only be used globally in the
-preamble of your presentation via the |\pdsetup| command.
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{palette}\option{palette}\\
-This specifies the palette to be used. A palette is a set of colors
-defined by a style. To find out which palettes are defined by each
-style, see section~\ref{sec:styles}.
-\item\DescribeOption{theslide}\option{theslide}\\
-This option controls how the slide number appears on the slide. This
-is preset to the value |\arabic{slide}~/~\pageref*{lastslide}|,
-which could appear like |5/22|. Notice that the |\arabic{slide}|
-typesets the number of the current slide and that
-|\pageref*{lastslide}| typesets the number of the last
-slide.\footnote{We use the starred version of \cs{pageref} which is
-defined by \pf{hyperref} and does not create a link to the page that
-it is referring to.}
-\item\DescribeOption{thenote}\option{thenote}\\
-This is similar to the |theslide| option, but typesets the slide
-numbers of notes. The preset value is
-|note~\arabic{note}~of~slide~\arabic{slide}| and |\arabic{note}|
-here typesets the number of the current note that goes with the
-current slide. This could appear like |note 2 of slide 7|.
-\item\DescribeOption{counters}\option{counters}\\
-The |counters| option lists counters that you might want to protect
-on overlays. As material on overlays (see
-section~\ref{sec:overlays}) is processed multiple times, also
-\LaTeX\ counters, like the |equation| counter, might be increased
-too often. To avoid that your equations get different numbers on
-every overlay, use this option. The |equation|, |table|, |figure|,
-|footnote| and |mpfootnote| counters are already protected for you.
-If you use extra counters, for instance for theorems, list them in
-this option. Example:
-\begin{example}
- counters={theorem,lemma}
-\end{example}
-\item\DescribeOption{list}\option{list}\\
-This option takes a list of options that will be passed on to the
-\pf{enumitem} package that controls the layout of lists created by
-the |enumerate| and |itemize| environments. Example:
-\begin{example}
- list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
-\end{example}
-See for more information on controlling the layout of lists the
-\pf{enumitem} package \cite{enumitem}.
-\item\DescribeOptions{enumerate,itemize}\option{enumerate,itemize}\\
-As the |list| option, but only control |enumerate| and |itemize|
-environments respectively.
-\item\DescribeOption{clockformat}\option{clockformat}\\
-This option specifies the format of the clock. The format is set using
-Acrobat's |util.printd| function.\footnote{For a complete listing of
-allowable formats, consult the \textit{Acrobat JavaScript Scripting
-Reference}\cite{javascript}.} The default value is |HH:MM:ss|, which
-shows a 00-23 hour, 00-59 minute, 00-59 second clock. Example:
-\begin{example}
-clockformat=h:MM tt
-\end{example}
-The above setting will display a 1-12 hour, 00-59 minute, am/pm clock.
-That is, the clock might show |5:53 pm|.
-\item\DescribeOption{clockrefresh}\option{clockrefresh}\\
-This option should be a number which specifies how often
-the clock is refreshed in milliseconds. The default behavior is to refresh
-the clock every second. Thus, the default value is 1000. Notice, if the
-|clockformat| is such that seconds are not shown, then it makes no sense
-to update that clock every second. A corresponding example:
-\begin{example}
-clockrefresh=60000
-\end{example}
-The interpretation of this is that the clock will be updated every minute.
-\end{description}
-
-\subsubsection{Global and local options}\label{sec:glopts}
-This section describes options that can be used both globally via
-|\pdsetup| and locally via slide environments (see section~\ref{sec:slides}).
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOptions{lf,cf,rf}\option{lf,cf,rf}\\
-This determines the content of the left, center and right footers.
-These are preset to empty.
-\item\DescribeOption{trans}\option{trans}\\
-This option sets the default transition effect to be used in the
-presentation. These transition effects only work after compiling the
-presentation to PDF format. See also section~\ref{sec:compiling}.
-The following transition effects are supported: |Split|, |Blinds|,
-|Box|, |Wipe|, |Dissolve|, |Glitter| and |Replace|. When you are using
-a viewer that understands PDF 1.5, you can also use |Fly|, |Push|,
-|Cover|, |Uncover| or |Fade|. It is important to notice that most
-viewers are case sensitive, so, for instance, |box| will not work.
-
-The preset effect is |Replace| which just replaces one slide with
-another when browsing the slides. Note that some PDF viewers (like
-Acrobat Reader 5 and higher) only produce the transition effect in
-full screen mode. If you want to use a custom transition effect that
-is not listed in the list above (for instance, a wipe effect with a
-custom wipe direction), then that is possible. However,
-\pf{powerdot} will put a warning in your log file that the effect
-that you have chosen, might not work in the PDF viewer. Here is an
-example that does work.
-\begin{example}
- trans=Wipe /Di 0
-\end{example}
-In Acrobat (Reader), this wipes from left to right instead of the
-default top to bottom. For more information, see a PDF Reference
-Manual.
-\item\DescribeOption{method}\option{method}\\
-This option can be used when a slide contains special material that
-does not get treated in the `usual' way by \LaTeX. Verbatim material
-is an example of this. Possible values are |normal| (the preset value),
-|direct| and |file|. We will come back to this option in detail in
-section~\ref{sec:verbatim}.
-\item\DescribeOptions{logohook,logopos,logocmd}\option{logohook,logopos,logocmd}\\
-If |logopos| is specified, a logo defined by the value of the
-|logocmd| option will be put on slides. The position can be
-specified relative to the width and height of the slide. |{0,0}| is
-the lower left corner of the paper and |{\slidewidth,\slideheight}|
-is the upper right corner. For positioning the logo, the |\rput|
-command of \pf{pstricks} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} is used. This
-command also allows to specify the point of the logo that should be
-positioned there. This point can be entered via the |logohook|
-option and can take the values |tl|, |t|, |tr|, |r|, |Br|, |br|,
-|b|, |bl|, |Bl|, |l|, |B| and |c|. For more information about
-|\rput|, consult the \pf{pstricks} documentation. Here is an example
-that integrates the flower of the \pf{default} style into the
-\pf{husky} style.
-\begin{example}
- \documentclass[style=husky]{powerdot}
- \pdsetup{
- logohook=t,
- logopos={.088\slidewidth,.99\slideheight},
- logocmd={\includegraphics[height=.08\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}}
- }
- \begin{document}
- ...
- \end{document}
-\end{example}
-The preset value for |logohook| is |tl|.
-\end{description}
-
-A special feature of \pf{powerdot}, which can be used to make
-presentations come alive, is the use of random dots. These dots will
-be placed anywhere on your slides and use the colors defined by the
-palette that you use. Overlays will carry the same dots. This
-feature uses |random.tex| \cite{random}. Several options are
-available to control the appearance of the random dots.
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{randomdots}\option{randomdots}\\
-By default, random dots are turned off. If this option is set to
-|true|, random dots will be generated. |false| will turn off the
-feature. When no value is submitted to the option, |true| will be
-used.
-\item\DescribeOptions{dmindots,dmaxdots}\option{dmindots,dmaxdots}\\
-The number of dots per slide is also random. These options set the
-minimum and maximum dots per slide. Preset values are |5| and |40|,
-respectively.
-\item\DescribeOptions{dminsize,dmaxsize}\option{dminsize,dmaxsize}\\
-The minimum and maximum radius of the dots. Preset values are |5pt|
-and |40pt|, respectively.
-\item\DescribeOptions{dminwidth,dmaxwidth,dminheight,dmaxheight}
-\option{dminwidth,dmaxwidth,dminheight,dmaxheight}\\
-These options determine the area on the slide that can be used for
-the random dots. These values are preset such that dots go anywhere
-on the slide, but you might want to adjust these such that, for
-instance, dots can only appear in the text area. The preset values
-are |0pt|, |\slidewidth|, |0pt|, |\slideheight|.
-
-Here is an example that allows dots in a smaller rectangle on the
-slide.
-\begin{example}
- \pdsetup{
- dminwidth=.1\slidewidth,dmaxwidth=.9\slidewidth,
- dminheight=.2\slideheight,dmaxheight=.8\slideheight
- }
-\end{example}
-\item\DescribeOption{dbright}\option{dbright}\\
-This option can be used to adjust the brightness of the dots. The
-number should be an integer between -100 and 100. If the number is
-negative, the color will be adjusted towards black, with -100 giving
-black. If the number is positive, the color will be adjusted towards
-white, with 100 giving white. With a light background, you may want
-to choose |bright| to be positive. With a dark background, you may
-want to set it negative. The preset value is |60|, meaning a mixture
-of 40\% of the original color and 60\% white.
-\item\DescribeOption{dprop}\option{dprop}\\
-This option is used for passing extra parameters to the |\psdot|
-command, which creates the random dots. You could, for instance,
-change the style of the dots or the line width. See for more
-information about |\psdot| the \pf{pstricks} documentation
-\cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks}. \pf{powerdot} defines two extra dot
-styles that can be used for the random dots. These styles are
-|ocircle| (open circle) and |osquare| (open square).
-\end{description}
-
-Here are two examples for the use of random dots.
-\begin{example}
- \pdsetup{
- randomdots,dminwidth=.2\slidewidth
- }
-\end{example}
-This turns on random dots and doesn't use the left 20\% of the slide
-for placing random dots.
-\begin{example}
- \pdsetup{
- randomdots,dprop={dotstyle=ocircle,linewidth=.5pt},
- dminsize=500pt,dmaxsize=600pt,dmindots=2,dmaxdots=5
- }
-\end{example}
-This example puts at most 5 big circles on slides. These circles do
-not fit on the slides and you will only see parts of them in the
-shape of curves.
-
-\subsubsection{\cs{pdsetup} example}
-Here is an example of a |\pdsetup| command that one could use to set up
-the presentation.
-\begin{example}
- \pdsetup{
- lf=My first presentation,
- rf=For some conference,
- trans=Wipe,
- theslide=\arabic{slide},
- randomdots,dmaxdots=80
- }
-\end{example}
-This sets the left and right footers and will initialize the
-transition effect to |Wipe|. Further, slide numbers will not include
-the number of the last slide, but only the number of the current
-slide. Finally, slides will be covered with at most 80 random dots.
-
-A small note is necessary with respect to the appearance of footers.
-The slide number (controlled by the |theslide| option) will be added
-to a footer. Most styles add it too the right footer. If both the
-footer and the slide number are non empty, |~--~| will be inserted
-in between them to separate them. Styles might modify this default
-behavior however.
-
-\section{Making slides}\label{sec:slides}
-\subsection{The title slide}\label{sec:titleslide}
-\DescribeMacro{\title}
-\DescribeMacro{\author}
-\DescribeMacro{\and}
-\DescribeMacro{\date}
-\DescribeMacro{\maketitle}
-The title slide is created by the |\maketitle| command.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{maketitle}\oarg{options}'
-\end{command}
-Its use is the same as in the standard \LaTeX\ document classes. The
-optional argument \meta{options} can contain any option from
-section~\ref{sec:glopts}. Specifying such an option in the
-|\maketitle| command will only have an effect on the title slide and
-not on other slides. See an example below.
-\begin{example}
- \documentclass{powerdot}
- \title{Title}
- \author{You \and me}
- \date{October 7, 2010}
- \begin{document}
- \maketitle
- ...
- \end{document}
-\end{example}
-The |author|, |title| and |date| declarations provide the text to be
-used when making a title page. The design of the title page is
-specific to the style in use. Notice the use of |\and| for
-separating multiple authors. See a \LaTeX\ manual \cite{companion}
-for more information on commands such as |\title| and |\author|.
-
-\subsection{Other slides}\label{sec:otherslides}
-\DescribeEnv{slide} The centerpiece of every presentation is the
-slide. In \pf{powerdot}, the content of each slide is placed in a
-|slide| environment.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{begin}\texttt{\{slide\}}\oarg{options}\marg{slide title}'
- `\meta{body}'
- `\cs{end}\texttt{\{slide\}}'
-\end{command}
-
-In section~\ref{sec:overlays} we'll see how to give some life to the
-slides, but for now, let's look at a simple example.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{First slide}
- Hello World.
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-The slide environment has one required argument, namely the slide
-title. When a slide is created, the slide title is used to create an
-entry in the table of contents and in the list of bookmarks. The
-table of contents is a listing of the slides and section titles in
-the presentation that appears on each slide.
-
-The table of contents is clickable (when the presentation is
-compiled into PDF) and serves as a nice way to jump from location to
-location within the presentation. The bookmark list is only present
-when compilation is taken all the way to the PDF file format. It
-also serves as a table of contents, but this list does not appear on
-\textit{any} of the slides, but in a separate window in a PDF
-viewer. In the example above, the entries in both table contents and
-the list of bookmarks would be titled |First slide|.
-
-The \meta{options} for the |slide| environment can contain any
-option listed in section~\ref{sec:glopts}. Additionally, the
-following options can be used.
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{toc}\option{toc}\\
-When specified, the value is used for the entry in the table of
-contents; otherwise, the slide title is used. If |toc=| is
-specified, then no entry is created.
-\item\DescribeOption{bm}\option{bm}\\
-When specified, the value is used for the bookmark entry; otherwise,
-the slide title is used. If |bm=| is specified, then no entry is
-created.
-\end{description}
-
-These optional arguments are especially useful when the title of a
-slide is extremely long or when the title contains \LaTeX\ commands
-that do not render correctly in the bookmarks.\footnote{The
-bookmarking procedure uses \cs{pdfstringdef} from the \pf{hyperref}
-package, and it can process accented characters such as \cs{"i}.}
-When specifying entries, be sure to hide special characters `|,|'
-and `|=|' between curly brackets `|{|' and `|}|'. Let's look at an
-example that uses these optional arguments.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}[toc=,bm={LaTeX, i*i=-1}]{\color{red}\LaTeX, $i^2=-1$}
- My slide contents.
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-
-In this example, the slide title will appear as {\color{red}\LaTeX,
-$i^2=-1$}. This text will not render correctly in a bookmark entry.
-An attempt is made to correct this, but often, the correction does
-not produce an equivalent text. This particular title would be
-rendered in the bookmark list as |redLaTeX, i2=-1|. On the other
-hand, the manually specified bookmark entry is rendered as:
-|LaTeX, i*i=-1|. Notice, no entry is created in the table of contents,
-because of the use of |toc=|.
-
-In addition to the |slide| environment, each individual style can
-define its own environments. Many styles have a |wideslide|
-environment. The idea is that one might have information that does
-not fit nicely on a slide with a table of contents listed, as this
-consumes some space. In such cases, it is preferable to use a slide
-that does not list the table of contents. The |wideslide|
-environment provides this functionality and has more space for the
-actual slide content. See section~\ref{sec:styles} for information
-on the various environments provided by the styles.
-
-\section{Overlays}\label{sec:overlays}
-It is often the case that you don't want all the information on the
-slide to appear at once. Rather, the information should appear one
-item at a time. In \pf{powerdot}, this is achieved with overlays.
-Each slide can be comprised of many overlays, and the overlays are
-displayed one at a time.
-
-\subsection{The \cs{pause} command}\label{sec:pause}
-\DescribeMacro{\pause} The easiest way to display information
-sequentially is to use the |\pause| command.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{pause}\oarg{number}'
-\end{command}
-Below is a simple example:
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Simple overlay}
- power\pause dot
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-The slide's information is displayed and continues until the
-|\pause| command is encountered. No further output within the same
-slide is displayed until the click of the mouse or the touch of the
-keyboard. Then, the content will continue to display until all the
-information is displayed or until another |\pause| command is
-encountered. In this example, |power| is displayed on the first
-overlay, and |powerdot| is the displayed on the second overlay. The
-|\pause| command is often used within the |itemize| and |enumerate|
-environments. For example,
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Multiple pauses}
- power\pause dot \pause
- \begin{itemize}
- \item Let me pause\ldots \pause
- \item \ldots while I talk \pause and chew bubble gum. \pause
- \item Perhaps you'll be persuaded.
- \item Perhaps not.
- \end{itemize}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-Since |\pause| was used before the |itemize| environment, no item
-will appear until the third overlay. Then, each item will be
-displayed one at a time, each on their own overlay. More information
-on using lists will follow in the next section.
-
-The optional argument of the |\pause| command specifies the number
-of overlays to pause. An example usage is:
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Pause longer}
- \begin{itemize}
- \item A \pause
- \item B \pause[2]
- \item C
- \end{itemize}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-In the example above, item |C| will appear on the fourth overlay.
-The usefulness of this option will become more apparent in the next
-section; so we will revisit a similar example at that time.
-
-\subsection{List environments}\label{sec:lists}
-The list environments, |itemize| and |enumerate|, have special
-treatments in \pf{powerdot}. They have an optional argument that
-will be taken care off by the \pf{enumitem} package (see
-\cite{enumitem}). \pf{powerdot} supplies an extra key for this
-optional argument. In the examples that follow, features will be
-described using the |itemize| environment but they also apply to the
-|enumerate| environment.
-
-Here is the typical usage of the |itemize| environment:
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Basic itemize}
- \begin{itemize}
- \item A \pause
- \item B \pause
- \item C
- \end{itemize}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-The display is simple, each item appears one at a time with each
-overlay.
-
-\DescribeOption{type}
-Suppose we wanted every item to show, but we only wanted one item to
-appear `active' at once. This can be accomplished via the |type|
-option for the |itemize| environment. The preset value is |0|.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Type 1 itemize}
- \begin{itemize}[type=1]
- \item A \pause
- \item B \pause
- \item C
- \end{itemize}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-Now, every item will be displayed in the \emph{inactive
-color}\index{inactive color|usage} (which is defined by the style
-that you use), and the item's font color will become the active one
-on the overlay that it would normally appear on. The default
-behavior is given by |type=0|. It is still possible to pass
-optional arguments to \pf{enumitem} via the second optional argument:
-
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Type 1 itemize}
- \begin{enumerate}[type=1][label=\romani*)]
- \item A \pause
- \item B \pause
- \item C
- \end{enumerate}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-Take care, that this must always be the second optional argument!
-It is possible to leave the first one empty, which is valid only for \pf{powerdot}.
-
-
-Lists can also be nested to create complicated structures. When a
-list is nested, it inherits the setting of the |type| option from
-the `parent' list, but that can be overruled by specifying the
-|type| option in the optional argument of the nested list. We
-present here one example, but many more can be created by nesting
-lists of different types in different ways.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Nested lists}
- \begin{itemize}
- \item A\pause
- \begin{itemize}[type=1]
- \item B\pause
- \end{itemize}
- \item C
- \end{itemize}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-This displays |A| and |B| on the first overlay, but |B| is inactive.
-On overlay 2, |B| will become active and on overlay 3, |C| will
-become visible.
-
-\subsection{The \cs{item} command}
-\DescribeMacro{\item}
-The |\item| command has an extra \emph{optional} argument in
-\pf{powerdot} which allows for creating overlays in a more flexible
-way then |\pause| provides.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{item}\oarg{label}\larg{overlays}'
-\end{command}
-This optional argument should contain an overlay specification
-stating on which overlays you want the item to appear. This
-specification is a comma separated list where each item can used the
-notation as in table \ref{tab:item}.
-\begin{table}[htb]\centering
-\begin{tabular}{d}
-Syntax&Meaning\\\hline
-\texttt{x}&Only overlay \texttt{x}\\
-\texttt{-x}&All overlays up to and including \texttt{x}\\
-\texttt{x-}&All overlays from \texttt{x}, including \texttt{x}\\
-\texttt{x-y}&All overlays from \texttt{x} to \texttt{y},
-including \texttt{x} and \texttt{y}\\
-\end{tabular}
-\caption{\cs{item} and \cs{onslide} notation}\label{tab:item}
-\end{table}
-The \meta{label} argument is the standard optional argument for
-|\item| in \LaTeX. A \LaTeX\ manual \cite{companion} can tell you
-more about this argument.
-
-Here is an example.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Active itemize}
- \begin{itemize}[type=1]
- \item<1> A
- \item<2> B
- \item<3> C
- \end{itemize}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-Here we have said that |A| should only be active on overlay 1, |B|
-should only be active on overlay 2, and |C| should only be active on
-overlay 3. Again, when the item is not active, it appears in the
-inactive color because of |type=1|.
-
-If |type=0| is specified and if each item is given an overlay
-option, then each item will appear only when it is active. When the
-item is not active, then it will not show on the slide at all. More
-examples demonstrating the syntax for \meta{overlays} will be
-discussed in the next section.
-
-\subsection{The \cs{onslide} command}\label{sec:onslide}
-\DescribeMacro{\onslide} Overlays can also be achieved using the
-|\onslide| command.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{onslide}\marg{overlays}\marg{text}'
-\end{command}
-This command takes an \meta{overlays} specification as first
-argument and the \meta{text} to apply it to as second argument. The
-\meta{overlays} on which the text will appear are specified as a
-comma separated list with syntax as in table \ref{tab:item}. We
-start off with a simple example.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Simple onslide}
- \onslide{1,2}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-We have instructed |power| to appear on overlays one and two, and
-|dot| to appear only on overlay two. As you might guess, this
-example has the same output as our first |\pause| example. Yet, it
-is clearly the case that our syntax is more complicated. However,
-this slight ``complication'' also allows for much more flexibility.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\onslide+}Consider the above example with the
-following modifications:
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Simple onslide+}
- \texttt{onslide }: \onslide{1}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}\\
- \texttt{onslide+}: \onslide+{1}{power}\onslide+{2}{dot}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-The |\onslide+| command displays its content in a different manner
-altogether. Now, |dot| appears on every overlay, but it is in
-inactive color\index{inactive color|usage} and matches the normal
-font color \textit{only} on overlay two. This is comparable to the
-|type=1| behavior for lists (see section~\ref{sec:lists}).
-
-When executing this example, we will also notice that the |\onslide|
-command does hide material, but still reserves the right amount of
-space for it: on overlay 2, the |dot|s appear right above each
-other. The next command does not reserve space.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\onslide*} Instead of hiding and reserving space
-(|\onslide|) or putting \meta{text} in the inactive color
-(|\onslide+|) when the overlay doesn't match \meta{overlays}, this
-command just eats the material altogether. To understand the
-differences, consider the following example:
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Simple onslide*}
- \texttt{onslide }: \onslide{1}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}\\
- \texttt{onslide+}: \onslide+{1}{power}\onslide+{2}{dot}\\
- \texttt{onslide*}: \onslide*{1}{power}\onslide*{2}{dot}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-The output of the first two lines, we are already familiar with. The
-third line displays |power| on overlay 1 and |dot| on overlay 2, but
-no space for |power| is reserved on overlay 2. Hence |dot| will
-start on the cursor position that |power| started on overlay 1 and
-it is not aligned below the other two |dots|.
-
-We finish with an example of the syntax that is possible with
-|\item| and |\onslide|. Remember that these commands take a comma
-separated list for the \meta{overlays} specification and that each
-element can used the syntax as explained in table \ref{tab:item}.
-The various variations are demonstrated in the example below.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Lists}
- \onslide{10}{on overlay 10 only}\par
- \onslide{-5}{on every overlay before and including overlay 5}\par
- \onslide{5-}{on every overlay after and including overlay 5}\par
- \onslide{2-5}{on overlays 2 through 5, inclusive}\par
- \onslide{-3,5-7,9-}{on every overlay except overlays 4 and 8}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-
-\subsection{Relative overlays}
-Sometimes it is a pain to keep track of when an item should appear
-or become active. You might, for example, just care that some text
-appears on the overlay \textit{after} some other item. This
-functionality is provided through the use of relative overlays which
-should not be used outside list environments that use |\item|. Let's
-consider a simple, illuminating example.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Relative overlays}
- \begin{itemize}
- \item A \pause
- \item B \onslide{+1}{(visible 1 overlay after B)}\pause
- \item C \onslide{+2-}{(appears 2 overlays after C, visible until the end)}
- \pause
- \item D \onslide{+1-6}{(appears 1 overlay after D, visible until overlay 6)}
- \pause
- \item E \pause
- \item F \pause
- \item G \onslide{+1-+3}{(appears 1 overlay after G for 3 overlays)}\pause
- \item H \pause
- \item I \pause
- \item J \pause
- \item K
- \End{itemize}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-As you can see, we still use |\onslide|. The only change is with the
-syntax of the list of overlays. Now, we can specify a `|+|' symbol
-in the list. In its simplest usage, |\onslide{+1}| will make text
-display one overlay after the overlay it would \textit{normally}
-appear on. You can still use the syntax in table \ref{tab:item}.
-These are demonstrated in the above example. Notice,
-|\onslide{+1-6}| means that the text will appear one overlay after
-the overlay it would normally appear on and that the text should
-remain shown until overlay seven. To make text appear for a range of
-relative overlays, see the final demonstration in the above example.
-
-\section{Presentation structure}\label{sec:structure}
-\subsection{Making sections}\label{sec:section}
-\DescribeMacro{\section}
-This section describes the |\section| command which provides a way
-to structure a presentation.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{section}\oarg{options}\marg{section title}'
-\end{command}
-This command will produce a slide with \meta{section title} on it
-and will also use this text to create sections in the table of
-contents and in the bookmarks list. There are several \meta{options}
-to control its output.
-
-\DescribeOption{tocsection} This option controls the creation of a
-section in the table of contents. The preset value is |true|.
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{tocsection=true}\\
-This does create a section in the table of contents. This means that
-all following slides, until the next section, will be nested under
-this section.
-\item\option{tocsection=false}\\
-This does not create a section in the table of contents and hence
-the section will be listed as an ordinary slide.
-\item\option{tocsection=hidden}\\
-This does create a section in the table of contents, but this is
-only visible when you view a slide that is part of this section.
-This could be used to append a section to the presentation which you
-can discuss if there is some extra time.
-\end{description}
-
-\DescribeOption{slide} This option controls whether the |\section|
-command creates a slide. The preset value is |true|.
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{slide=true}\\
-A slide is created.
-\item\option{slide=false}\\
-No slide will be created. If also |tocsection| is |false|, the
-|\section| command doesn't do anything. If it does create a table of
-contents section (|tocsection=| |true| or |hidden|), its link will
-point to the first slide in the section as the section itself
-doesn't have a slide.
-\end{description}
-
-\DescribeOption{template} This option can be used to make the
-section slide with another template. By default, a normal |slide|
-environment is used to create the section slide, but if a style
-offers other templates that could be used for this purpose (for
-instance, the |wideslide| environment), then you can use this option
-to select that template. See section~\ref{sec:styles} for an
-overview of the available templates with every style.
-
-Finally, all options available to normal slides are available to
-slides created by |\section| as well (see section~\ref{sec:slides}).
-However, when the section does make a |tocsection|, |toc=| or |bm=|
-won't remove the table of contents entry or the bookmark
-respectively.
-
-\subsection{Making an overview}\label{sec:tableofcontents}
-\DescribeMacro{\tableofcontents}
-This command creates an overview of your presentation and can only
-be used on a slide.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{tableofcontents}\oarg{options}'
-\end{command}
-There are several \meta{options} to control the output of this
-command.
-
-\DescribeOption{type}
-This option controls whether certain material (depending on the
-input in the |content| option below) will be hidden or displayed in
-the inactive color\index{inactive color|usage}. The preset value is
-|0|. Compare with the |type| option for list environments
-(section~\ref{sec:lists}).
-
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{type=0}\\
-When material is not of the requested type as specified in the
-|content| option, it will be hidden.
-\item\option{type=1}\\
-As |type=0|, but instead of hiding material, it will be typeset in
-the inactive color.
-\end{description}
-
-\DescribeOption{content}
-The |content| option controls which elements will be included in the
-overview. The preset value is |all|. The description below assumes
-that |type=0| was chosen, but the alternative text for |type=1| can
-easily be deduced.
-
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{content=all}\\
-This will display a full overview of your presentation including all
-sections and slides, except the slides in hidden sections (see
-section~\ref{sec:section}).
-\item\option{content=sections}\\
-This displays only the sections in the presentation.
-\item\option{content=currentsection}\\
-This displays the current section only.
-\item\option{content=future}\\
-This displays all content starting from the current slide.
-\item\option{content=futuresections}\\
-This displays all sections, starting from the current section.
-\end{description}
-
-We finish this section with a small example that will demonstrate
-how you can make a presentation that contains an overall overview of
-sections in the presentation, giving a general idea of the content,
-and per section a detailed overview of the slides in that section.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}[toc=,bm=]{Overview}
- \tableofcontents[content=sections]
- \end{slide}
- \section{First section}
- \begin{slide}[toc=,bm=]{Overview of the first section}
- \tableofcontents[content=currentsection,type=1]
- \end{slide}
- \begin{slide}{Some slide}
- \end{slide}
- \section{Second section}
- ...
-\end{example}
-
-\section{Miscellaneous}
-\subsection{Notes}\label{sec:notes}
-\DescribeEnv{note}
-The |note| environment can be used to make personal notes that
-accompany a slide. You can control displaying notes using the
-|display| option (see section~\ref{sec:classopts}). Here is an
-example.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Chewing gum}
- ...
- \end{slide}
- \begin{note}{Reminder for chewing gum}
- Don't forget to mention that chewing gum is sticky.
- \end{note}
-\end{example}
-
-\subsection{Empty slides}\label{sec:emptyslides}
-\DescribeEnv{emptyslide}
-The |emptyslide| environment creates a totally empty slide. The text
-box on the slide can be used for special things like displaying
-photos. This allows for creating a dia show. Example:
-\begin{example}
- \begin{emptyslide}{}
- \centering
- \vspace{\stretch{1}}
- \includegraphics[height=0.8\slideheight]{me_chewing_gum.eps}
- \vspace{\stretch{1}}
- \end{emptyslide}
-\end{example}
-The |\includegraphics| command is defined by the \pf{graphicx}
-package \cite{graphics}. The |\stretch| command is used to
-vertically center the picture. Both commands are described in your
-favorite \LaTeX\ manual, for instance \cite{companion}. Note that
-you can use the lengths |\slideheight| and |\slidewidth| to scale
-pictures to fit nicely on the slide.
-
-\subsection{Bibliography slide}\label{sec:bib}
-\DescribeEnv{thebibliography}
-\pf{powerdot} redefines the standard \pf{article}
-|thebibliography| environment to suppress the creation of a section
-heading and running headers. All other properties are maintained.
-You can do either of the next two (depending whether you are
-using BiB\TeX\ or not):\\
-\begin{minipage}[t]{.49\linewidth}
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Slide}
- \cite{someone}
- \end{slide}
-\begin{slide}{References}
- \begin{thebibliography}{1}
- \bibitem{someone} Article of someone.
- \end{thebibliography}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-\end{minipage}\hfill
-\begin{minipage}[t]{.49\linewidth}
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Slide}
- \cite{someone}
- \end{slide}
- \begin{slide}{References}
- \bibliographystyle{plain}
- \bibliography{YourBib}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-\end{minipage}
-
-In case you have a big reference list that you want to spread over
-multiple slides, have a look at the packages \pf{natbib} and
-\pf{bibentry} \cite{natbib}. Using both packages allows you to do:
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{References (1)}
- \bibliographystyle{plain}
- \nobibliography{YourBib}
- \bibentry{someone1}
- \bibentry{someone2}
- \end{slide}
- \begin{slide}{References (2)}
- \bibentry{someone3}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-Have a look at your favorite \LaTeX\ manual for more information
-about citations and bibliographies.
-
-\subsection{Verbatim on slides}\label{sec:verbatim}\DescribeOption{verbatim}
-\pf{powerdot} has three different methods of processing slides, from
-which two have mainly been developed to make the inclusion of
-verbatim content\footnote{And other content that needs catcode
-changes when processing.} on slides easier. These methods can be
-accessed by the |method| key which is available in slide
-environments and the |\pdsetup| command (see
-section~\ref{sec:glopts}).
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{method=normal}\\
-This is the preset method for processing slides. It is fast and
-allows for overlays, but it does not allow for
-verbatim.\footnote{Except when it has been saved in a box outside
-the slide.}
-\item\option{method=direct}\\
-This method is also fast, but does not allow for overlays. Overlays
-will silently be disabled. However, it does allow for verbatim
-content on slides.
-\item\option{method=file}\\
-This method uses a temporary file to export the slide body to and
-read it back in. This method does allow for verbatim content and
-overlays, but could be slow when many slides use this method because
-the filesystem is used.
-\end{description}
-
-Below is an example demonstrating the use of all three different
-methods of slide processing.
-\begin{example}
- \documentclass{powerdot}
- \usepackage{listings}
- \lstnewenvironment{code}{
- \lstset{frame=single,escapeinside=`',
- backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},
- basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily}
- }{}
- \begin{document}
- \begin{slide}{Slide 1}
- Normal \pause content.
- \end{slide}
- \begin{slide}[method=direct]{Slide 2}
- Steps 1 and 2:
- \begin{code}
- compute a;`\pause'
- compute b;
- \end{code}
- \end{slide}
- \begin{slide}[method=file]{Slide 3}
- Steps 1 and 2:
- \begin{code}
- compute a;`\pause'
- compute b;
- \end{code}
- \end{slide}
- \end{document}
-\end{example}
-The first slide shows the default behavior for normal content. It
-produces two overlays. The second slide does not produce overlays,
-despite the use of the |\pause| command. This command has been
-disabled by choosing the |direct| method to process the verbatim
-content. The third slide has the same body as the second slide, but
-now does create two overlays, because the method using a temporary
-file has been chosen. Notice that we used |\pause| inside the listing,
-but that it can also be used outside the listing.
-
-\subsection{The \cs{twocolumn} command}\label{sec:twocolumn}
-\DescribeMacro{\twocolumn}
-The |\twocolumn| macro allows to split content into two columns.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{twocolumn}\oarg{options}\marg{left}\marg{right}'
-\end{command}
-This typesets \meta{left} and \meta{right} in two columns. The
-dimensions of those columns can be controlled by \meta{options}.
-Below are the available options.
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{lineheight}\option{lineheight}\\
-If |lineheight| is specified, a line of the specified height will be
-created using |\psline| in between the two columns. Example:
-|lineheight=6cm|.
-\item\DescribeOption{lineprop}\option{lineprop}\\
-Any \pf{pstricks} declaration to specify the line properties. Example:
-\begin{example}
- lineprop={linestyle=dotted,linewidth=3pt}
-\end{example}
-\item\DescribeOptions{lfrheight,lfrprop}\option{lfrheight,lfrprop}\\
-The first creates a frame of the specified height around the left
-column. The second is as |lineprop|, but for the left frame.
-\item\DescribeOptions{rfrheight,rfrprop}\option{rfrheight,rfrprop}\\
-As |lfrheight| and |lfrprop|, but for the right frame.
-\item\DescribeOptions{lcolwidth,rcolwidth}\option{lcolwidth,rcolwidth}\\
-Width of the left and right columns. Both are preset to: |0.47\linewidth|.
-\item\DescribeOption{frsep}\option{frsep}\\
-Space between text and the frames. Preset: |1.5mm|.
-\item\DescribeOption{colsep}\option{colsep}\\
-Space between the two columns. Preset: |0.06\linewidth|.
-\item\DescribeOption{topsep}\option{topsep}\\
-The extra space (additional to |\baselineskip|) between text above
-the columns and the text within the columns. Preset: |0cm|.
-\item\DescribeOption{bottomsep}\option{bottomsep}\\
-Idem for the bottom of the columns. Preset: |0cm|.
-\item\DescribeOption{indent}\option{indent}\\
-Horizontal indent left to the left column. Preset: |0cm|.
-\end{description}
-The dimensions described above are represented graphically in
-figure \ref{fig:twocolumndim}.
-\begin{figure}[htb]
-\centering
-\begin{pspicture}(0,.5)(13,10.5)
-\psline(0,0.5)(0,10)
-\rput[tl](.05,9.95){Top}
-\psframe[dimen=middle](1,9)(7,2)
-\psline{C-C}(8.5,9)(11,9)
-\psline{C-C}(8.5,2)(8.5,9)
-\psline{C-C}(8.5,2)(11,2)
-\qdisk(1.7,8.3){.1cm}
-\psset{linestyle=dashed}
-\psline{C-C}(1.7,8.3)(6.3,8.3)
-\psline{C-C}(1.7,8.3)(1.7,3)
-\psline{C-C}(6.3,5)(6.3,8.3)
-\psline{C-C}(11,9)(12,9)
-\psline{C-C}(11,2)(12,2)
-\psline{C-C}(11,7)(12,7)
-\psline{C-C}(9.2,8.3)(12,8.3)
-\psline{C-C}(9.2,8.3)(9.2,3)
-\rput[tl](1.75,8.25){Left column text}
-\rput[tl](9.25,8.25){Right column text}
-\rput[tl](.05,1){Bottom}
-\psset{linestyle=dotted,dotsep=2pt}
-\psline(0,8.3)(1.7,8.3)
-\psline(0,9.6)(1,9.6)
-\psline(0,2)(1,2)
-\psline(0,1.1)(1,1.1)
-\psset{linestyle=solid}
-\psline{<->}(.2,8.33)(.2,9.57)
-\psline{<->}(4,8.33)(4,8.97)
-\psline{<->}(1.73,7)(6.27,7)
-\psline{<->}(1.03,6.5)(1.67,6.5)
-\psline{<->}(0.03,5.5)(1.67,5.5)
-\psline{<->}(6.33,7.4)(9.17,7.4)
-\psline{<->}(8.53,6.5)(9.17,6.5)
-\psline{<->}(6.33,6.5)(6.97,6.5)
-\psline{<->}(10.7,8.33)(10.7,8.97)
-\psline{<->}(7.3,8.97)(7.3,2.03)
-\psline{<->}(.2,1.13)(.2,1.97)
-\psline{->}(1.7,9.3)(1.7,8.45)
-\psline{<-}(9.23,7)(11,7)
-\cput(4,6.6){\small 1}
-\cput(11.1,6.6){\small 2}
-\cput(8,7){\small 3}
-\cput(7.7,3){\small 4}
-\cput(4.4,8.65){\small 5}
-\cput(1.35,6.1){\small 5}
-\cput(8.85,6.1){\small 5}
-\cput(11.1,8.65){\small 5}
-\cput(6.65,6.1){\small 5}
-\cput(0.6,8.95){\small 6}
-\cput(0.6,5.1){\small 7}
-\cput(0.6,1.55){\small 8}
-\cput(1.7,9.6){\small 9}
-\end{pspicture}
-\begin{tabular}{c p{4cm}cl}
-\multicolumn{4}{c}{Meaning of the labels}\\\hline
-1&|lcolwidth|&5&|frsep|\\
-2&|rcolwidth|&6&|topsep|\\
-3&|colsep|&7&|indent|\\
-4&|lfrheight|, |rfrheight|,&8&|bottomsep|\\
-&|lineheight|&9&Reference point
-\end{tabular}
-\caption{Two-column dimensions.}\label{fig:twocolumndim}
-\end{figure}
-Important to notice is that the |\twocolumn| macro uses the current
-cursor position as the reference point to position the first line of
-text of the left column (see also figure \ref{fig:twocolumndim}). This
-means that optional frames can extend to the text on the previous
-line. Use for instance |topsep=0.3cm| in that case to add extra
-space between the two lines of text. The preset value of |topsep|
-is based on the situation that there is no text on top of the two
-columns. In that case, it is best to locate the first line of text
-of the left column at the same spot as text that is not created by
-|\twocolumn| on other slides. The setting |topsep=0cm| does exactly
-this. However, with a combination of |topsep| and |indent| you can
-change this behavior and position the first line of text of the left
-column anywhere you want.
-
-The |\twocolumn| macro computes the height of the construction to
-position text below the construction correctly. The computation is
-done by taking the maximum height of |lfrheight|, |rfrheight|,
-|lineheight| (if specified) and the left and right column content.
-Hence when frames nor a line is requested, |bottomsep| is the
-vertical space between the lowest line of text in the columns and
-the text below the columns (additional to |\baselineskip|). Here is
-an example.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Two columns}
- Here are two columns.
- \twocolumn[
- lfrprop={linestyle=dotted,linewidth=3pt},
- lfrheight=4cm,rfrheight=5cm,lineheight=3cm,topsep=0.3cm
- ]{left}{right}
- Those were two columns.
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-Note that the use of the \pf{xkeyval} commands |\savevalue| and
-|\usevalue| \index{savevalue=\verb!*+\savevalue+|usage}
-\index{usevalue=\verb!*+\usevalue+|usage} could be handy here, for
-instance for copying the properties of the left frame to the right
-frame. This avoids typing them twice and avoids making errors
-resulting in different frames. See an example below.
-\begin{example}
- \twocolumn[
- \savevalue{lfrheight}=3cm,
- \savevalue{lfrprop}={
- linestyle=dotted,framearc=.2,linewidth=3pt},
- rfrheight=\usevalue{lfrheight},
- rfrprop=\usevalue{lfrprop}
- ]{left}{right}
-\end{example}
-See the \pf{xkeyval} documentation \cite{xkeyval} for more
-information about |\savevalue| and |\usevalue|.
-
-\section{Available styles}\label{sec:styles}
-\pf{powerdot} comes with a number of styles which are listed in the
-overview below. The characteristics of each style are described
-shortly and a sample of a title slide and a normal slide is provided
-for each style. Styles support the |wideslide| environment, have a
-table of contents on the left part of the paper in landscape
-orientation and on the bottom part in portrait orientation and
-support portrait orientation unless states otherwise.
-\begin{description}
-\item\pf{default}\\
-This style provides six different palettes. A flower in the top left
-corner decorates the slides for all palettes. The default palette is
-\texttt{blue} which has as main colors light blue and white. You can
-see an example of that palette below. Other available palettes are
-\texttt{red}, \texttt{green}, \texttt{yellow}, \texttt{brown} and
-\texttt{purple}.\\
-\styleexample{default}
-\item\pf{simple}\\
-This is a simple style in black and white. This style could be
-useful if you want to print your slides.\\
-\styleexample{simple}
-\item\pf{tycja}\\
-This style is set in shades of yellow and dark blue. The table of
-contents on slides is on the right side of the paper in landscape
-orientation and on the bottom part in portrait.\\
-\styleexample{tycja}
-\item\pf{ikeda}\\
-This style uses dark shades of red and blue and a light text color.
-It has nice patterns on the slide for decoration.\\
-\styleexample{ikeda}
-\item\pf{fyma}\\
-This style was originally created by Laurent Jacques for
-\pf{prosper}. Based on that style, he created a version for
-\pf{HA-prosper} with extended features. With his kind permission,
-this style has been converted by Shun'ichi J. Amano for
-\pf{powerdot}. The style has an elegant design with a light blue and
-white gradient background in the default \texttt{blue} palette.
-Other available palettes are \texttt{green}, \texttt{gray},
-\texttt{brown} and \texttt{orange}. It has special templates for
-sections on slides and sections on wide slides. Below is a sample of
-the blue palette.\\
-\styleexample{fyma}
-\item\pf{ciment}\\
-This style was originally created by Mathieu Goutelle for
-\pf{prosper} and \pf{HA-prosper}. With his kind permission, this style
-has been converted for \pf{powerdot}. The style has a background
-that is hatched with light gray horizontal lines. Titles and table
-of contents highlighting are done with dark red.\\
-\styleexample{ciment}
-\item\pf{elcolors}\\
-This is a style using light shades of the elementary colors red,
-blue and yellow.\\
-\styleexample{elcolors}
-\item\pf{aggie}\\
-This style was created by Jack Stalnaker for \pf{HA-prosper} and he
-has converted this style for \pf{powerdot}. The style uses dark red
-and light brown colors.\\
-\styleexample{aggie}
-\item\pf{husky}\\
-This style is created by Jack Stalnaker and has a background of
-light gray sun beams combined with dark red highlights.\\
-\styleexample{husky}
-\item\pf{sailor}\\
-This style is contributed by Mael Hill\'ereau and supplies five
-different palettes: \texttt{Sea} (the default), \texttt{River},
-\texttt{Wine}, \texttt{Chocolate} and \texttt{Cocktail}. Below is a
-sample of the palette \texttt{Sea}.\\
-\styleexample{sailor}
-\item\pf{upen}\\
-This style has a nice dark blue background and text in yellow. It is
-contributed by Piskala Upendran.\\
-\styleexample{upen}
-\item\pf{bframe}\\
-The \pf{bframe} style has blue frames on the slide in which text is
-positioned. The style is contributed by Piskala Upendran.\\
-\styleexample{bframe}
-\item\pf{horatio}\\
-The \pf{horatio} style has been contributed by Michael Lundholm and
-is a more conservative blue style.\\
-\styleexample{horatio}
-\item\pf{paintings}\\
-This is a simple style without a table of contents on slides. It has
-been contributed by Thomas Koepsell and provides 10 different
-palettes. The colors used in the palettes are drawn from famous
-paintings.\footnote{The style defines a color \texttt{pdcolor7}
-which is not used in the style but comes from the same painting and
-complements the other colors. It can be used, for example, to
-highlight text against the main background color.} If you are
-interested, open the style file to read which paintings have been
-used. The available palettes are: \texttt{Syndics} (the default),
-\texttt{Skater}, \texttt{GoldenGate}, \texttt{Lamentation},
-\texttt{HolyWood}, \texttt{Europa}, \texttt{Moitessier},
-\texttt{MayThird}, \texttt{PearlEarring} and \texttt{Charon} (all
-case sensitive). Below is a sample of the \texttt{Syndics}
-palette.\\
-\styleexample{paintings}
-\item\pf{klope}\\
-The \pf{klope} style implements a horizontal table of contents that
-only lists the sections. The style is available in the following
-palettes: \texttt{Spring}, \texttt{PastelFlower}, \texttt{BlueWater}
-and \texttt{BlackWhite}. The \texttt{Spring} palette is the default
-and you can see a sample of that below.\\
-\styleexample{klope}
-\item\pf{jefka}\\
-The \pf{jefka} style comes with four palettes: \texttt{brown} (the
-default), \texttt{seagreen}, \texttt{blue} and \texttt{white}. Below
-you see a sample of the \texttt{brown} palette.\\
-\styleexample{jefka}
-\item\pf{pazik}\\
-This style is available in two palettes: \texttt{red} and
-\texttt{brown}. Below is a sample of the default \texttt{red}
-palette.\\
-\styleexample{pazik}
-\end{description}
-
-\section{Compiling your presentation}\label{sec:compiling}
-\subsection{Dependencies}\label{sec:dependencies}
-In table \ref{tab:dependencies} is a list of packages that
-\pf{powerdot} uses to perform specific tasks. Dependencies of
-packages in this table are not listed. In the table, `required'
-means that you should have a version \emph{at least} as new as
-listed and `tested' means that \pf{powerdot} was tested with this
-version, but that it could equally well work with an older or newer
-version than the one listed in the table. So, when trying to solve
-an error, first concentrate on solving version issues for the
-`required' packages. To find out which version of a package you are
-currently using, put |\listfiles| on the first line of your
-document, run it with \LaTeX, open the |.log| file and read the file
-list (see a \LaTeX\ manual for more information). If you need to
-update a package, you can get it from CTAN \cite{CTAN}.
-\begin{table}[htb]
-\centering
-\begin{tabular}{e}
-Package/file & Version & Date & Required/tested\\\hline
-\pf{xkeyval} \cite{xkeyval} & 2.5c & 2005/07/10 & required\\
-\texttt{pstricks.sty} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} & 0.2l & 2004/05/12 & required\\
-\pf{xcolor} \cite{xcolor} & 1.11 & 2004/05/09 & required\\
-\pf{enumitem} \cite{enumitem} & 1.0 & 2004/07/19 & required\\
-\pf{article} class & 1.4f & 2004/02/16 & tested\\
-\pf{geometry} \cite{geometry} & 5.x & 2010/10/07 & tested\\
-\pf{hyperref} \cite{hyperref} & 6.74m & 2003/11/30 & tested\\
-\pf{graphicx} \cite{graphics} & 1.0f & 1999/02/16 & tested\\
-\pf{verbatim} & 1.5q & 2003/08/22 & tested
-\end{tabular}
-\caption{Dependencies}\label{tab:dependencies}
-\end{table}
-
-\subsection{Creating and viewing output}\label{sec:creation}
-To compile your presentation, run it with \LaTeX. The DVI that is
-produced this way can be viewed with MiK\TeX's DVI viewer
-YAP.\footnote{Unless you are using \pf{pstricks-add} which distorts
-the coordinate system in DVI.} Unfortunately, xdvi and kdvi (kile)
-do not support all PostScript specials and hence these will display
-the presentation incorrectly. If your DVI viewer does support
-this, make sure that your DVI display settings match that of the
-presentation. In case you are using the |screen| paper, you should
-set the DVI display setting to using the letter paper format. If
-your DVI viewer allows for custom paper formats, use 8.25 inch by 11
-inch.
-
-Note that certain things that are produced with PostScript or PDF
-techniques will not work in a DVI viewer. Examples are hiding of
-material via postscript layers (as is done, for instance, by
-|\pause|, see section~\ref{sec:overlays}) and hyperlinks, for
-instance in the table of contents.
-
-If you want to produce a postscript document, run dvips over the DVI
-\emph{without any particular command line options related to
-orientation or paper size}. \pf{powerdot} will write information to
-the DVI file that helps dvips and ps2pdf (ghostscript) to create a
-proper document. If you have some reason that this does not work for
-you and you want to specify the paper and orientation yourself, you
-should use the |nopsheader| option that is described in
-section~\ref{sec:setup}. The PostScript document could, for
-instance, be used to put multiple slides on a page using the |psnup|
-utility.
-
-To create a PDF document for your presentation, run ps2pdf over the
-PS file created with dvips. Also here, you can \emph{leave out any
-command line arguments related to paper size or orientation}. If
-this is problematic for you somehow, use the |nopsheader| option as
-before and specify the paper and orientation at each intermediate
-step yourself.
-
-\section{Creating your own style}\label{sec:writestyle}
-\subsection{General information}
-Writing or customizing \pf{powerdot} styles is simple. If you want
-to modify a style or build a new one, locate the style that you want
-to use as basis in your \TeX\ tree (styles are named as
-|powerdot-<style_name>.sty|), copy that and rename it as to avoid
-license\footnote{The \LaTeX\ Public Project License requires
-renaming files when modifying them, see
-\url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl}.} or naming conflicts. You
-might want to install the new style in your local \TeX\ tree to be
-able to access it from any place on your hard drive. See your
-\LaTeX\ distribution for more information.
-
-Once that has been taken care of, we can start creating the style.
-We strongly recommend to study a style file (for example,
-|powerdot-default.sty|) while reading the remainder of this section
-as it provides good examples for the content of this section.
-
-A style has several components. We describe these components below.
-\begin{description}
-\item\textbf{Identification and packages}\\
-This identifies the package in the log of a presentation and loads
-all required packages. The \pf{default} style contains something like:
-\begin{example}
- \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
- \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-default}[2005/10/09 v1.2 default style (HA)]
- \RequirePackage{pifont}
-\end{example}
-See for more information about these commands a \LaTeX\ manual, for
-instance \cite{companion}.
-\item\textbf{Palette or color definitions}\\
-This section contains the definitions of palettes or colors that you
-want to use in the style. \pf{powerdot} uses \pf{xcolor} (via
-\pf{pstricks}). Hence, for more information about colors, see the
-\pf{xcolor} documentation. We will discuss palettes in more detail
-in section~\ref{sec:defpals}.
-\item\textbf{Template definitions}\\
-We will come back to this in sections~\ref{sec:deftemps}
-to~\ref{sec:defbg}.
-\item\textbf{Custom declarations}\\
-These can include anything that you want to be part of the style.
-The \pf{default} style, for instance, includes definitions for the labels
-in list environments like |itemize| and some initializations for
-lists in general (done with |\pdsetup|, see
-section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}). This part could also include some
-customizations as described in section~\ref{sec:specialtemps}.
-\item\textbf{Font initializations}\\
-This initializes font definitions (which can be done by
-loading a package like \pf{helvet}).
-\end{description}
-
-\subsection{Defining palettes}\label{sec:defpals}
-We will be defining templates formally in
-section~\ref{sec:deftemps}. For now, it's enough to have the general
-idea that a template controls the design of a slide. Palettes are
-sets of colors that color a template or design. A palette does not
-change the overall design of a template.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\pddefinepalettes}
-The following command can be used to define palettes for your style.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{pddefinepalettes}\marg{name1}\marg{cmds1}\dots'
-\end{command}
-This macro takes \emph{any} even number of mandatory arguments with
-a minimum of two. For every \meta{name}, a set of \meta{commands}
-can be given which define the palette with name \meta{name}. These
-commands can define colors with names |pdcolor1|, |pdcolor2|,
-etcetera. These colors can be used when designing the template (see
-section~\ref{sec:deftemps}). |pdcolor1| will always be used as text
-color.
-
-The user can access these palettes via the |palette| key for the
-|\pdsetup| command (see section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}). If the user does
-not specify a palette, the first palette defined when compiling the
-presentation, will be used. Here is an example for defining 2
-palettes.
-\begin{example}
- \pddefinepalettes{reds}{
- \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{1,0,0}
- \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.1,0}
- \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.2,0}
- }{greens}{
- \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,1,0}
- \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.1,1,0}
- \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.2,1,0}
- }
-\end{example}
-In this example, the |reds| palette is the default one. For more
-information about |\definecolor|, see the documentation of the
-\pf{xcolor} package \cite{xcolor}.
-
-Notice that it is not necessary to use the names |pdcolor2|,
-|pdcolor3| etcetera as color names. But if these colors are defined,
-\pf{powerdot} will use them, for instance, in the random dots
-feature (see section~\ref{sec:glopts}). The flexibility adds extra
-possibilities in setting up templates and palettes. See for an
-example of its use, the \pf{klope} style.
-
-\subsection{Defining templates}\label{sec:deftemps}
-We start off with a definition of what a template is. A template is
-a collection of settings for slide components together with custom
-definitions, which controls the visual appearance of a slide. A
-style can contain multiple templates.
-
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{pddefinetemplate}\oarg{basis}\marg{name}\marg{options}\marg{commands}'
-\end{command}
-\DescribeMacro{\pddefinetemplate}
-This defines the environment \meta{name} to produce a slide with
-characteristics determined by \meta{basis}, \meta{options} and
-\meta{commands}. We will discuss these elements in more detail
-in the coming sections.
-
-If you want to create several templates that differ only slightly
-from each other, define a \meta{basis} template, and then use it to
-define other templates. All \meta{options} and \meta{commands} for
-the new template \meta{name} will be appended to the existing list
-of \meta{options} and \meta{commands} from the \meta{basis}
-template.
-
-Make sure you choose a \emph{proper} name for the template, and
-avoid redefining existing templates or environments. \pf{powerdot}
-defines |pauseslide|, |note| and |emptyslide| internally, so you
-shouldn't use these names unless you know what you're doing.
-Furthermore, each style needs to define at least the templates
-|slide| and |titleslide|. The |titleslide| environment will be used
-to create the title slide and |slide| will (by default) also be used
-to create section slides. Titles and sections are a bit special in
-the way they use the \meta{options} and will be discussed in more
-detail in section~\ref{sec:specialtemps}.
-
-\subsection{Controlling setup}
-\DescribeOption{ifsetup}
-The \meta{options} (keys) are described in the following sections.
-You can control how these options apply to the various setups by
-using the |ifsetup| key. Any key appearing before the first
-|ifsetup| declaration in \meta{options} will apply to every possible
-setup. Once the |ifsetup| key is used, then all subsequent key
-declarations will apply \textit{only} to the setups declared in the
-|ifsetup| key. The |ifsetup| key can be used multiple times.
-
-By possible setups, we mean the allowed values of the |mode|,
-|paper|, |orient|, and |display| keys that are described in
-section~\ref{sec:classopts}. If a value (or values!) for any of
-these four keys is not specified in a |ifsetup| declaration, then
-all subsequent key declarations will apply to any layout of that
-type. Consider the following as an example.
-\begin{example}[numbers=left,numberstyle=\tiny\ttfamily,
- escapeinside=`',numbersep=1em,xleftmargin=1em]
- ...
- textpos={.2\slidewidth,.3\slideheight},
- ifsetup={portrait,screen},
- textpos={.3\slidewidth,.2\slideheight}
- ...
- ifsetup=landscape,
- ...
- ifsetup,
- ...
-\end{example}
-Assuming there was no |ifsetup| declaration before the first
-|textpos| declaration, this first |textpos| will apply to every
-possible setup. However, for the screen format in portrait
-orientation, the next |textpos| declaration will be used. In fact,
-all declarations that appear until we switch to the next |ifsetup|
-(which specifies all paper sorts and only landscape orientation)
-will be used in the portrait screen layout. All keys after the next
-|ifsetup| declaration will be used in landscape orientation,
-\emph{with any paper, mode and display}. If, after declaring some
-specializations, you want to switch back to settings that apply to
-all possible setups, set |ifsetup| to empty as is done in the
-example. All subsequent declarations will then again be applied
-under any setup.
-
-The following command is a stand-alone implementation of the
-mechanism described above. It allows you to control the setup
-outside the \meta{options} argument of the |\pddefinetemplate|
-command.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{pdifsetup}\marg{desired}\marg{true}\marg{false}'
-\end{command}
-\DescribeMacro{\pdifsetup}
-This macro executes \meta{true} when the setup that the user chose
-matches with the \meta{desired} setup, \meta{false} in all other cases.
-For instance, if the user has chosen landscape, then
-\begin{example}
- \pdifsetup{landscape}{yes}{no}
-\end{example}
-will typeset |yes|. If the user would have chosen portrait instead,
-then |no| would have been typeset.
-
-This macro can be used to check setup requests from the user and,
-for instance, generate an error if a certain setup is not supported
-by your style. \pf{powerdot} provides one predefined error message
-which can be used in one of the first lines of your style.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{pd@noportrait}'
-\end{command}
-\DescribeMacro{\pd@noportrait}
-This macro generates an error when the user requests portrait
-orientation. Notice that the handout mode only works in portrait
-orientation. This macro takes that into account and doesn't generate
-an error in the case that the user requested a handout.
-
-\subsection{Main components}\label{sec:maincomps}
-The \meta{options} control several key components of a slide. Every
-component has several properties. A key that can be used in the
-\meta{options} argument is the name of the component postfixed by
-its property that you want to control.
-
-The components |title|, |text|, |toc|, |stoc| and |ntoc| have
-properties |hook|, |pos|, |width| and |font|. Additionally, the
-|text| component has a |height| property. The components |lf|, |cf| and
-|rf| have properties |hook|, |pos|, |temp| and |font|. Hence,
-examples of valid keys are |titlefont|, |tocpos| and |lftemp|. All
-components and properties will be discussed below.
-
-Here is an overview of the components that can be controlled from
-the \meta{options} argument in |\pddefinetemplate|.
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{title-}\option{title-}\\
-The slide title.
-\item\DescribeOption{text-}\option{text-}\\
-The main text box on the slide.
-\item\DescribeOption{toc-}\option{toc-}\\
-The (full) table of contents on a slide containing sections and
-slides.
-\item\DescribeOption{stoc-}\option{stoc-}\\
-This is a table of contents containing only the sections. See also
-|ntoc| below.
-\item\DescribeOption{ntoc-}\option{ntoc-}\\
-This is a table of contents containing only the entries for the
-active section. Together with |stoc|, this can be used to create a
-split table of contents. In a particular template, one would usually
-have a |toc|, a combination of |stoc| and |ntoc| or no table of
-contents at all.
-\item\DescribeOptions{lf-,cf-,rf-}\option{lf-,cf-,rf-}\\
-The left, center and right footers.
-\end{description}
-
-Notice that all positioning of components described above will be
-done with |\rput| from \pf{pstricks} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks}
-internally. See the \pf{pstricks} documentation for more information
-about this command. It should also be noted that all components
-(except |lf|, |cf| and |rf|) put their content in a |minipage|
-environment.
-
-Now we list all properties of the components listed above and
-describe what they mean. Remember that keys are formed by combining
-a component name and a property.
-
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{-hook}\option{-hook}\\
-This option defines the |\rput| hook that will be used when
-positioning the item. This can be |tl|, |t|, |tr|, |r|, |Br|, |br|,
-|b|, |bl|, |Bl|, |l|, |B| and |c|. See the \pf{pstricks}
-documentation for more information.
-\item\DescribeOption{-pos}\option{-pos}\\
-This defines the position of the |hook| on the paper. The lower left
-corner of the paper is given by the point |{0,0}| and the upper right
-corner by the point |{\slidewidth,\slideheight}|. So if you want to
-position the main text box at 20\% from the left edge and 30\% from
-the top edge of the paper, you have to do the following.
-\begin{example}
- textpos={.2\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}
-\end{example}
-If the position of any component has not been specified, this
-component will not be placed on the slide. This gives an opportunity
-to design slides without footers or table of contents, for instance.
-\item\DescribeOption{-width}\option{-width}\\
-The width of the component. All component positioned by
-\pf{powerdot} will be put in a surrounding |minipage| environment.
-The |width| property determines the width of the |minipage|. Example:
-\begin{example}
- textwidth=.7\slidewidth
-\end{example}
-This property does not exist for the |lf|, |cf| and |rf| components.
-\item\DescribeOption{-height}\option{-height}\\
-This option is only available for the |text| component. In other
-words, for this property, there is only one key, namely
-|textheight|. This can be used to specify the height of the
-|minipage| used for the main text. This does not imply that users
-are restricted to this length or that \pf{powerdot} does automatic
-slide breaking. This height is only used for vertical alignments of
-material, for instance by footnotes. The preset value is
-|\slideheight|.
-\item\DescribeOption{-font}\option{-font}\\
-This will be inserted just before the text that is about to be
-typeset. This can be used to declare deviations from the main text
-font and color. It can be a font declaration, like
-|\large\bfseries|, but can also contain other things like
-|\color{red}| or |\raggedright|.
-\item\DescribeOption{-temp}\option{-temp}\\
-This property is only available for the footers (|lf|, |cf| and |rf|) and
-can be used to change the template of the footers. This means that
-you can, for instance, add content to the footer, besides the
-content specified by the user. The default declaration by
-\pf{powerdot} is the following.
-\begin{example}
- rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty
- \else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide
-\end{example}
-Here |\pd@@rf| will contain the content of the right footer defined
-by the user via the |\pdsetup| command. Similarly, |\pd@@lf|
-contains the content of the left footer. The above declaration
-checks whether the footer and |\theslide| are both non-empty and if
-so, it inserts | -- | to separate both.
-\item\DescribeOption{-orient}\option{-orient}\\
-This property is only available for the |toc|, |stoc| and |ntoc|
-components. This property can be |h| or |v| and determines the
-orientation of the table of contents. The preset is |v|. See
-also section~\ref{sec:slidetoc} for more information about the
-construction of the table of contents.
-\end{description}
-
-\subsection{Slide toc}\label{sec:slidetoc}
-The small table of contents that is placed on slides can be
-controlled by four macros and several options.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocslide}
-\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocsection}
-These macros take one argument. When building the table of contents,
-\pf{powerdot} first passes the content through |\pd@tocslide| or
-|\pd@tocsection|, depending on the type of entry that it is building
-at that moment. You could, for instance, do
-\begin{example}
- \def\pd@tocslide#1{$\bullet$\ #1}
- \def\pd@tocsection#1{#1}
-\end{example}
-which will prefix all normal entries (not the sections) with a
-bullet. By default, these two macros are defined to just pass on
-their argument.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocdisplay}
-\DescribeMacro{\pd@tochighlight}
-These two macros also take one argument. After processing an entry
-with the command |\pd@tocslide| or |\pd@tocsection|, \pf{powerdot}
-continues building the entry by passing it through |\pd@tocdisplay|,
-when the entry needs to be displayed only, or |\pd@tochighlight|,
-when the entry needs to be highlighted. These macros are a little
-more involved and take care of putting the content in the proper
-font and color in a |minipage|. Further, |\pd@tochighlight| also
-puts a box around the item.
-
-Notice, that by default, both the separate table of contents entries
-as well as the table of contents as a whole are typeset in
-|minipage| environments by these macros, in case the table of
-contents is vertical. The |-width| properties then determines the
-width of the table of contents and, together with |tocsecindent| and
-|tocslideindent| (see below) the width of the individual entries. If
-it is horizontal, only the separate entries will be in |minipage|s
-and the table of contents itself not and the |-width| properties
-determine only the width of the individual entries (together with
-|tocsecindent| and |tocslideindent|).
-
-Several aspects of the process of generating the table of contents
-can be controlled via the keys that are available in the
-|\pddefinetemplate| command that will be described below. If these
-keys do not provide enough handles to do what you want, you might
-need to have a look at the two macros in the source and decide to
-rewrite them in your style as to fit your needs. An example can be
-found in the \pf{fyma} style.
-
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{tocfrsep}\option{tocfrsep}\\
-This length is the distance between the box around the content
-created by the |minipage| and the highlight frame box created by
-|\pd@tochighlight|. Preset: |0.5mm|.
-\item\DescribeOption{tocsecsep}\option{tocsecsep}\\
-The distance inserted before a section (unless it is the
-first element in the table of contents). Preset: |2ex|.
-Notice that if the orientation of the table of contents is set to
-vertical, this length creates a vertical skip, otherwise, it creates
-a horizontal skip.
-\item\DescribeOption{tocslidesep}\option{tocslidesep}\\
-The distance inserted before other entries (unless it is the
-first element in the table of contents). Preset: |0ex|. Like
-|tocsecsep|, the effect of this length depends on the orientation of
-the table of contents.
-\item\DescribeOption{tocsecindent}\option{tocsecindent}\\
-The horizontal space left to a section entry. Preset: |0pt|.
-\item\DescribeOption{tocslideindent}\option{tocslideindent}\\
-The horizontal space left to a slide entry. The horizontal skip will
-not be inserted left to slide entries that appear before the first
-section. Preset: |0pt|.
-\item\DescribeOption{tocsecm}\option{tocsecm}\\
-This is inserted just before typesetting a section. This can be used
-to mark a section, for instance with a line as in the \pf{default}
-style. Preset: empty.
-\item\DescribeOption{toctcolor}\option{toctcolor}\\
-This is the text color used for non-highlighted elements in the
-table of contents. Preset: |black|.
-\item\DescribeOption{tochltcolor}\option{tochltcolor}\\
-This is the text color used for highlighted elements in the table of
-contents. Preset: |white|.
-\item\DescribeOption{tochlcolor}\option{tochlcolor}\\
-This is the color used for the frame behind highlighted elements.
-Preset: |black|.
-\end{description}
-
-\subsection{Miscellaneous options}\label{sec:miscoptions}
-There are some options that fall outside of the scope of the previous
-sections. These will be discussed here.
-
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{iacolor}\option{iacolor}\\
-The |iacolor| option can be used to specify the color that is used
-for inactive things, produced for instance by |\onslide|, |\pause|
-(see section~\ref{sec:overlays}) and |\tableofcontents| (see
-section~\ref{sec:tableofcontents}). As \pf{xcolor} is used by
-\pf{powerdot}, one can use special notation here, like
-\begin{example}
- iacolor=black!20
-\end{example}
-The preset value for this key is |lightgray|.
-\end{description}
-
-The following options control the digital clock (see
-section~\ref{sec:classopts}). The clock is a form text field with
-dynamic content, driven by a javascript via \pf{hyperref} text
-fields. Some options for the clock work similarly as for, for
-instance, the title component, but there are also special options.
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOptions{clockhook,clockpos}\option{clockhook,clockpos}\\
-These work in the same way as the |-hook| and |-pos| properties
-discussed in section~\ref{sec:maincomps}. The preset value of
-|clockhook| is |tr|.
-\item\DescribeOptions{clockwidth,clockheight}\option{clockwidth,clockheight}\\
-These control the width and height of the text field containing the
-clock. Preset values come from \pf{hyperref} and are |3cm| and
-|\baselineskip|, respectively.
-\item\DescribeOption{clockcharsize}\option{clockcharsize}\\
-The size of characters of the clock. Preset: |14pt|.
-\item\DescribeOption{clockalign}\option{clockalign}\\
-The alignment of the clock in the text field. |0| is left-aligned,
-|1| is centered and |2| is right aligned. Preset is |2|.
-\item\DescribeOption{clockcolor}\option{clockcolor}\\
-This determines the text color of the clock. The value should be a
-named color. The preset value is |black|.
-\end{description}
-
-\subsection{Template presets}
-Below, we have copied the preset setting for the keys described
-above. These will be used if you didn't supply other input for these
-keys in a particular template. If the preset value meets your
-needs, you don't have to specify it again in your style.
-\begin{example}
- titlehook=Bl,titlepos=,titlewidth=\slidewidth,
- titlefont=\raggedright,texthook=tl,textpos=,
- textwidth=\slidewidth,textfont=\raggedright,
- textheight=\slideheight,
- tochook=tl,tocpos=,tocwidth=.2\slidewidth,
- tocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
- stochook=tl,stocpos=,stocwidth=.2\slidewidth,
- stocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
- ntochook=tl,ntocpos=,ntocwidth=.2\slidewidth,
- ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
- tocorient=v,stocorient=v,ntocorient=v,
- tocfrsep=.5mm,tocsecsep=2ex,tocslidesep=0ex,
- tocsecm=,toctcolor=black,tochlcolor=black,tochltcolor=white,
- tocsecindent=0pt,tocslideindent=0pt,
- lfhook=Bl,lfpos=,lffont=\scriptsize,lftemp=\pd@@lf,
- cfhook=B,cfpos=,cffont=\scriptsize,cftemp=\pd@@cf,
- rfhook=Br,rfpos=,rffont=\scriptsize,rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf
- \@empty\else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide,
- iacolor=lightgray,
- clockhook=tr,clockpos=,clockwidth=3cm,clockheight=\baselineskip,
- clockcharsize=14pt,clockalign=2,clockcolor=black
-\end{example}
-
-\subsection{The background}\label{sec:defbg}
-This leaves only one argument of the |\pddefinetemplate| macro
-undiscussed. This is the \meta{commands} argument. This argument can
-contain any code that you want to execute \textit{after} setting the
-options and \textit{before} building the slide components like the
-slide title, main text, and footers. This argument is designed to
-contain declarations that will build the background of a template
-using, for instance, \pf{pstricks}, but it can also hold other
-commands you might need for building your template.
-
-Important to notice is that these commands may not create \TeX\
-material as that might destroy the construction of the slide. So, if
-you want to place the word `Hello' in the bottom left corner of the
-slide, don't type `Hello', but make its width, height and depth
-equal to zero, for instance by using \pf{pstricks}' |\rput|.
-\begin{example}
- \rput[bl](0,0){Hello}
-\end{example}
-
-\subsection{Title slide, titles and sections}\label{sec:specialtemps}
-As mentioned before, the style that you write needs to define at
-least the templates |slide| and |titleslide|. The latter treats some
-of the keys in a special way. Besides, a section slide is also done
-in a special way.
-
-The title slide (made with |\maketitle|) puts the title with
-author(s) and date in the main text box. This means that you have to
-supply a position for the main text box (|textpos|). It will use the
-main text font for the text (together with declarations in the
-|textfont| key) for the author(s) and the date. But it will use the
-declarations in |titlefont| for the title of the presentation. This
-is done so that title and author(s) form a coherent block and to
-make sure that long titles can push down the author(s) instead of
-overwriting it.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\pd@slidetitle}
-The |\pd@slidetitle| macro is used to typeset the slide title on
-slides. This macro is comparable to for instance |\pd@tocslide|. The
-macro takes one argument which is the slide title in the right font
-and formatting. By default, this macro just passes on the content
-for typesetting, but you could redefine this macro so do something
-with its input prior to typesetting it. An example is in the
-\pf{fyma} style which underlines the title after putting it in a
-|minipage| to support multi line titles.
-
-\DescribeMacros{\pd@title,\pd@sectiontitle}
-These macros are similar to |\pd@slidetitle| and typeset the title
-on the title slide and the title on section slides respectively. By
-default, these also pass there argument (which is the presentation
-title or section title), but these can be redefined to do something
-with the input prior to typesetting it, just as |\pd@slidetitle|.
-
-\DescribeOptions{sectemp,widesectemp}
-The |\section| command uses (by default) the |slide| environment and
-puts the section title in the title box with font |titlefont|. If
-you want to change the default use of the |slide| environment for
-sections to, for instance, the |sectionslide| environment or any
-other especially designed section template, change the section
-template preset in your style, using
-\begin{example}
- \setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide}
-\end{example}
-This means that if the user asks for |template=slide| in the
-|\section| command, the |sectionslide| environment will be used
-silently. To avoid surprises, |sectionslide| should preferably be
-based on the |slide| environment.
-
-A similar option is available in case the user asks for
-|template=wideslide|. One could for instance do the following.
-\begin{example}
- \setkeys[pd]{section}{widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
-\end{example}
-Whenever the user requests a |wideslide| to be used for a
-|\section|, instead, the |sectionwideslide| environment will be
-used. Other input to the |template| key by the user does not get a
-special treatment.
-
-Notice that these keys are available in the |section| family of keys
-and that you cannot use them in the |\pddefinetemplate| command.
-
-\subsection{Testing the style}\label{sec:styletest}
-\pf{powerdot} has a test file that should test most of the style.
-This test file can be produced by running \LaTeX\ over
-|powerdot.dtx|. This generates |powerdot-styletest.tex| which will
-help you with the testing job. Feel free to contact us when you
-would like to contribute your style to \pf{powerdot}. See also
-section~\ref{sec:questions}.
-
-\section{Using \LyX\ for presentations}\label{sec:lyx}
-\LyX\ \cite{LyXWeb} is a WYSIWYM (What You See Is What You Mean)
-document processor based on \LaTeX. It supports standard \LaTeX\
-classes but needs special files, called layout files, in order to
-support non-standard classes such as \pf{powerdot}.
-
-To start using \LyX\ for \pf{powerdot} presentations, copy the
-layout file |powerdot.layout| to the \LyX\ layout directory. You can
-find this file in the doc tree of your \LaTeX\ installation:
-\url{texmf/doc/latex/powerdot}. If you can't find it there, download
-it from \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}. Once that is
-done, reconfigure \LyX\ (\texttt{Edit\LyXarrow Reconfigure} and
-restart \LyX\ afterwards). Now you can use the \pf{powerdot}
-document class as any other supported class. Go to
-\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} and select \texttt{powerdot
-presentation} as document class. For more information, see the \LyX\
-documentation, which is accessible from the |Help| menu.
-
-\subsection{How to use the layout}
-The \pf{powerdot} \LyX\ layout provides some environments\footnote{Don't
-confuse these with \LaTeX\ environments.} which can be used in \LyX.
-Some of these environments (for instance |Title| or |Itemize|) are
-natural to use since they exist also in the standard document
-classes such as \pf{article}. For more information on these standard
-environments, see the \LyX\ documentation.
-
-This section will explain how to use the \pf{powerdot} specific
-environments |Slide|, |WideSlide|, |EmptySlide| and |Note|. These
-environments correspond to the \pf{powerdot} environments |slide|,
-|emptyslide|, |wideslide| and |note|.
-
-We start with a simple example. The following \LaTeX\ code
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Slide title}
- Slide content.
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-can be obtained using the following \LyX\ environments. The right
-column represents the text typed into the \LyX\ window and the left
-column represents the environment applied to this text).
-\begin{example}
- Slide Slide title
- Standard Slide content.
- EndSlide
-\end{example}
-Some remarks concerning this example.
-\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt]
-\item You can use the environment menu (under the menu bar, top-left
-corner) to change the environment applied to text.
-\item The slide title should be typed on the line of the |Slide|
-environment.
-\item |EndSlide| finishes the slide and its line is left blank.
-\end{itemize}
-
-In the \LyX\ window, the |Slide| environment (that is, the slide
-title) is displayed in magenta, the |WideSlide| style in green, the
-|EmptySlide| style in cyan and the |Note| style in red and hence
-these are easily identifiable.
-
-Here is another example.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{First slide title}
- The first slide.
- \end{slide}
- \begin{note}{First note title}
- The first note, concerning slide 1.
- \end{note}
- \begin{slide}{Second slide title}
- The second slide.
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-This can be done in \LyX\ in the following way.
-\begin{example}
- Slide First slide title
- Standard The first slide.
- Note First note title
- Standard The first note, concerning slide 1.
- Slide Second slide title
- Standard The second slide.
- EndSlide
-\end{example}
-This example demonstrates that it is often sufficient to insert the
-|EndSlide| style after the last slide or note only. Only when you
-want certain material not to be part of a slide, you need to finish
-the preceding slide manually using the |EndSlide| style. Example:
-\begin{example}
- Slide First slide title
- Standard The first slide.
- EndSlide
- [ERT box with some material]
- Slide Second slide title
- ...
-\end{example}
-
-Options can be passed to slide environments by using
-\texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Short title} in front of the slide title.
-The following example uses the |direct| method (see
-section~\ref{sec:verbatim}) in the short title argument (delimited by
-square brackets) to allow for a |lstlisting| environment (defined by
-the \pf{listings} package) within the slide content.
-\begin{example}
- Slide [method=direct]Example of LaTeX source code
- Standard Here's the \HelloWorld command:
- [ERT box:
- \lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX}
- \begin{lstlisting}
- \newcommand{\HelloWorld}{Hello World!}
- \end{lstlisting}
- ]
- EndSlide
-\end{example}
-Note that you are not obliged to use a |verbatim| environment to
-type the |\HelloWord| text into the \LyX\ window because \LyX\
-directly supports standard verbatim.\footnote{\LyX\ translates
-special characters into their corresponding \LaTeX\ command. For
-instance, the backslash character is translated into
-\cs{textbackslash{}}. Resulting, the font is not the same as in true
-verbatim and you might want to change that via the
-\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Character} dialog.} Consequently, the use of
-the slide processing methods |direct| and |file| is not necessary
-when you need standard verbatim, but it is necessary when doing more
-advanced things, like in the example above.
-
-\subsection{Support of syntax}
-This section lists options, commands and environments that are
-supported through the \LyX\ interface directly, without using an ERT
-box (\TeX-mode).
-
-All class options (see section~\ref{sec:classopts}) are supported
-via the \texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} dialog (|Layout| pane).
-Options for the |\pdsetup| command (see section~\ref{sec:setup})
-should be specified in the |Preamble| pane of the
-\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} dialog.
-
-Table \ref{tab:lyxcommands} lists the \pf{powerdot} commands that
-are supported in \LyX.
-\begin{table}[htb]
-\centering
-\begin{tabular}{f}
-Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline
-\cs{title} & Use \texttt{Title} environment.\\
-\cs{author} & Use \texttt{Author} environment.\\
-\cs{date} & Use \texttt{Date} environment.\\
-\cs{maketitle} & Managed directly by \LyX.\\
-\cs{section} & Use the \texttt{Section} environment. Options to this
-command (see section~\ref{sec:section}) can be specified using
-\texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Short title} in front of the section title.\\
-\cs{tableofcontents} & Use \texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Lists \&
-TOC\LyXarrow Table of contents}. You will need an ERT box if you
-want to use the optional argument, see below.
-\end{tabular}
-\caption{Supported \pf{powerdot} commands in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxcommands}
-\end{table}
-Table \ref{tab:lyxenvs} lists the \pf{powerdot} environments that,
-besides the earlier discussed |slide|, |wideslide|, |note| and
-|emptyslide| environments, are supported in \LyX.
-\begin{table}[htb]
-\centering
-\begin{tabular}{f}
-Environment & Method in \LyX\\\hline
-\texttt{itemize} & Use \texttt{Itemize} and \texttt{ItemizeType1}
-environments. The latter will create a list with |type=1| (see
-section~\ref{sec:lists}).\\
-\texttt{enumerate} & Use \texttt{Enumerate} and
-\texttt{EnumerateType1} environments.\\
-\texttt{thebibliography} & Use \texttt{Bibliography} environment.
-\end{tabular}
-\caption{Supported \pf{powerdot} environments in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxenvs}
-\end{table}
-Table \ref{tab:lyxERT} lists commands that can only be done by using
-an ERT box (via \texttt{Insert\LyXarrow TeX}).
-\begin{table}[ht]
-\centering
-\begin{tabular}{f}
-Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline
-\cs{and} & Within \texttt{Author} environment.\\
-\cs{pause} & \\
-\cs{item} & An ERT box is only required for the optional argument,
-not mandatory for overlays specifications.\\
-\cs{onslide} & And the versions \cs{onslide+} and \cs{onslide*}.\\
-\cs{twocolumn} & \\
-\cs{tableofcontents} & Only when using the optional argument.
-\end{tabular}
-\caption{\pf{powerdot} commands needing an ERT box in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxERT}
-\end{table}
-Note that you may use the clipboard in order to repeat often used
-commands like |\pause|. Finally, table \ref{tab:lyxadd} lists
-additional commands and environments that are supported by the layout.
-\begin{table}[htb]
-\centering
-\begin{tabular}{f}
-Env./Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline
-\texttt{quote} & Use \texttt{Quote} environment.\\
-\texttt{quotation} & Use \texttt{Quotation} environment.\\
-\texttt{verse} & Use \texttt{Verse} environment.\\
-\cs{caption} & Use \texttt{Caption} environment within standard
-float environments.
-\end{tabular}
-\caption{Additional environments for \LyX}\label{tab:lyxadd}
-\end{table}
-
-\subsection{Compiling with \LyX}
-First of all, make sure that you have also read
-section~\ref{sec:compiling}. Then, in order to get a proper
-PostScript or PDF file, you have to set your \LyX\ document
-properties depending on which paper and orientation you want. When
-your \LyX\ document is open, go to the \texttt{Layout\LyXarrow
-Document} dialog. In the \texttt{Layout} pane, put the |nopsheader|,
-|orient| and |paper| keys as class options (see
-section~\ref{sec:classopts} for a description). Then, go to the
-|Paper| pane and select corresponding paper size and orientation
-(you may choose |letter| paper in the case you set |paper=screen| in
-the class options). Finally, go to the |View| (or
-\texttt{File\LyXarrow Export}) menu and select your output
-(PostScript or PDF).
-
-\subsection{Extending the layout}
-If you have created a custom style (see section~\ref{sec:writestyle})
-which defines custom templates, you may want to extend the layout
-file\footnote{The LPPL dictates to rename a file if you modify it as
-to avoid confusion.} so that these templates are also supported in
-\LyX. The explanation below assumes that you have defined a template
-called |sunnyslide|.
-
-To support this new template in \LyX, you have to use the following
-command.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{pddefinelyxtemplate}\meta{cs}\marg{template}'
-\end{command}
-\DescribeMacro{\pddefinelyxtemplate}
-This will define the control sequence \meta{cs} such that it will
-create a slide with template \meta{template} (which has been defined
-using |\pddefinetemplate|. This new control sequence can be used in
-the layout file as follows.
-\begin{example}
- # SunnySlide environment definition
- Style SunnySlide
- CopyStyle Slide
- LatexName lyxend\lyxsunnyslide
- Font
- Color Yellow
- EndFont
- Preamble
- \pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxsunnyslide{sunnyslide}
- EndPreamble
- End
-\end{example}
-Note that you must begin the |LatexName| field with |lyxend|. The
-definition of the \LyX\ template has been inserted in between
-|Preamble| and |EndPreamble| which assures that the new \LyX\
-environment will work in every presentation. After modifying the
-layout file, don't forget to restart \LyX. See for more information
-about creating \LyX\ environments, the documentation of \LyX\ in the
-|Help| menu.
-
-\section{Questions}\label{sec:questions}
-\subsection{Frequently Asked Questions}\label{sec:FAQ}
-This section is devoted to Frequently Asked Questions. Please read
-it carefully; your problem might be solved by this section.
-\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0pt]
-\question
-Does \pf{powerdot} have example files? Where can I find them?
-\answer
-\pf{powerdot} comes with several examples that should be in the doc
-tree of your \LaTeX\ installation. More precisely:
-\url{texmf/doc/latex/powerdot}. If you can't find them there,
-download them from \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}
-\cite{CTAN}.
-\question I'm getting errors or unexpected output when compiling
-the simplest example!
-\answer Did you read section~\ref{sec:compiling}?
-\question I made a typo in the slide code, ran the file, got an
-error, corrected the typo and reran, but now get an error that
-doesn't go away.
-\answer Remove the |.bm| and |.toc| files and try again.
-\question |\pause| does not work in the |align|\footnote{There are
-several environments doing similar things as \texttt{align}. Another
-example is the \texttt{split} environment, but more (often from the
-\pf{amsmath} package) can cause similar trouble for \cs{pause}.}
-environment.
-\answer |align| does several tricky things, which make it impossible
-to use |\pause|. Use |\onslide| instead. See
-section~\ref{sec:onslide}.
-\question My \pf{pstricks} nodes appear on all overlays. Also: color
-doesn't seem to work with |\onslide|.
-\answer Some PostScript tricks like nodes and color do not work with
-|\onslide|. Use |\onslide*| instead. See an example below.
-\begin{example}
- \documentclass{powerdot}
- \usepackage{pst-node}
- \begin{document}
- \begin{slide}{Color}
- \onslide*{2}{\cnode(0,-5pt){2pt}{A}}
- This is {\onslide*{2-}{\color{red}} red} text.
- \onslide*{2}{\cnode(0,-5pt){2pt}{B}}
- \onslide{2}{\ncline{A}{B}}
- \end{slide}
- \end{document}
-\end{example}
-\question Do I need to edit style files to change a style a bit?
-\answer No, you do not need to edit any style file. You can change
-any part of a certain style using the |\pddefinetemplate| and
-|\pddefinepalettes| commands. Here is an example that removes the
-left and right footers from the \pf{default} style, places the slide
-number in the center footer and adds another palette.
-\begin{example}
- \documentclass{powerdot}
- \pddefinetemplate[slide]{slide}{
- lfpos=,rfpos=,cftemp=\theslide
- }{}
- \pddefinepalettes{mypalette}{
- \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.27,.31,.44}
- \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.85,.85,.92}
- \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.8,.75,.98}
- }
- \pdsetup{palette=mypalette}
- \begin{document}
- \begin{slide}{Title}
- \end{slide}
- \end{document}
-\end{example}
-See section~\ref{sec:writestyle} for more information about these
-two commands.
-\question Can I contribute to this project?
-\answer
-Certainly. If you find bugs\footnote{Make sure that you confirm that
-the bug is really caused by \pf{powerdot} and not by another package
-that you use.} or typos, please send a message to the mailinglist
-(see section~\ref{sec:mailinglist}). If you have developed your own
-style that is distinct from existing styles and would like to see it
-included in \pf{powerdot}, please inform us by private e-mail and we
-will consider your contribution. Notice that included contributions
-will fall under the overall \pf{powerdot} license and copyright
-notice, but that your name will be included in the documentation
-when you make a contribution. This is done to guarantee that we can
-adapt files if maintenance is needed.
-\end{itemize}
-
-If your question has not been answered at this point, advance to the
-next section to read where to find more answers.
-
-\subsection{Mailinglist}\label{sec:mailinglist}
-\pf{powerdot} has a mailinglist from \url{freelists.org} and has its
-website here:
-\begin{center}
-\url{http://www.freelists.org/list/powerdot}
-\end{center}
-There is a link to `List Archive'. Please search this archive before
-posting a question. Your problem might already have been solved in
-the past.
-
-If that is not the case, use the box on the page to type your e-mail
-address, choose the action `Subscribe' and click `Go!'. Then follow
-the instructions that arrive to you by e-mail. At a certain moment,
-you can login for the first time using an authorization code sent to
-you by e-mail. After logging in, you can create a password for
-future sessions using the `Main Menu' button. The other buttons
-provide you some info and options for your account.
-
-When you are all set, you can write to the list by sending an e-mail
-to
-\begin{center}
-\url{powerdot [at] freelists [dot] org}
-\end{center}
-
-When writing to the list, please keep in mind the following very
-important issues.
-\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=0pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt]
-\item We are volunteers!
-\item Keep your questions related to \pf{powerdot}.
-\item Always supply a \emph{minimal} example demonstrating your
-problem.
-\item Don't send big files over the list.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-We hope you will enjoy this service.
-
-\section{Source code documentation}\label{sec:source}
-In case you want regenerate the package files from the source or
-want to have a look at the source code description, locate
-|powerdot.dtx|, search in the file for |\OnlyDescription| and remove
-that and do
-\begin{example}
- latex powerdot.tex
- latex powerdot.tex
- bibtex powerdot
- makeindex -s gglo.ist -o powerdot.gls powerdot.glo
- makeindex -s gind.ist -o powerdot.ind powerdot.idx
- latex powerdot.tex
- latex powerdot.tex
-\end{example}
-
-
-\section{Implementation}\label{sec:imple}
-\subsection{General construction}
-This section explains the general idea of the class, how paper
-dimensions are chosen and how slides are created. We start with the
-paper.
-
-This class uses the same idea as \pf{prosper} and \pf{HA-prosper},
-namely that we create a background with \pf{pstricks} and position
-text on it using |\rput| and some |minipage| environments. This is
-easier than writing a dedicated output routine that can handle all
-the material, but doesn't break pages when we don't want that. So,
-when starting to write the class, we first investigated how to deal
-with landscape slides and paper dimensions.
-
-The job of making landscape slides can be done using \pf{geometry}.
-The paper dimension was more of a problem. As \LaTeX\ doesn't have
-the huge fonts that we need for presentations, we need to scale the
-usual fonts somehow. This could be done by using unusual paper
-dimensions (as \pf{beamer} does) and hence relying on ps2pdf to cut
-off all the redundant material. But this doesn't produce a usable
-DVI or PS file. Instead, it was chosen to use DVI magnification. The
-entire slide is magnified by a factor of 2 and only the top left
-quarter of the paper is used (but you will never notice that due to
-the magnification). As we already decided to place all material in
-|minipage|s using |\rput|, we didn't need the page anymore and it
-was easiest to use \pf{geometry} to just remove the page margins
-altogether so that the bottom left corner would be |(0,0)| and the
-top right corner |(\slidewidth,\slideheight)|.
-
-One extra remark on the paper type is necessary. We found that most
-common configurations of dvips use the |A4size| code when A4
-dimensions are found. This code doesn't write an explicit PostScript
-paper command in the PS document and hence programs using this PS
-(like ps2pdf) don't know what paper to use and revert to the
-default, which is letter paper in most cases. This, of course, is
-something that we don't want and hence, \pf{powerdot} will write
-these commands to the PS itself as to guarantee proper post
-processing of the PS.
-
-Now that we made the decisions on how to create proper DVI, PS and
-PDF output, the next task was to create an easy interface to
-overlays. To avoid counting the overlays as is necessary with
-\pf{prosper}, we implemented a system that first collects the entire
-body of an environment in a macro which can be reused multiple
-times. During execution of the body, the overlay commands like
-|\onslide| will keep a record of the biggest number that they find
-and that is the number of overlays to produce. Getting the body of
-the environment is done by collecting all material up to the next
-|\end| occurrence. If that control sequence has the proper argument
-(namely the slide that we started with), then we stop scanning and
-start processing the slide. With normal use, you will not notice
-this, but when doing special tricks like hiding |\end{slide}| in a
-macro, the process will fail as it relies on finding |\end{slide}|
-in the input stream without doing expansions. Often a work around
-can be found though. Have a look for instance at how |\section|
-creates a slide.
-
-The next task was to provide a simple way to create templates. As
-the class is based on the idea of having a background with some
-material spread out over it, the template system follows this idea.
-One argument can be used to create the background, the other
-argument controls, via keys and options, several properties of the
-material that should be placed. By adding an |ifsetup| key, full
-control could be gained over the design of the template in every
-possible setup chosen by the user.
-
-The final task for the class was to fill in all the `details'. All
-the mechanisms were present, but sometimes they should not be
-active. For instance, overlays should not be created in handout
-mode. Other things to add to the class were counter protection on
-overlays, handles to the layout of the slide number, footnotes, a
-bibliography environment, empty slides, etcetera.
-
-We hope that this section has made clear a little bit what you will
-be seeing when reading the next section with coding and why we chose
-to do it this way.
-
-\bibliographystyle{plain}
-\bibliography{powerdot}
-
-\section*{Acknowledgements}
-The authors are grateful to Mael Hill\'ereau for contributing the
-\LyX\ layout file and description. Further, we like to thank all
-style contributors (see section~\ref{sec:styles}). Moreover, we wish
-to thank everyone who contributed to this package in any other
-way.\\[1em]
-\hspace*{\stretch{1}}
-\begin{minipage}{.9\linewidth}
-Ramon van den Akker, Pavel \v C\'i\v zek, Darren Dale, Hans Marius
-Eikseth, Morten H\o gholm, Andr\'as Horv\'ath, Laurent Jacques, Akira
-Kakuto, Uwe Kern, Kyanh, Theo Stewart, Don P. Story and Herbert Vo\ss.
-\end{minipage}
-\hspace*{\stretch{1}}\\[1em]
-We hope not to have forgotten anyone.
-
-\PrintChangesX\PrintIndexX
-
-\end{document}
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdotSlide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdotSlide.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index a6be633fea8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdotSlide.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdotSlide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdotSlide.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index e095b47c20e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/docs/powerdotSlide.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2635 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This documentation is prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
-%%
-\documentclass{powerdot}
-\usepackage{url}
-\usepackage{fourier}
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\usepackage{listings}
-\usepackage{array}
-\def\Lcs#1{\texttt{\textbackslash#1}}
-\lstnewenvironment{command}{%
- \lstset{columns=flexible,frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{blue!20},%
- xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,escapeinside=`',gobble=1}}{}
-\lstdefinestyle{example}{%
- basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,frame=single,%
- backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},xleftmargin=\fboxsep,%
- xrightmargin=\fboxsep,%
- language=[LaTeX]TeX,keywordstyle=\color{blue},%
- moretexcs=[1]{color,ProvidesPackage},%
- moretexcs=[2]{onslide,pause,pdsetup,maketitle,tableofcontents},%
- texcsstyle=[2]\color{red}}
-\makeatletter
-\def\option#1{%
- \XKV@for@n{#1}\pd@tempa{%
- \fcolorbox{black}{red!20}{\texttt\pd@tempa}\quad
- }%
- \vspace*{.2cm}%
-}
-\def\larg#1{{\ttfamily\char`\<}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\char`\>}}
-\def\LyX{L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
-\def\LyXarrow{\leavevmode\,$\triangleright$\,\allowbreak}
-\let\pf\textsf
-\def\equals{=}
-\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
-\newcolumntype{d}{c|l}
-\newcolumntype{e}{c|c|c|c}
-\newcolumntype{f}{l|p{8cm}}
-\newcounter{FAQ}
-\def\question{%
- \stepcounter{FAQ}%
- \parskip4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \itemsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \parsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \item[\textbf{Q\arabic{FAQ}}]%
-}
-\def\answer{%
- \parskip0pt
- \itemsep0pt
- \parsep0pt
- \item[\textbf{A\arabic{FAQ}}]%
-}
-\def\styleexample#1{%
- \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}{%
- \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}{%
- \hspace*{\stretch{1}}%
- \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]%
- {powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}}%
- \hspace*{\stretch{2}}%
- \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]%
- {powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}}%
- \hspace*{\stretch{1}}\par
- }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}%
- }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}%
-}
-\makeatother
-
-\def\fileversion{v1.4e}
-\def\filedate{2010/12/18}
-
-\title{The \pf{powerdot} class}
-\author{Hendri Adriaens\and Christopher Ellison\and Herbert Vo\ss}
-\date{\fileversion\ (\filedate)}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\maketitle
-
-\begin{slide}{Abstract}
-\begin{abstract}
-\pf{powerdot} is a presentation class for \LaTeX\ that allows for
-the quick and easy development of professional presentations. It
-comes with many tools that enhance presentations and aid the
-presenter. Examples are automatic overlays, personal notes and a
-handout mode. To view a presentation, DVI, PS or PDF output can be
-used. A powerful template system is available to easily develop new
-styles. A \LyX\ layout file is provided.
-\end{abstract}
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{slide}{Contents}
-\tableofcontents
-\end{slide}
-
-\section{Introduction}
-\begin{slide}{Introduction}\label{sec:intro}
-This class builds on and extends the \pf{prosper} class
-\cite{prosper} and the \pf{HA-prosper} package \cite{HA-prosper}.
-The \pf{HA-prosper} package was initially intended to extend
-\pf{prosper} and correct some bugs and problems of that class. As
-developments on that package progressed, it was found that
-unfortunately, not all of the problems could be overcome with the
-package. That discovery was the start of a new project set up to
-make a new class to replace the \pf{prosper} plus \pf{HA-prosper}
-combination. You're currently reading the result of that project.\pause
-
-The remainder of this section will be devoted to giving a feel of
-what the \pf{powerdot} presentation source looks like and giving an
-overview of this documentation.\pause
-
-The document structure of a presentation is always the same. You can
-find it in the example below.
-\end{slide}
-
-
-\begin{slide}[method=direct]{Example}
-\begin{lstlisting}[style=example]
-\documentclass[<class options>]{powerdot}
-\pdsetup{<presentation options>}
-\begin{document}
- \begin{slide}{a slide}
- Contents of the slide.
- \end{slide}
- \section{first section}
- \begin{slide}[<slide options>]{another slide}
- Contents of the slide.
- \end{slide}
- \begin{note}{personal note}
- The note.
- \end{note}
-\end{document}
-\end{lstlisting}
-
-\end{slide}
-
-
-\begin{slide}[method=direct]{}
-There are several elements that define the document structure. First
-of all, the class accepts some class options that control the output
-of the class, for instance, paper type and style. These class
-options will be discussed in section~\ref{sec:classopts}. Then there
-are presentation specific options which control some of the elements
-of the presentation globally, for instance, the footers. These will
-be discussed in section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}.
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{slide}[method=direct]{}
-Once the setup has been decided on, you can use the slide
-environment to produce slides (see section~\ref{sec:slides}) and the
-note environment to produce notes that go with the slides (see
-section~\ref{sec:notes}). You can use overlays to display material
-in steps. This is described in section~\ref{sec:overlays}. The
-\verb=\section= command provides a way to structure your presentation.
-This is discussed in section~\ref{sec:structure}.
-Section~\ref{sec:styles} will show an overview of the styles that
-come with this class and the characteristics of each style.
-Section~\ref{sec:compiling} will tell you more about how to produce
-output. This section contains important information on required
-packages.
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{slide}[method=direct]{}
-Section~\ref{sec:writestyle} is mostly interesting for people that
-want to develop their own style for this class or want to modify an
-existing style. Section~\ref{sec:lyx} explains how \LyX\
-\cite{LyXWeb} can be used to create \pf{powerdot} presentations.
-This documentation concludes with a section devoted to questions
-(section~\ref{sec:questions}), like `Where can I find examples?'. It
-also tells you where to turn to in case your questions are still not
-solved.
-\end{slide}
-
-
-\section{Setting up the presentation}\label{sec:setup}
-\subsection{Document class options}\label{sec:classopts}
-\begin{slide}{Document class options}
-This section will describe all options that are available to control
-the output of the presentation and the looks of it. \pause
-
-We will
-start with the class options that are typed in the \Lcs{documentclass}
-command as a comma-separated list. For each option, the preset
-value will be mentioned in the description. This is the value
-that will be used if you decide to not give a value to the option or
-not use the option at all. The value that will be used when you don't use the
-option.
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{slide}{}
-This options controls the kind of output that we want to produce.
-The preset value is \texttt{present}.\pause
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{mode=present}
-This mode is used when you want to create the actual presentation. It
-will enable overlays and transition effects. You can read more about
-overlays in section~\ref{sec:overlays}.
-\item\option{mode=print}\\
-This mode can be used when printing the slides including their visual
-markup, but without any overlay or transition effects.
-\item\option{mode=handout}\\
-This mode will produce a black and white overview of your slides that
-can be used to make personal notes on, for distribution to students,
-a personal guide during your talk, etcetera.
-\end{description}
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{slide}{}
-This options controls the kind of output that we want to produce.
-The preset value is \texttt{present}.\pause
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{nopagebreaks}\\
-By default, the handout mode produces a document with two slides per
-page. If you want to fit more slides on a page, specify this option
-in the \Lcs{documentclass} command and \pf{powerdot} will let \LaTeX\
-decide on the places to insert a page break, namely when a page is
-full.
-\end{description}
-\end{slide}
-
-
-\begin{slide}{}
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{paper} This option has three possible values. The
-preset value is \texttt{screen}.
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{paper=screen}\\
-This is a special format with screen optimized ratio (4/3). The
-actual page dimensions will be 8.25 inch by 11 inch. This paper format
-is not available for print or handout mode. In these modes, \pf{powerdot}
-will switch to a4 paper and put a warning that it did this in the
-log file of your presentation.
-\item\option{paper=a4paper}\\
-A4 paper will be used for the presentation or handout.
-\item\option{paper=letterpaper}\\
-Letter size paper will be used.
-\end{description}
-\end{description}
-\end{slide}
-
-\end{document}
-
-Some important information with respect to paper size, compiling and
-viewing presentations is available in section~\ref{sec:compiling}.
-
-\DescribeOption{orient} This controls the orientation of the
-presentation. The preset value is |landscape|.
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{orient=landscape}\\
-The presentation will be in landscape format. This value is not
-available in handout mode. In that mode, \pf{powerdot} will switch
-to portrait orientation and will warn you about this in the log
-file.
-\item\option{orient=portrait}\\ This produces slides in portrait
-format. Notice that not all styles support portrait orientation. Please
-refer to section~\ref{sec:styles} for information about which styles
-do support the portrait orientation.
-\end{description}
-
-\DescribeOption{display} This controls the production of slides and
-notes. The preset value is |slides|.
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{display=slides}\\
-This will only typeset the slides in your presentation.
-\item\option{display=slidesnotes}\\
-This will typeset both the slides and the notes in your
-presentation. See also section~\ref{sec:notes} for more information
-about notes.
-\item\option{display=notes}\\
-This will typeset the notes only.
-\end{description}
-
-Here are some more options to control the output.
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{size}\option{size}\\
-This is the size of the normal text font in points. Possible values
-are 8pt, 9pt, 10pt, 11pt, 12pt, 14pt, 17pt and 20pt and the preset
-value is 11pt.\footnote{Note that sizes other than 10pt, 11pt and
-12pt are non-standard and it is assumed that you have the
-\pf{extsizes} bundle \cite{extsizes} installed, which provides these
-sizes.}
-\item\DescribeOption{style}\option{style}\\
-This controls the style to be loaded for the presentation. By
-default, the \pf{default} style will be loaded. For more styles, see
-section~\ref{sec:styles}.
-\item\DescribeOption{fleqn}\option{fleqn}\\
-This option makes equations flushed left. It does the same as the
-equally named option for the article class.
-\item\DescribeOption{leqno}\option{leqno}\\
-Put equation numbers at the left. Also the same as in the article
-class.
-\item\DescribeOption{nopsheader}\option{nopsheader}\\
-By default, \pf{powerdot} will write a postscript command to the ps
-file to make sure that post processors like ps2pdf know which paper
-to use without the need to specify it on the command line. See also
-section~\ref{sec:compiling}. If you experience problems with post
-processing or printing or you want to specify the paper size in the
-post processing steps yourself, use this option.
-\item\DescribeOption{hlentries}\option{hlentries}\\
-This highlights table of contents entries when the entry matches
-with the current slide and its preset value is |true|. See also
-section~\ref{sec:structure}. If you don't want highlighting of table
-of contents entries (for instance in print mode), use
-|hlentries=false|.
-\item\DescribeOption{hlsections}\option{hlsections}\\
-This highlights table of contents sections when the section matches
-with the current section in the presentation and is preset to |false|.
-See also section~\ref{sec:structure}. Specifying this
-option turns highlighting of sections on. This could be useful when
-you are using a style that implements a split table of contents.
-\item\DescribeOption{blackslide}\option{blackslide}\\
-This option inserts a black slide in the presentation on page 1 and
-will automatically advance to page 2 when opening the presentation
-in a PDF viewer like Acrobat (Reader). The option also inserts a
-link behind every slide or section title that brings you to the
-black slide when clicked. When you click anywhere in the black
-slide, you will go back to the originating slide. This option can be
-used to temporarily pause a presentation, for instance, to do a
-proof on the black board.
-\item\DescribeOptions{clock}\option{clock}\\
-This displays a small digital clock on slides which you can use to
-check the time left for your presentation.
-\end{description}
-
-Here is an example of a \Lcs{documentclass} command.
-\begin{example}
- \documentclass[
- size=12pt,
- paper=screen,
- mode=present,
- display=slidesnotes,
- style=tycja,
- nopagebreaks,
- blackslide,
- fleqn
- ]{powerdot}
-\end{example}
-This example sets up a presentation in \pf{tycja} style, with a black
-slide, normal size 12 points and flushed left equations.
-\begin{example}
- \documentclass[
- size=12pt,
- paper=letterpaper,
- mode=handout,
- display=slidesnotes,
- style=tycja,
- nopagebreaks,
- blackslide,
- fleqn
- ]{powerdot}
-\end{example}
-Changing the |paper} and |mode} options, now produces a handout with
-possibly more than two slides per page due to the |nopagebreaks|
-option.
-
-\subsection{Setup options}\label{sec:pdsetup}
-\DescribeMacro{\pdsetup}
-There are several extra options that can help customizing your
-presentation. These options are not available via the
-|\documentclass} command. This has a technical reason.\footnote{The
-interested reader is referred to the section about the \pf{xkvltxp}
-package in the \pf{xkeyval} package documentation \cite{xkeyval}.}
-We distinguish two types of options. Options that can only be set
-globally (acting for the entire presentation) using the \Lcs{pdsetup|
-command and options that can be accessed both globally (via
-|\pdsetup|) and locally (via slide environments, see section~\ref{sec:slides}).
-
-\subsubsection{Global options}\label{sec:gopts}
-This section describes options that can only be used globally in the
-preamble of your presentation via the \Lcs{pdsetup} command.
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{palette}\option{palette}\\
-This specifies the palette to be used. A palette is a set of colors
-defined by a style. To find out which palettes are defined by each
-style, see section~\ref{sec:styles}.
-\item\DescribeOption{theslide}\option{theslide}\\
-This option controls how the slide number appears on the slide. This
-is preset to the value \Lcs{arabic{slide}~/~\pageref*{lastslide}|,
-which could appear like |5/22|. Notice that the \Lcs{arabic{slide}|
-typesets the number of the current slide and that
-|\pageref*{lastslide}} typesets the number of the last
-slide.\footnote{We use the starred version of \cs{pageref} which is
-defined by \pf{hyperref} and does not create a link to the page that
-it is referring to.}
-\item\DescribeOption{thenote}\option{thenote}\\
-This is similar to the |theslide} option, but typesets the slide
-numbers of notes. The preset value is
-|note~\arabic{note}~of~slide~\arabic{slide}} and \Lcs{arabic{note}|
-here typesets the number of the current note that goes with the
-current slide. This could appear like |note 2 of slide 7|.
-\item\DescribeOption{counters}\option{counters}\\
-The |counters} option lists counters that you might want to protect
-on overlays. As material on overlays (see
-section~\ref{sec:overlays}) is processed multiple times, also
-\LaTeX\ counters, like the |equation} counter, might be increased
-too often. To avoid that your equations get different numbers on
-every overlay, use this option. The |equation|, |table|, |figure|,
-|footnote} and |mpfootnote} counters are already protected for you.
-If you use extra counters, for instance for theorems, list them in
-this option. Example:
-\begin{example}
- counters={theorem,lemma}
-\end{example}
-\item\DescribeOption{list}\option{list}\\
-This option takes a list of options that will be passed on to the
-\pf{enumitem} package that controls the layout of lists created by
-the |enumerate} and |itemize} environments. Example:
-\begin{example}
- list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
-\end{example}
-See for more information on controlling the layout of lists the
-\pf{enumitem} package \cite{enumitem}.
-\item\DescribeOptions{enumerate,itemize}\option{enumerate,itemize}\\
-As the |list} option, but only control |enumerate} and |itemize|
-environments respectively.
-\end{description}
-
-\subsubsection{Global and local options}\label{sec:glopts}
-This section describes options that can be used both globally via
-|\pdsetup} and locally via slide environments (see section~\ref{sec:slides}).
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOptions{lf,cf,rf}\option{lf,cf,rf}\\
-This determines the content of the left, center and right footers.
-These are preset to empty.
-\item\DescribeOption{trans}\option{trans}\\
-This option sets the default transition effect to be used in the
-presentation. These transition effects only work after compiling the
-presentation to PDF format. See also section~\ref{sec:compiling}.
-The following transition effects are supported: |Split|, |Blinds|,
-|Box|, |Wipe|, |Dissolve|, |Glitter} and |Replace|. When you are using
-a viewer that understands PDF 1.5, you can also use |Fly|, |Push|,
-|Cover|, |Uncover} or |Fade|. It is important to notice that most
-viewers are case sensitive, so, for instance, |box} will not work.
-
-The preset effect is |Replace} which just replaces one slide with
-another when browsing the slides. Note that some PDF viewers (like
-Acrobat Reader 5 and higher) only produce the transition effect in
-full screen mode. If you want to use a custom transition effect that
-is not listed in the list above (for instance, a wipe effect with a
-custom wipe direction), then that is possible. However,
-\pf{powerdot} will put a warning in your log file that the effect
-that you have chosen, might not work in the PDF viewer. Here is an
-example that does work.
-\begin{example}
- trans=Wipe /Di 0
-\end{example}
-In Acrobat (Reader), this wipes from left to right instead of the
-default top to bottom. For more information, see a PDF Reference
-Manual.
-\item\DescribeOption{method}\option{method}\\
-This option can be used when a slide contains special material that
-does not get treated in the `usual' way by \LaTeX. Verbatim material
-is an example of this. Possible values are |normal} (the preset value),
-|direct} and |file|. We will come back to this option in detail in
-section~\ref{sec:verbatim}.
-\item\DescribeOptions{logohook,logopos,logocmd}\option{logohook,logopos,logocmd}\\
-If |logopos} is specified, a logo defined by the value of the
-|logocmd} option will be put on slides. The position can be
-specified relative to the width and height of the slide. |{0,0}} is
-the lower left corner of the paper and |{\slidewidth,\slideheight}|
-is the upper right corner. For positioning the logo, the \Lcs{rput|
-command of \pf{pstricks} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} is used. This
-command also allows to specify the point of the logo that should be
-positioned there. This point can be entered via the |logohook|
-option and can take the values |tl|, |t|, |tr|, |r|, |Br|, |br|,
-|b|, |bl|, |Bl|, |l|, |B} and |c|. For more information about
-|\rput|, consult the \pf{pstricks} documentation. Here is an example
-that integrates the flower of the \pf{default} style into the
-\pf{husky} style.
-\begin{example}
- \documentclass[style=husky]{powerdot}
- \pdsetup{
- logohook=t,
- logopos={.088\slidewidth,.99\slideheight},
- logocmd={\includegraphics[height=.08\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}}
- }
- \begin{document}
- ...
- \end{document}
-\end{example}
-The preset value for |logohook} is |tl|.
-\end{description}
-
-A special feature of \pf{powerdot}, which can be used to make
-presentations come alive, is the use of random dots. These dots will
-be placed anywhere on your slides and use the colors defined by the
-palette that you use. Overlays will carry the same dots. This
-feature uses |random.tex} \cite{random}. Several options are
-available to control the appearance of the random dots.
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{randomdots}\option{randomdots}\\
-By default, random dots are turned off. If this option is set to
-|true|, random dots will be generated. |false} will turn off the
-feature. When no value is submitted to the option, |true} will be
-used.
-\item\DescribeOptions{dmindots,dmaxdots}\option{dmindots,dmaxdots}\\
-The number of dots per slide is also random. These options set the
-minimum and maximum dots per slide. Preset values are |5} and |40|,
-respectively.
-\item\DescribeOptions{dminsize,dmaxsize}\option{dminsize,dmaxsize}\\
-The minimum and maximum radius of the dots. Preset values are |5pt|
-and |40pt|, respectively.
-\item\DescribeOptions{dminwidth,dmaxwidth,dminheight,dmaxheight}
-\option{dminwidth,dmaxwidth,dminheight,dmaxheight}\\
-These options determine the area on the slide that can be used for
-the random dots. These values are preset such that dots go anywhere
-on the slide, but you might want to adjust these such that, for
-instance, dots can only appear in the text area. The preset values
-are |0pt|, \Lcs{slidewidth|, |0pt|, \Lcs{slideheight|.
-
-Here is an example that allows dots in a smaller rectangle on the
-slide.
-\begin{example}
- \pdsetup{
- dminwidth=.1\slidewidth,dmaxwidth=.9\slidewidth,
- dminheight=.2\slideheight,dmaxheight=.8\slideheight
- }
-\end{example}
-\item\DescribeOption{dbright}\option{dbright}\\
-This option can be used to adjust the brightness of the dots. The
-number should be an integer between -100 and 100. If the number is
-negative, the color will be adjusted towards black, with -100 giving
-black. If the number is positive, the color will be adjusted towards
-white, with 100 giving white. With a light background, you may want
-to choose |bright} to be positive. With a dark background, you may
-want to set it negative. The preset value is |60|, meaning a mixture
-of 40\ of the original color and 60\ white.
-\item\DescribeOption{dprop}\option{dprop}\\
-This option is used for passing extra parameters to the \Lcs{psdot|
-command, which creates the random dots. You could, for instance,
-change the style of the dots or the line width. See for more
-information about \Lcs{psdot} the \pf{pstricks} documentation
-\cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks}. \pf{powerdot} defines two extra dot
-styles that can be used for the random dots. These styles are
-|ocircle} (open circle) and |osquare} (open square).
-\end{description}
-
-Here are two examples for the use of random dots.
-\begin{example}
- \pdsetup{
- randomdots,dminwidth=.2\slidewidth
- }
-\end{example}
-This turns on random dots and doesn't use the left 20\ of the slide
-for placing random dots.
-\begin{example}
- \pdsetup{
- randomdots,dprop={dotstyle=ocircle,linewidth=.5pt},
- dminsize=500pt,dmaxsize=600pt,dmindots=2,dmaxdots=5
- }
-\end{example}
-This example puts at most 5 big circles on slides. These circles do
-not fit on the slides and you will only see parts of them in the
-shape of curves.
-
-\subsubsection{\cs{pdsetup} example}
-Here is an example of a \Lcs{pdsetup} command that one could use to set up
-the presentation.
-\begin{example}
- \pdsetup{
- lf=My first presentation,
- rf=For some conference,
- trans=Wipe,
- theslide=\arabic{slide},
- randomdots,dmaxdots=80
- }
-\end{example}
-This sets the left and right footers and will initialize the
-transition effect to |Wipe|. Further, slide numbers will not include
-the number of the last slide, but only the number of the current
-slide. Finally, slides will be covered with at most 80 random dots.
-
-A small note is necessary with respect to the appearance of footers.
-The slide number (controlled by the |theslide} option) will be added
-to a footer. Most styles add it too the right footer. If both the
-footer and the slide number are non empty, |~--~} will be inserted
-in between them to separate them. Styles might modify this default
-behavior however.
-
-\section{Making slides}\label{sec:slides}
-\subsection{The title slide}\label{sec:titleslide}
-\DescribeMacro{\title}
-\DescribeMacro{\author}
-\DescribeMacro{\and}
-\DescribeMacro{\date}
-\DescribeMacro{\maketitle}
-The title slide is created by the \Lcs{maketitle} command.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{maketitle}\oarg{options}'
-\end{command}
-Its use is the same as in the standard \LaTeX\ document classes. The
-optional argument \meta{options} can contain any option from
-section~\ref{sec:glopts}. Specifying such an option in the
-|\maketitle} command will only have an effect on the title slide and
-not on other slides. See an example below.
-\begin{example}
- \documentclass{powerdot}
- \title{Title}
- \author{You \and me}
- \date{October 7, 2010}
- \begin{document}
- \maketitle
- ...
- \end{document}
-\end{example}
-The |author|, |title} and |date} declarations provide the text to be
-used when making a title page. The design of the title page is
-specific to the style in use. Notice the use of \Lcs{and} for
-separating multiple authors. See a \LaTeX\ manual \cite{companion}
-for more information on commands such as \Lcs{title} and \Lcs{author|.
-
-\subsection{Other slides}\label{sec:otherslides}
-\DescribeEnv{slide} The centerpiece of every presentation is the
-slide. In \pf{powerdot}, the content of each slide is placed in a
-|slide} environment.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{begin}\texttt{\{slide\}}\oarg{options}\marg{slide title}'
- `\meta{body}'
- `\cs{end}\texttt{\{slide\}}'
-\end{command}
-
-In section~\ref{sec:overlays} we'll see how to give some life to the
-slides, but for now, let's look at a simple example.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{First slide}
- Hello World.
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-The slide environment has one required argument, namely the slide
-title. When a slide is created, the slide title is used to create an
-entry in the table of contents and in the list of bookmarks. The
-table of contents is a listing of the slides and section titles in
-the presentation that appears on each slide.
-
-The table of contents is clickable (when the presentation is
-compiled into PDF) and serves as a nice way to jump from location to
-location within the presentation. The bookmark list is only present
-when compilation is taken all the way to the PDF file format. It
-also serves as a table of contents, but this list does not appear on
-\textit{any} of the slides, but in a separate window in a PDF
-viewer. In the example above, the entries in both table contents and
-the list of bookmarks would be titled |First slide|.
-
-The \meta{options} for the |slide} environment can contain any
-option listed in section~\ref{sec:glopts}. Additionally, the
-following options can be used.
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{toc}\option{toc}\\
-When specified, the value is used for the entry in the table of
-contents; otherwise, the slide title is used. If |toc=} is
-specified, then no entry is created.
-\item\DescribeOption{bm}\option{bm}\\
-When specified, the value is used for the bookmark entry; otherwise,
-the slide title is used. If |bm=} is specified, then no entry is
-created.
-\end{description}
-
-These optional arguments are especially useful when the title of a
-slide is extremely long or when the title contains \LaTeX\ commands
-that do not render correctly in the bookmarks.\footnote{The
-bookmarking procedure uses \cs{pdfstringdef} from the \pf{hyperref}
-package, and it can process accented characters such as \cs{"i}.}
-When specifying entries, be sure to hide special characters `|,|'
-and `|=|' between curly brackets `|{|' and `|}|'. Let's look at an
-example that uses these optional arguments.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}[toc=,bm={LaTeX, i*i=-1}]{\color{red}\LaTeX, $i^2=-1$}
- My slide contents.
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-
-In this example, the slide title will appear as {\color{red}\LaTeX,
-$i^2=-1$}. This text will not render correctly in a bookmark entry.
-An attempt is made to correct this, but often, the correction does
-not produce an equivalent text. This particular title would be
-rendered in the bookmark list as |redLaTeX, i2=-1|. On the other
-hand, the manually specified bookmark entry is rendered as:
-|LaTeX, i*i=-1|. Notice, no entry is created in the table of contents,
-because of the use of |toc=|.
-
-In addition to the |slide} environment, each individual style can
-define its own environments. Many styles have a |wideslide|
-environment. The idea is that one might have information that does
-not fit nicely on a slide with a table of contents listed, as this
-consumes some space. In such cases, it is preferable to use a slide
-that does not list the table of contents. The |wideslide|
-environment provides this functionality and has more space for the
-actual slide content. See section~\ref{sec:styles} for information
-on the various environments provided by the styles.
-
-\section{Overlays}\label{sec:overlays}
-It is often the case that you don't want all the information on the
-slide to appear at once. Rather, the information should appear one
-item at a time. In \pf{powerdot}, this is achieved with overlays.
-Each slide can be comprised of many overlays, and the overlays are
-displayed one at a time.
-
-\subsection{The \cs{pause} command}\label{sec:pause}
-\DescribeMacro{\pause} The easiest way to display information
-sequentially is to use the \Lcs{pause} command.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{pause}\oarg{number}'
-\end{command}
-Below is a simple example:
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Simple overlay}
- power\pause dot
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-The slide's information is displayed and continues until the
-|\pause} command is encountered. No further output within the same
-slide is displayed until the click of the mouse or the touch of the
-keyboard. Then, the content will continue to display until all the
-information is displayed or until another \Lcs{pause} command is
-encountered. In this example, |power} is displayed on the first
-overlay, and |powerdot} is the displayed on the second overlay. The
-|\pause} command is often used within the |itemize} and |enumerate|
-environments. For example,
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Multiple pauses}
- power\pause dot \pause
- \begin{itemize}
- \item Let me pause\ldots \pause
- \item \ldots while I talk \pause and chew bubble gum. \pause
- \item Perhaps you'll be persuaded.
- \item Perhaps not.
- \end{itemize}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-Since \Lcs{pause} was used before the |itemize} environment, no item
-will appear until the third overlay. Then, each item will be
-displayed one at a time, each on their own overlay. More information
-on using lists will follow in the next section.
-
-The optional argument of the \Lcs{pause} command specifies the number
-of overlays to pause. An example usage is:
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Pause longer}
- \begin{itemize}
- \item A \pause
- \item B \pause[2]
- \item C
- \end{itemize}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-In the example above, item |C} will appear on the fourth overlay.
-The usefulness of this option will become more apparent in the next
-section; so we will revisit a similar example at that time.
-
-\subsection{List environments}\label{sec:lists}
-The list environments, |itemize} and |enumerate|, have special
-treatments in \pf{powerdot}. They have an optional argument that
-will be taken care off by the \pf{enumitem} package (see
-\cite{enumitem}). \pf{powerdot} supplies an extra key for this
-optional argument. In the examples that follow, features will be
-described using the |itemize} environment but they also apply to the
-|enumerate} environment.
-
-Here is the typical usage of the |itemize} environment:
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Basic itemize}
- \begin{itemize}
- \item A \pause
- \item B \pause
- \item C
- \end{itemize}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-The display is simple, each item appears one at a time with each
-overlay.
-
-\DescribeOption{type}
-Suppose we wanted every item to show, but we only wanted one item to
-appear `active' at once. This can be accomplished via the |type|
-option for the |itemize} environment. The preset value is |0|.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Type 1 itemize}
- \begin{itemize}[type=1]
- \item A \pause
- \item B \pause
- \item C
- \end{itemize}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-Now, every item will be displayed in the \emph{inactive
-color}\index{inactive color|usage} (which is defined by the style
-that you use), and the item's font color will become the active one
-on the overlay that it would normally appear on. The default
-behavior is given by |type=0|.
-
-Lists can also be nested to create complicated structures. When a
-list is nested, it inherits the setting of the |type} option from
-the `parent' list, but that can be overruled by specifying the
-|type} option in the optional argument of the nested list. We
-present here one example, but many more can be created by nesting
-lists of different types in different ways.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Nested lists}
- \begin{itemize}
- \item A\pause
- \begin{itemize}[type=1]
- \item B\pause
- \end{itemize}
- \item C
- \end{itemize}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-This displays |A} and |B} on the first overlay, but |B} is inactive.
-On overlay 2, |B} will become active and on overlay 3, |C} will
-become visible.
-
-\subsection{The \cs{item} command}
-\DescribeMacro{\item}
-The \Lcs{item} command has an extra \emph{optional} argument in
-\pf{powerdot} which allows for creating overlays in a more flexible
-way then \Lcs{pause} provides.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{item}\oarg{label}\larg{overlays}'
-\end{command}
-This optional argument should contain an overlay specification
-stating on which overlays you want the item to appear. This
-specification is a comma separated list where each item can used the
-notation as in table \ref{tab:item}.
-\begin{table}[htb]\centering
-\begin{tabular}{d}
-Syntax&Meaning\\\hline
-\texttt{x}&Only overlay \texttt{x}\\
-\texttt{-x}&All overlays up to and including \texttt{x}\\
-\texttt{x-}&All overlays from \texttt{x}, including \texttt{x}\\
-\texttt{x-y}&All overlays from \texttt{x} to \texttt{y},
-including \texttt{x} and \texttt{y}\\
-\end{tabular}
-\caption{\cs{item} and \cs{onslide} notation}\label{tab:item}
-\end{table}
-The \meta{label} argument is the standard optional argument for
-|\item} in \LaTeX. A \LaTeX\ manual \cite{companion} can tell you
-more about this argument.
-
-Here is an example.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Active itemize}
- \begin{itemize}[type=1]
- \item<1> A
- \item<2> B
- \item<3> C
- \end{itemize}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-Here we have said that |A} should only be active on overlay 1, |B|
-should only be active on overlay 2, and |C} should only be active on
-overlay 3. Again, when the item is not active, it appears in the
-inactive color because of |type=1|.
-
-If |type=0} is specified and if each item is given an overlay
-option, then each item will appear only when it is active. When the
-item is not active, then it will not show on the slide at all. More
-examples demonstrating the syntax for \meta{overlays} will be
-discussed in the next section.
-
-\subsection{The \cs{onslide} command}\label{sec:onslide}
-\DescribeMacro{\onslide} Overlays can also be achieved using the
-|\onslide} command.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{onslide}\marg{overlays}\marg{text}'
-\end{command}
-This command takes an \meta{overlays} specification as first
-argument and the \meta{text} to apply it to as second argument. The
-\meta{overlays} on which the text will appear are specified as a
-comma separated list with syntax as in table \ref{tab:item}. We
-start off with a simple example.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Simple onslide}
- \onslide{1,2}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-We have instructed |power} to appear on overlays one and two, and
-|dot} to appear only on overlay two. As you might guess, this
-example has the same output as our first \Lcs{pause} example. Yet, it
-is clearly the case that our syntax is more complicated. However,
-this slight ``complication'' also allows for much more flexibility.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\onslide+}Consider the above example with the
-following modifications:
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Simple onslide+}
- \texttt{onslide }: \onslide{1}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}\\
- \texttt{onslide+}: \onslide+{1}{power}\onslide+{2}{dot}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-The \Lcs{onslide+} command displays its content in a different manner
-altogether. Now, |dot} appears on every overlay, but it is in
-inactive color\index{inactive color|usage} and matches the normal
-font color \textit{only} on overlay two. This is comparable to the
-|type=1} behavior for lists (see section~\ref{sec:lists}).
-
-When executing this example, we will also notice that the \Lcs{onslide|
-command does hide material, but still reserves the right amount of
-space for it: on overlay 2, the |dot|s appear right above each
-other. The next command does not reserve space.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\onslide*} Instead of hiding and reserving space
-(|\onslide|) or putting \meta{text} in the inactive color
-(|\onslide+|) when the overlay doesn't match \meta{overlays}, this
-command just eats the material altogether. To understand the
-differences, consider the following example:
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Simple onslide*}
- \texttt{onslide }: \onslide{1}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}\\
- \texttt{onslide+}: \onslide+{1}{power}\onslide+{2}{dot}\\
- \texttt{onslide*}: \onslide*{1}{power}\onslide*{2}{dot}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-The output of the first two lines, we are already familiar with. The
-third line displays |power} on overlay 1 and |dot} on overlay 2, but
-no space for |power} is reserved on overlay 2. Hence |dot} will
-start on the cursor position that |power} started on overlay 1 and
-it is not aligned below the other two |dots|.
-
-We finish with an example of the syntax that is possible with
-|\item} and \Lcs{onslide|. Remember that these commands take a comma
-separated list for the \meta{overlays} specification and that each
-element can used the syntax as explained in table \ref{tab:item}.
-The various variations are demonstrated in the example below.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Lists}
- \onslide{10}{on overlay 10 only}\par
- \onslide{-5}{on every overlay before and including overlay 5}\par
- \onslide{5-}{on every overlay after and including overlay 5}\par
- \onslide{2-5}{on overlays 2 through 5, inclusive}\par
- \onslide{-3,5-7,9-}{on every overlay except overlays 4 and 8}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-
-\subsection{Relative overlays}
-Sometimes it is a pain to keep track of when an item should appear
-or become active. You might, for example, just care that some text
-appears on the overlay \textit{after} some other item. This
-functionality is provided through the use of relative overlays which
-should not be used outside list environments that use \Lcs{item|. Let's
-consider a simple, illuminating example.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Relative overlays}
- \begin{itemize}
- \item A \pause
- \item B \onslide{+1}{(visible 1 overlay after B)}\pause
- \item C \onslide{+2-}{(appears 2 overlays after C, visible until the end)}
- \pause
- \item D \onslide{+1-6}{(appears 1 overlay after D, visible until overlay 6)}
- \pause
- \item E \pause
- \item F \pause
- \item G \onslide{+1-+3}{(appears 1 overlay after G for 3 overlays)}\pause
- \item H \pause
- \item I \pause
- \item J \pause
- \item K
- \End{itemize}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-As you can see, we still use \Lcs{onslide|. The only change is with the
-syntax of the list of overlays. Now, we can specify a `|+|' symbol
-in the list. In its simplest usage, \Lcs{onslide{+1}} will make text
-display one overlay after the overlay it would \textit{normally}
-appear on. You can still use the syntax in table \ref{tab:item}.
-These are demonstrated in the above example. Notice,
-|\onslide{+1-6}} means that the text will appear one overlay after
-the overlay it would normally appear on and that the text should
-remain shown until overlay seven. To make text appear for a range of
-relative overlays, see the final demonstration in the above example.
-
-\section{Presentation structure}\label{sec:structure}
-\subsection{Making sections}\label{sec:section}
-\DescribeMacro{\section}
-This section describes the \Lcs{section} command which provides a way
-to structure a presentation.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{section}\oarg{options}\marg{section title}'
-\end{command}
-This command will produce a slide with \meta{section title} on it
-and will also use this text to create sections in the table of
-contents and in the bookmarks list. There are several \meta{options}
-to control its output.
-
-\DescribeOption{tocsection} This option controls the creation of a
-section in the table of contents. The preset value is |true|.
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{tocsection=true}\\
-This does create a section in the table of contents. This means that
-all following slides, until the next section, will be nested under
-this section.
-\item\option{tocsection=false}\\
-This does not create a section in the table of contents and hence
-the section will be listed as an ordinary slide.
-\item\option{tocsection=hidden}\\
-This does create a section in the table of contents, but this is
-only visible when you view a slide that is part of this section.
-This could be used to append a section to the presentation which you
-can discuss if there is some extra time.
-\end{description}
-
-\DescribeOption{slide} This option controls whether the \Lcs{section|
-command creates a slide. The preset value is |true|.
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{slide=true}\\
-A slide is created.
-\item\option{slide=false}\\
-No slide will be created. If also |tocsection} is |false|, the
-|\section} command doesn't do anything. If it does create a table of
-contents section (|tocsection=} |true} or |hidden|), its link will
-point to the first slide in the section as the section itself
-doesn't have a slide.
-\end{description}
-
-\DescribeOption{template} This option can be used to make the
-section slide with another template. By default, a normal |slide|
-environment is used to create the section slide, but if a style
-offers other templates that could be used for this purpose (for
-instance, the |wideslide} environment), then you can use this option
-to select that template. See section~\ref{sec:styles} for an
-overview of the available templates with every style.
-
-Finally, all options available to normal slides are available to
-slides created by \Lcs{section} as well (see section~\ref{sec:slides}).
-However, when the section does make a |tocsection|, |toc=} or |bm=|
-won't remove the table of contents entry or the bookmark
-respectively.
-
-\subsection{Making an overview}\label{sec:tableofcontents}
-\DescribeMacro{\tableofcontents}
-This command creates an overview of your presentation and can only
-be used on a slide.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{tableofcontents}\oarg{options}'
-\end{command}
-There are several \meta{options} to control the output of this
-command.
-
-\DescribeOption{type}
-This option controls whether certain material (depending on the
-input in the |content} option below) will be hidden or displayed in
-the inactive color\index{inactive color|usage}. The preset value is
-|0|. Compare with the |type} option for list environments
-(section~\ref{sec:lists}).
-
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{type=0}\\
-When material is not of the requested type as specified in the
-|content} option, it will be hidden.
-\item\option{type=1}\\
-As |type=0|, but instead of hiding material, it will be typeset in
-the inactive color.
-\end{description}
-
-\DescribeOption{content}
-The |content} option controls which elements will be included in the
-overview. The preset value is |all|. The description below assumes
-that |type=0} was chosen, but the alternative text for |type=1} can
-easily be deduced.
-
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{content=all}\\
-This will display a full overview of your presentation including all
-sections and slides, except the slides in hidden sections (see
-section~\ref{sec:section}).
-\item\option{content=sections}\\
-This displays only the sections in the presentation.
-\item\option{content=currentsection}\\
-This displays the current section only.
-\item\option{content=future}\\
-This displays all content starting from the current slide.
-\item\option{content=futuresections}\\
-This displays all sections, starting from the current section.
-\end{description}
-
-We finish this section with a small example that will demonstrate
-how you can make a presentation that contains an overall overview of
-sections in the presentation, giving a general idea of the content,
-and per section a detailed overview of the slides in that section.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}[toc=,bm=]{Overview}
- \tableofcontents[content=sections]
- \end{slide}
- \section{First section}
- \begin{slide}[toc=,bm=]{Overview of the first section}
- \tableofcontents[content=currentsection,type=1]
- \end{slide}
- \begin{slide}{Some slide}
- \end{slide}
- \section{Second section}
- ...
-\end{example}
-
-\section{Miscellaneous}
-\subsection{Notes}\label{sec:notes}
-\DescribeEnv{note}
-The |note} environment can be used to make personal notes that
-accompany a slide. You can control displaying notes using the
-|display} option (see section~\ref{sec:classopts}). Here is an
-example.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Chewing gum}
- ...
- \end{slide}
- \begin{note}{Reminder for chewing gum}
- Don't forget to mention that chewing gum is sticky.
- \end{note}
-\end{example}
-
-\subsection{Empty slides}\label{sec:emptyslides}
-\DescribeEnv{emptyslide}
-The |emptyslide} environment creates a totally empty slide. The text
-box on the slide can be used for special things like displaying
-photos. This allows for creating a dia show. Example:
-\begin{example}
- \begin{emptyslide}{}
- \centering
- \vspace{\stretch{1}}
- \includegraphics[height=0.8\slideheight]{me_chewing_gum.eps}
- \vspace{\stretch{1}}
- \end{emptyslide}
-\end{example}
-The \Lcs{includegraphics} command is defined by the \pf{graphicx}
-package \cite{graphics}. The \Lcs{stretch} command is used to
-vertically center the picture. Both commands are described in your
-favorite \LaTeX\ manual, for instance \cite{companion}. Note that
-you can use the lengths \Lcs{slideheight} and \Lcs{slidewidth} to scale
-pictures to fit nicely on the slide.
-
-\subsection{Bibliography slide}\label{sec:bib}
-\DescribeEnv{thebibliography}
-\pf{powerdot} redefines the standard \pf{article}
-|thebibliography} environment to suppress the creation of a section
-heading and running headers. All other properties are maintained.
-You can do either of the next two (depending whether you are
-using BiB\TeX\ or not):\\
-\begin{minipage}[t]{.49\linewidth}
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Slide}
- \cite{someone}
- \end{slide}
- \begin{slide}{References}
- \begin{thebibliography}{1}
- \bibitem{someone} Article of someone.
- \end{thebibliography}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-\end{minipage}\hfill
-\begin{minipage}[t]{.49\linewidth}
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Slide}
- \cite{someone}
- \end{slide}
- \begin{slide}{References}
- \bibliographystyle{plain}
- \bibliography{YourBib}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-\end{minipage}
-
-In case you have a big reference list that you want to spread over
-multiple slides, have a look at the packages \pf{natbib} and
-\pf{bibentry} \cite{natbib}. Using both packages allows you to do:
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{References (1)}
- \bibliographystyle{plain}
- \nobibliography{YourBib}
- \bibentry{someone1}
- \bibentry{someone2}
- \end{slide}
- \begin{slide}{References (2)}
- \bibentry{someone3}
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-Have a look at your favorite \LaTeX\ manual for more information
-about citations and bibliographies.
-
-\subsection{Verbatim on slides}\label{sec:verbatim}\DescribeOption{verbatim}
-\pf{powerdot} has three different methods of processing slides, from
-which two have mainly been developed to make the inclusion of
-verbatim content\footnote{And other content that needs catcode
-changes when processing.} on slides easier. These methods can be
-accessed by the |method} key which is available in slide
-environments and the \Lcs{pdsetup} command (see
-section~\ref{sec:glopts}).
-\begin{description}
-\item\option{method=normal}\\
-This is the preset method for processing slides. It is fast and
-allows for overlays, but it does not allow for
-verbatim.\footnote{Except when it has been saved in a box outside
-the slide.}
-\item\option{method=direct}\\
-This method is also fast, but does not allow for overlays. Overlays
-will silently be disabled. However, it does allow for verbatim
-content on slides.
-\item\option{method=file}\\
-This method uses a temporary file to export the slide body to and
-read it back in. This method does allow for verbatim content and
-overlays, but could be slow when many slides use this method because
-the filesystem is used.
-\end{description}
-
-Below is an example demonstrating the use of all three different
-methods of slide processing.
-\begin{example}
- \documentclass{powerdot}
- \usepackage{listings}
- \lstnewenvironment{code}{
- \lstset{frame=single,escapeinside=`',
- backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},
- basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily}
- }{}
- \begin{document}
- \begin{slide}{Slide 1}
- Normal \pause content.
- \end{slide}
- \begin{slide}[method=direct]{Slide 2}
- Steps 1 and 2:
- \begin{code}
- compute a;`\pause'
- compute b;
- \end{code}
- \end{slide}
- \begin{slide}[method=file]{Slide 3}
- Steps 1 and 2:
- \begin{code}
- compute a;`\pause'
- compute b;
- \end{code}
- \end{slide}
- \end{document}
-\end{example}
-The first slide shows the default behavior for normal content. It
-produces two overlays. The second slide does not produce overlays,
-despite the use of the \Lcs{pause} command. This command has been
-disabled by choosing the |direct} method to process the verbatim
-content. The third slide has the same body as the second slide, but
-now does create two overlays, because the method using a temporary
-file has been chosen. Notice that we used \Lcs{pause} inside the listing,
-but that it can also be used outside the listing.
-
-\subsection{The \cs{twocolumn} command}\label{sec:twocolumn}
-\DescribeMacro{\twocolumn}
-The \Lcs{twocolumn} macro allows to split content into two columns.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{twocolumn}\oarg{options}\marg{left}\marg{right}'
-\end{command}
-This typesets \meta{left} and \meta{right} in two columns. The
-dimensions of those columns can be controlled by \meta{options}.
-Below are the available options.
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{lineheight}\option{lineheight}\\
-If |lineheight} is specified, a line of the specified height will be
-created using \Lcs{psline} in between the two columns. Example:
-|lineheight=6cm|.
-\item\DescribeOption{lineprop}\option{lineprop}\\
-Any \pf{pstricks} declaration to specify the line properties. Example:
-\begin{example}
- lineprop={linestyle=dotted,linewidth=3pt}
-\end{example}
-\item\DescribeOptions{lfrheight,lfrprop}\option{lfrheight,lfrprop}\\
-The first creates a frame of the specified height around the left
-column. The second is as |lineprop|, but for the left frame.
-\item\DescribeOptions{rfrheight,rfrprop}\option{rfrheight,rfrprop}\\
-As |lfrheight} and |lfrprop|, but for the right frame.
-\item\DescribeOptions{lcolwidth,rcolwidth}\option{lcolwidth,rcolwidth}\\
-Width of the left and right columns. Both are preset to: |0.47\linewidth|.
-\item\DescribeOption{frsep}\option{frsep}\\
-Space between text and the frames. Preset: |1.5mm|.
-\item\DescribeOption{colsep}\option{colsep}\\
-Space between the two columns. Preset: |0.06\linewidth|.
-\item\DescribeOption{topsep}\option{topsep}\\
-The extra space (additional to \Lcs{baselineskip|) between text above
-the columns and the text within the columns. Preset: |0cm|.
-\item\DescribeOption{bottomsep}\option{bottomsep}\\
-Idem for the bottom of the columns. Preset: |0cm|.
-\item\DescribeOption{indent}\option{indent}\\
-Horizontal indent left to the left column. Preset: |0cm|.
-\end{description}
-The dimensions described above are represented graphically in
-figure \ref{fig:twocolumndim}.
-\begin{figure}[htb]
-\centering
-\begin{pspicture}(0,.5)(13,10.5)
-\psline(0,0.5)(0,10)
-\rput[tl](.05,9.95){Top}
-\psframe[dimen=middle](1,9)(7,2)
-\psline{C-C}(8.5,9)(11,9)
-\psline{C-C}(8.5,2)(8.5,9)
-\psline{C-C}(8.5,2)(11,2)
-\qdisk(1.7,8.3){.1cm}
-\psset{linestyle=dashed}
-\psline{C-C}(1.7,8.3)(6.3,8.3)
-\psline{C-C}(1.7,8.3)(1.7,3)
-\psline{C-C}(6.3,5)(6.3,8.3)
-\psline{C-C}(11,9)(12,9)
-\psline{C-C}(11,2)(12,2)
-\psline{C-C}(11,7)(12,7)
-\psline{C-C}(9.2,8.3)(12,8.3)
-\psline{C-C}(9.2,8.3)(9.2,3)
-\rput[tl](1.75,8.25){Left column text}
-\rput[tl](9.25,8.25){Right column text}
-\rput[tl](.05,1){Bottom}
-\psset{linestyle=dotted,dotsep=2pt}
-\psline(0,8.3)(1.7,8.3)
-\psline(0,9.6)(1,9.6)
-\psline(0,2)(1,2)
-\psline(0,1.1)(1,1.1)
-\psset{linestyle=solid}
-\psline{<->}(.2,8.33)(.2,9.57)
-\psline{<->}(4,8.33)(4,8.97)
-\psline{<->}(1.73,7)(6.27,7)
-\psline{<->}(1.03,6.5)(1.67,6.5)
-\psline{<->}(0.03,5.5)(1.67,5.5)
-\psline{<->}(6.33,7.4)(9.17,7.4)
-\psline{<->}(8.53,6.5)(9.17,6.5)
-\psline{<->}(6.33,6.5)(6.97,6.5)
-\psline{<->}(10.7,8.33)(10.7,8.97)
-\psline{<->}(7.3,8.97)(7.3,2.03)
-\psline{<->}(.2,1.13)(.2,1.97)
-\psline{->}(1.7,9.3)(1.7,8.45)
-\psline{<-}(9.23,7)(11,7)
-\cput(4,6.6){\small 1}
-\cput(11.1,6.6){\small 2}
-\cput(8,7){\small 3}
-\cput(7.7,3){\small 4}
-\cput(4.4,8.65){\small 5}
-\cput(1.35,6.1){\small 5}
-\cput(8.85,6.1){\small 5}
-\cput(11.1,8.65){\small 5}
-\cput(6.65,6.1){\small 5}
-\cput(0.6,8.95){\small 6}
-\cput(0.6,5.1){\small 7}
-\cput(0.6,1.55){\small 8}
-\cput(1.7,9.6){\small 9}
-\end{pspicture}
-\begin{tabular}{c p{4cm}cl}
-\multicolumn{4}{c}{Meaning of the labels}\\\hline
-1&|lcolwidth|&5&|frsep|\\
-2&|rcolwidth|&6&|topsep|\\
-3&|colsep|&7&|indent|\\
-4&|lfrheight|, |rfrheight|,&8&|bottomsep|\\
-&|lineheight|&9&Reference point
-\end{tabular}
-\caption{Two-column dimensions.}\label{fig:twocolumndim}
-\end{figure}
-Important to notice is that the \Lcs{twocolumn} macro uses the current
-cursor position as the reference point to position the first line of
-text of the left column (see also figure \ref{fig:twocolumndim}). This
-means that optional frames can extend to the text on the previous
-line. Use for instance |topsep=0.3cm} in that case to add extra
-space between the two lines of text. The preset value of |topsep|
-is based on the situation that there is no text on top of the two
-columns. In that case, it is best to locate the first line of text
-of the left column at the same spot as text that is not created by
-|\twocolumn} on other slides. The setting |topsep=0cm} does exactly
-this. However, with a combination of |topsep} and |indent} you can
-change this behavior and position the first line of text of the left
-column anywhere you want.
-
-The \Lcs{twocolumn} macro computes the height of the construction to
-position text below the construction correctly. The computation is
-done by taking the maximum height of |lfrheight|, |rfrheight|,
-|lineheight} (if specified) and the left and right column content.
-Hence when frames nor a line is requested, |bottomsep} is the
-vertical space between the lowest line of text in the columns and
-the text below the columns (additional to \Lcs{baselineskip|). Here is
-an example.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Two columns}
- Here are two columns.
- \twocolumn[
- lfrprop={linestyle=dotted,linewidth=3pt},
- lfrheight=4cm,rfrheight=5cm,lineheight=3cm,topsep=0.3cm
- ]{left}{right}
- Those were two columns.
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-Note that the use of the \pf{xkeyval} commands \Lcs{savevalue} and
-|\usevalue} \index{savevalue=\verb!*+\savevalue+|usage}
-\index{usevalue=\verb!*+\usevalue+|usage} could be handy here, for
-instance for copying the properties of the left frame to the right
-frame. This avoids typing them twice and avoids making errors
-resulting in different frames. See an example below.
-\begin{example}
- \twocolumn[
- \savevalue{lfrheight}=3cm,
- \savevalue{lfrprop}={
- linestyle=dotted,framearc=.2,linewidth=3pt},
- rfrheight=\usevalue{lfrheight},
- rfrprop=\usevalue{lfrprop}
- ]{left}{right}
-\end{example}
-See the \pf{xkeyval} documentation \cite{xkeyval} for more
-information about \Lcs{savevalue} and \Lcs{usevalue|.
-
-\section{Available styles}\label{sec:styles}
-\pf{powerdot} comes with a number of styles which are listed in the
-overview below. The characteristics of each style are described
-shortly and a sample of a title slide and a normal slide is provided
-for each style. Styles support the |wideslide} environment, have a
-table of contents on the left part of the paper in landscape
-orientation and on the bottom part in portrait orientation and
-support portrait orientation unless states otherwise.
-\begin{description}
-\item\pf{default}\\
-This style provides six different palettes. A flower in the top left
-corner decorates the slides for all palettes. The default palette is
-\texttt{blue} which has as main colors light blue and white. You can
-see an example of that palette below. Other available palettes are
-\texttt{red}, \texttt{green}, \texttt{yellow}, \texttt{brown} and
-\texttt{purple}.\\
-\styleexample{default}
-\item\pf{simple}\\
-This is a simple style in black and white. This style could be
-useful if you want to print your slides.\\
-\styleexample{simple}
-\item\pf{tycja}\\
-This style is set in shades of yellow and dark blue. The table of
-contents on slides is on the right side of the paper in landscape
-orientation and on the bottom part in portrait.\\
-\styleexample{tycja}
-\item\pf{ikeda}\\
-This style uses dark shades of red and blue and a light text color.
-It has nice patterns on the slide for decoration.\\
-\styleexample{ikeda}
-\item\pf{fyma}\\
-This style was originally created by Laurent Jacques for
-\pf{prosper}. Based on that style, he created a version for
-\pf{HA-prosper} with extended features. With his kind permission,
-this style has been converted by Shun'ichi J. Amano for
-\pf{powerdot}. The style has an elegant design with a light blue and
-white gradient background in the default \texttt{blue} palette.
-Other available palettes are \texttt{green}, \texttt{gray},
-\texttt{brown} and \texttt{orange}. It has special templates for
-sections on slides and sections on wide slides. Below is a sample of
-the blue palette.\\
-\styleexample{fyma}
-\item\pf{ciment}\\
-This style was originally created by Mathieu Goutelle for
-\pf{prosper} and \pf{HA-prosper}. With his kind permission, this style
-has been converted for \pf{powerdot}. The style has a background
-that is hatched with light gray horizontal lines. Titles and table
-of contents highlighting are done with dark red.\\
-\styleexample{ciment}
-\item\pf{elcolors}\\
-This is a style using light shades of the elementary colors red,
-blue and yellow.\\
-\styleexample{elcolors}
-\item\pf{aggie}\\
-This style was created by Jack Stalnaker for \pf{HA-prosper} and he
-has converted this style for \pf{powerdot}. The style uses dark red
-and light brown colors.\\
-\styleexample{aggie}
-\item\pf{husky}\\
-This style is created by Jack Stalnaker and has a background of
-light gray sun beams combined with dark red highlights.\\
-\styleexample{husky}
-\item\pf{sailor}\\
-This style is contributed by Mael Hill\'ereau and supplies five
-different palettes: \texttt{Sea} (the default), \texttt{River},
-\texttt{Wine}, \texttt{Chocolate} and \texttt{Cocktail}. Below is a
-sample of the palette \texttt{Sea}.\\
-\styleexample{sailor}
-\item\pf{upen}\\
-This style has a nice dark blue background and text in yellow. It is
-contributed by Piskala Upendran.\\
-\styleexample{upen}
-\item\pf{bframe}\\
-The \pf{bframe} style has blue frames on the slide in which text is
-positioned. The style is contributed by Piskala Upendran.\\
-\styleexample{bframe}
-\item\pf{horatio}\\
-The \pf{horatio} style has been contributed by Michael Lundholm and
-is a more conservative blue style.\\
-\styleexample{horatio}
-\item\pf{paintings}\\
-This is a simple style without a table of contents on slides. It has
-been contributed by Thomas Koepsell and provides 10 different
-palettes. The colors used in the palettes are drawn from famous
-paintings.\footnote{The style defines a color \texttt{pdcolor7}
-which is not used in the style but comes from the same painting and
-complements the other colors. It can be used, for example, to
-highlight text against the main background color.} If you are
-interested, open the style file to read which paintings have been
-used. The available palettes are: \texttt{Syndics} (the default),
-\texttt{Skater}, \texttt{GoldenGate}, \texttt{Lamentation},
-\texttt{HolyWood}, \texttt{Europa}, \texttt{Moitessier},
-\texttt{MayThird}, \texttt{PearlEarring} and \texttt{Charon} (all
-case sensitive). Below is a sample of the \texttt{Syndics}
-palette.\\
-\styleexample{paintings}
-\item\pf{klope}\\
-The \pf{klope} style implements a horizontal table of contents that
-only lists the sections. The style is available in the following
-palettes: \texttt{Spring}, \texttt{PastelFlower}, \texttt{BlueWater}
-and \texttt{BlackWhite}. The \texttt{Spring} palette is the default
-and you can see a sample of that below.\\
-\styleexample{klope}
-\item\pf{jefka}\\
-The \pf{jefka} style comes with four palettes: \texttt{brown} (the
-default), \texttt{seagreen}, \texttt{blue} and \texttt{white}. Below
-you see a sample of the \texttt{brown} palette.\\
-\styleexample{jefka}
-\item\pf{pazik}\\
-This style is available in two palettes: \texttt{red} and
-\texttt{brown}. Below is a sample of the default \texttt{red}
-palette.\\
-\styleexample{pazik}
-\end{description}
-
-\section{Compiling your presentation}\label{sec:compiling}
-\subsection{Dependencies}\label{sec:dependencies}
-In table \ref{tab:dependencies} is a list of packages that
-\pf{powerdot} uses to perform specific tasks. Dependencies of
-packages in this table are not listed. In the table, `required'
-means that you should have a version \emph{at least} as new as
-listed and `tested' means that \pf{powerdot} was tested with this
-version, but that it could equally well work with an older or newer
-version than the one listed in the table. So, when trying to solve
-an error, first concentrate on solving version issues for the
-`required' packages. To find out which version of a package you are
-currently using, put \Lcs{listfiles} on the first line of your
-document, run it with \LaTeX, open the |.log} file and read the file
-list (see a \LaTeX\ manual for more information). If you need to
-update a package, you can get it from CTAN \cite{CTAN}.
-\begin{table}[htb]
-\centering
-\begin{tabular}{e}
-Package/file & Version & Date & Required/tested\\\hline
-\pf{xkeyval} \cite{xkeyval} & 2.5c & 2005/07/10 & required\\
-\texttt{pstricks.sty} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} & 0.2l & 2004/05/12 & required\\
-\pf{xcolor} \cite{xcolor} & 1.11 & 2004/05/09 & required\\
-\pf{enumitem} \cite{enumitem} & 1.0 & 2004/07/19 & required\\
-\pf{article} class & 1.4f & 2004/02/16 & tested\\
-\pf{geometry} \cite{geometry} & 5.x & 2010/10/07 & tested\\
-\pf{hyperref} \cite{hyperref} & 6.74m & 2003/11/30 & tested\\
-\pf{graphicx} \cite{graphics} & 1.0f & 1999/02/16 & tested\\
-\pf{verbatim} & 1.5q & 2003/08/22 & tested
-\end{tabular}
-\caption{Dependencies}\label{tab:dependencies}
-\end{table}
-
-\subsection{Creating and viewing output}\label{sec:creation}
-To compile your presentation, run it with \LaTeX. The DVI that is
-produced this way can be viewed with MiK\TeX's DVI viewer
-YAP.\footnote{Unless you are using \pf{pstricks-add} which distorts
-the coordinate system in DVI.} Unfortunately, xdvi and kdvi (kile)
-do not support all PostScript specials and hence these will display
-the presentation incorrectly. If your DVI viewer does support
-this, make sure that your DVI display settings match that of the
-presentation. In case you are using the |screen} paper, you should
-set the DVI display setting to using the letter paper format. If
-your DVI viewer allows for custom paper formats, use 8.25 inch by 11
-inch.
-
-Note that certain things that are produced with PostScript or PDF
-techniques will not work in a DVI viewer. Examples are hiding of
-material via postscript layers (as is done, for instance, by
-|\pause|, see section~\ref{sec:overlays}) and hyperlinks, for
-instance in the table of contents.
-
-If you want to produce a postscript document, run dvips over the DVI
-\emph{without any particular command line options related to
-orientation or paper size}. \pf{powerdot} will write information to
-the DVI file that helps dvips and ps2pdf (ghostscript) to create a
-proper document. If you have some reason that this does not work for
-you and you want to specify the paper and orientation yourself, you
-should use the |nopsheader} option that is described in
-section~\ref{sec:setup}. The PostScript document could, for
-instance, be used to put multiple slides on a page using the |psnup|
-utility.
-
-To create a PDF document for your presentation, run ps2pdf over the
-PS file created with dvips. Also here, you can \emph{leave out any
-command line arguments related to paper size or orientation}. If
-this is problematic for you somehow, use the |nopsheader} option as
-before and specify the paper and orientation at each intermediate
-step yourself.
-
-\section{Creating your own style}\label{sec:writestyle}
-\subsection{General information}
-Writing or customizing \pf{powerdot} styles is simple. If you want
-to modify a style or build a new one, locate the style that you want
-to use as basis in your \TeX\ tree (styles are named as
-|powerdot-<style_name>.sty|), copy that and rename it as to avoid
-license\footnote{The \LaTeX\ Public Project License requires
-renaming files when modifying them, see
-\url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl}.} or naming conflicts. You
-might want to install the new style in your local \TeX\ tree to be
-able to access it from any place on your hard drive. See your
-\LaTeX\ distribution for more information.
-
-Once that has been taken care of, we can start creating the style.
-We strongly recommend to study a style file (for example,
-|powerdot-default.sty|) while reading the remainder of this section
-as it provides good examples for the content of this section.
-
-A style has several components. We describe these components below.
-\begin{description}
-\item\textbf{Identification and packages}\\
-This identifies the package in the log of a presentation and loads
-all required packages. The \pf{default} style contains something like:
-\begin{example}
- \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
- \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-default}[2005/10/09 v1.2 default style (HA)]
- \RequirePackage{pifont}
-\end{example}
-See for more information about these commands a \LaTeX\ manual, for
-instance \cite{companion}.
-\item\textbf{Palette or color definitions}\\
-This section contains the definitions of palettes or colors that you
-want to use in the style. \pf{powerdot} uses \pf{xcolor} (via
-\pf{pstricks}). Hence, for more information about colors, see the
-\pf{xcolor} documentation. We will discuss palettes in more detail
-in section~\ref{sec:defpals}.
-\item\textbf{Template definitions}\\
-We will come back to this in sections~\ref{sec:deftemps}
-to~\ref{sec:defbg}.
-\item\textbf{Custom declarations}\\
-These can include anything that you want to be part of the style.
-The \pf{default} style, for instance, includes definitions for the labels
-in list environments like |itemize} and some initializations for
-lists in general (done with \Lcs{pdsetup|, see
-section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}). This part could also include some
-customizations as described in section~\ref{sec:specialtemps}.
-\item\textbf{Font initializations}\\
-This initializes font definitions (which can be done by
-loading a package like \pf{helvet}).
-\end{description}
-
-\subsection{Defining palettes}\label{sec:defpals}
-We will be defining templates formally in
-section~\ref{sec:deftemps}. For now, it's enough to have the general
-idea that a template controls the design of a slide. Palettes are
-sets of colors that color a template or design. A palette does not
-change the overall design of a template.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\pddefinepalettes}
-The following command can be used to define palettes for your style.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{pddefinepalettes}\marg{name1}\marg{cmds1}\dots'
-\end{command}
-This macro takes \emph{any} even number of mandatory arguments with
-a minimum of two. For every \meta{name}, a set of \meta{commands}
-can be given which define the palette with name \meta{name}. These
-commands can define colors with names |pdcolor1|, |pdcolor2|,
-etcetera. These colors can be used when designing the template (see
-section~\ref{sec:deftemps}). |pdcolor1} will always be used as text
-color.
-
-The user can access these palettes via the |palette} key for the
-|\pdsetup} command (see section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}). If the user does
-not specify a palette, the first palette defined when compiling the
-presentation, will be used. Here is an example for defining 2
-palettes.
-\begin{example}
- \pddefinepalettes{reds}{
- \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{1,0,0}
- \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.1,0}
- \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.2,0}
- }{greens}{
- \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,1,0}
- \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.1,1,0}
- \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.2,1,0}
- }
-\end{example}
-In this example, the |reds} palette is the default one. For more
-information about \Lcs{definecolor|, see the documentation of the
-\pf{xcolor} package \cite{xcolor}.
-
-Notice that it is not necessary to use the names |pdcolor2|,
-|pdcolor3} etcetera as color names. But if these colors are defined,
-\pf{powerdot} will use them, for instance, in the random dots
-feature (see section~\ref{sec:glopts}). The flexibility adds extra
-possibilities in setting up templates and palettes. See for an
-example of its use, the \pf{klope} style.
-
-\subsection{Defining templates}\label{sec:deftemps}
-We start off with a definition of what a template is. A template is
-a collection of settings for slide components together with custom
-definitions, which controls the visual appearance of a slide. A
-style can contain multiple templates.
-
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{pddefinetemplate}\oarg{basis}\marg{name}\marg{options}\marg{commands}'
-\end{command}
-\DescribeMacro{\pddefinetemplate}
-This defines the environment \meta{name} to produce a slide with
-characteristics determined by \meta{basis}, \meta{options} and
-\meta{commands}. We will discuss these elements in more detail
-in the coming sections.
-
-If you want to create several templates that differ only slightly
-from each other, define a \meta{basis} template, and then use it to
-define other templates. All \meta{options} and \meta{commands} for
-the new template \meta{name} will be appended to the existing list
-of \meta{options} and \meta{commands} from the \meta{basis}
-template.
-
-Make sure you choose a \emph{proper} name for the template, and
-avoid redefining existing templates or environments. \pf{powerdot}
-defines |blackslide|, |note} and |emptyslide} internally, so you
-shouldn't use these names unless you know what you're doing.
-Furthermore, each style needs to define at least the templates
-|slide} and |titleslide|. The |titleslide} environment will be used
-to create the title slide and |slide} will (by default) also be used
-to create section slides. Titles and sections are a bit special in
-the way they use the \meta{options} and will be discussed in more
-detail in section~\ref{sec:specialtemps}.
-
-\subsection{Controlling setup}
-\DescribeOption{ifsetup}
-The \meta{options} (keys) are described in the following sections.
-You can control how these options apply to the various setups by
-using the |ifsetup} key. Any key appearing before the first
-|ifsetup} declaration in \meta{options} will apply to every possible
-setup. Once the |ifsetup} key is used, then all subsequent key
-declarations will apply \textit{only} to the setups declared in the
-|ifsetup} key. The |ifsetup} key can be used multiple times.
-
-By possible setups, we mean the allowed values of the |mode|,
-|paper|, |orient|, and |display} keys that are described in
-section~\ref{sec:classopts}. If a value (or values!) for any of
-these four keys is not specified in a |ifsetup} declaration, then
-all subsequent key declarations will apply to any layout of that
-type. Consider the following as an example.
-\begin{example}[numbers=left,numberstyle=\tiny\ttfamily,
- escapeinside=`',numbersep=1em,xleftmargin=1em]
- ...
- textpos={.2\slidewidth,.3\slideheight},
- ifsetup={portrait,screen},
- textpos={.3\slidewidth,.2\slideheight}
- ...
- ifsetup=landscape,
- ...
- ifsetup,
- ...
-\end{example}
-Assuming there was no |ifsetup} declaration before the first
-|textpos} declaration, this first |textpos} will apply to every
-possible setup. However, for the screen format in portrait
-orientation, the next |textpos} declaration will be used. In fact,
-all declarations that appear until we switch to the next |ifsetup|
-(which specifies all paper sorts and only landscape orientation)
-will be used in the portrait screen layout. All keys after the next
-|ifsetup} declaration will be used in landscape orientation,
-\emph{with any paper, mode and display}. If, after declaring some
-specializations, you want to switch back to settings that apply to
-all possible setups, set |ifsetup} to empty as is done in the
-example. All subsequent declarations will then again be applied
-under any setup.
-
-The following command is a stand-alone implementation of the
-mechanism described above. It allows you to control the setup
-outside the \meta{options} argument of the \Lcs{pddefinetemplate|
-command.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{pdifsetup}\marg{desired}\marg{true}\marg{false}'
-\end{command}
-\DescribeMacro{\pdifsetup}
-This macro executes \meta{true} when the setup that the user chose
-matches with the \meta{desired} setup, \meta{false} in all other cases.
-For instance, if the user has chosen landscape, then
-\begin{example}
- \pdifsetup{landscape}{yes}{no}
-\end{example}
-will typeset |yes|. If the user would have chosen portrait instead,
-then |no} would have been typeset.
-
-This macro can be used to check setup requests from the user and,
-for instance, generate an error if a certain setup is not supported
-by your style. \pf{powerdot} provides one predefined error message
-which can be used in one of the first lines of your style.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{pd@noportrait}'
-\end{command}
-\DescribeMacro{\pd@noportrait}
-This macro generates an error when the user requests portrait
-orientation. Notice that the handout mode only works in portrait
-orientation. This macro takes that into account and doesn't generate
-an error in the case that the user requested a handout.
-
-\subsection{Main components}\label{sec:maincomps}
-The \meta{options} control several key components of a slide. Every
-component has several properties. A key that can be used in the
-\meta{options} argument is the name of the component postfixed by
-its property that you want to control.
-
-The components |title|, |text|, |toc|, |stoc} and |ntoc} have
-properties |hook|, |pos|, |width} and |font|. Additionally, the
-|text} component has a |height} property. The components |lf|, |cf} and
-|rf} have properties |hook|, |pos|, |temp} and |font|. Hence,
-examples of valid keys are |titlefont|, |tocpos} and |lftemp|. All
-components and properties will be discussed below.
-
-Here is an overview of the components that can be controlled from
-the \meta{options} argument in \Lcs{pddefinetemplate|.
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{title-}\option{title-}\\
-The slide title.
-\item\DescribeOption{text-}\option{text-}\\
-The main text box on the slide.
-\item\DescribeOption{toc-}\option{toc-}\\
-The (full) table of contents on a slide containing sections and
-slides.
-\item\DescribeOption{stoc-}\option{stoc-}\\
-This is a table of contents containing only the sections. See also
-|ntoc} below.
-\item\DescribeOption{ntoc-}\option{ntoc-}\\
-This is a table of contents containing only the entries for the
-active section. Together with |stoc|, this can be used to create a
-split table of contents. In a particular template, one would usually
-have a |toc|, a combination of |stoc} and |ntoc} or no table of
-contents at all.
-\item\DescribeOptions{lf-,cf-,rf-}\option{lf-,cf-,rf-}\\
-The left, center and right footers.
-\end{description}
-
-Notice that all positioning of components described above will be
-done with \Lcs{rput} from \pf{pstricks} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks}
-internally. See the \pf{pstricks} documentation for more information
-about this command. It should also be noted that all components
-(except |lf|, |cf} and |rf|) put their content in a |minipage|
-environment.
-
-Now we list all properties of the components listed above and
-describe what they mean. Remember that keys are formed by combining
-a component name and a property.
-
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{-hook}\option{-hook}\\
-This option defines the \Lcs{rput} hook that will be used when
-positioning the item. This can be |tl|, |t|, |tr|, |r|, |Br|, |br|,
-|b|, |bl|, |Bl|, |l|, |B} and |c|. See the \pf{pstricks}
-documentation for more information.
-\item\DescribeOption{-pos}\option{-pos}\\
-This defines the position of the |hook} on the paper. The lower left
-corner of the paper is given by the point |{0,0}} and the upper right
-corner by the point |{\slidewidth,\slideheight}|. So if you want to
-position the main text box at 20\ from the left edge and 30\ from
-the top edge of the paper, you have to do the following.
-\begin{example}
- textpos={.2\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}
-\end{example}
-If the position of any component has not been specified, this
-component will not be placed on the slide. This gives an opportunity
-to design slides without footers or table of contents, for instance.
-\item\DescribeOption{-width}\option{-width}\\
-The width of the component. All component positioned by
-\pf{powerdot} will be put in a surrounding |minipage} environment.
-The |width} property determines the width of the |minipage|. Example:
-\begin{example}
- textwidth=.7\slidewidth
-\end{example}
-This property does not exist for the |lf|, |cf} and |rf} components.
-\item\DescribeOption{-height}\option{-height}\\
-This option is only available for the |text} component. In other
-words, for this property, there is only one key, namely
-|textheight|. This can be used to specify the height of the
-|minipage} used for the main text. This does not imply that users
-are restricted to this length or that \pf{powerdot} does automatic
-slide breaking. This height is only used for vertical alignments of
-material, for instance by footnotes. The preset value is
-|\slideheight|.
-\item\DescribeOption{-font}\option{-font}\\
-This will be inserted just before the text that is about to be
-typeset. This can be used to declare deviations from the main text
-font and color. It can be a font declaration, like
-|\large\bfseries|, but can also contain other things like
-|\color{red}} or \Lcs{raggedright|.
-\item\DescribeOption{-temp}\option{-temp}\\
-This property is only available for the footers (|lf|, |cf} and |rf|) and
-can be used to change the template of the footers. This means that
-you can, for instance, add content to the footer, besides the
-content specified by the user. The default declaration by
-\pf{powerdot} is the following.
-\begin{example}
- rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty
- \else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide
-\end{example}
-Here \Lcs{pd@@rf} will contain the content of the right footer defined
-by the user via the \Lcs{pdsetup} command. Similarly, \Lcs{pd@@lf|
-contains the content of the left footer. The above declaration
-checks whether the footer and \Lcs{theslide} are both non-empty and if
-so, it inserts } -- } to separate both.
-\item\DescribeOption{-orient}\option{-orient}\\
-This property is only available for the |toc|, |stoc} and |ntoc|
-components. This property can be |h} or |v} and determines the
-orientation of the table of contents. The preset is |v|. See
-also section~\ref{sec:slidetoc} for more information about the
-construction of the table of contents.
-\end{description}
-
-\subsection{Slide toc}\label{sec:slidetoc}
-The small table of contents that is placed on slides can be
-controlled by four macros and several options.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocslide}
-\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocsection}
-These macros take one argument. When building the table of contents,
-\pf{powerdot} first passes the content through \Lcs{pd@tocslide} or
-|\pd@tocsection|, depending on the type of entry that it is building
-at that moment. You could, for instance, do
-\begin{example}
- \def\pd@tocslide#1{$\bullet$\ #1}
- \def\pd@tocsection#1{#1}
-\end{example}
-which will prefix all normal entries (not the sections) with a
-bullet. By default, these two macros are defined to just pass on
-their argument.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocdisplay}
-\DescribeMacro{\pd@tochighlight}
-These two macros also take one argument. After processing an entry
-with the command \Lcs{pd@tocslide} or \Lcs{pd@tocsection|, \pf{powerdot}
-continues building the entry by passing it through \Lcs{pd@tocdisplay|,
-when the entry needs to be displayed only, or \Lcs{pd@tochighlight|,
-when the entry needs to be highlighted. These macros are a little
-more involved and take care of putting the content in the proper
-font and color in a |minipage|. Further, \Lcs{pd@tochighlight} also
-puts a box around the item.
-
-Notice, that by default, both the separate table of contents entries
-as well as the table of contents as a whole are typeset in
-|minipage} environments by these macros, in case the table of
-contents is vertical. The |-width} properties then determines the
-width of the table of contents and, together with |tocsecindent} and
-|tocslideindent} (see below) the width of the individual entries. If
-it is horizontal, only the separate entries will be in |minipage|s
-and the table of contents itself not and the |-width} properties
-determine only the width of the individual entries (together with
-|tocsecindent} and |tocslideindent|).
-
-Several aspects of the process of generating the table of contents
-can be controlled via the keys that are available in the
-|\pddefinetemplate} command that will be described below. If these
-keys do not provide enough handles to do what you want, you might
-need to have a look at the two macros in the source and decide to
-rewrite them in your style as to fit your needs. An example can be
-found in the \pf{fyma} style.
-
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{tocfrsep}\option{tocfrsep}\\
-This length is the distance between the box around the content
-created by the |minipage} and the highlight frame box created by
-|\pd@tochighlight|. Preset: |0.5mm|.
-\item\DescribeOption{tocsecsep}\option{tocsecsep}\\
-The distance inserted before a section (unless it is the
-first element in the table of contents). Preset: |2ex|.
-Notice that if the orientation of the table of contents is set to
-vertical, this length creates a vertical skip, otherwise, it creates
-a horizontal skip.
-\item\DescribeOption{tocslidesep}\option{tocslidesep}\\
-The distance inserted before other entries (unless it is the
-first element in the table of contents). Preset: |0ex|. Like
-|tocsecsep|, the effect of this length depends on the orientation of
-the table of contents.
-\item\DescribeOption{tocsecindent}\option{tocsecindent}\\
-The horizontal space left to a section entry. Preset: |0pt|.
-\item\DescribeOption{tocslideindent}\option{tocslideindent}\\
-The horizontal space left to a slide entry. The horizontal skip will
-not be inserted left to slide entries that appear before the first
-section. Preset: |0pt|.
-\item\DescribeOption{tocsecm}\option{tocsecm}\\
-This is inserted just before typesetting a section. This can be used
-to mark a section, for instance with a line as in the \pf{default}
-style. Preset: empty.
-\item\DescribeOption{toctcolor}\option{toctcolor}\\
-This is the text color used for non-highlighted elements in the
-table of contents. Preset: |black|.
-\item\DescribeOption{tochltcolor}\option{tochltcolor}\\
-This is the text color used for highlighted elements in the table of
-contents. Preset: |white|.
-\item\DescribeOption{tochlcolor}\option{tochlcolor}\\
-This is the color used for the frame behind highlighted elements.
-Preset: |black|.
-\end{description}
-
-\subsection{Miscellaneous options}\label{sec:miscoptions}
-There are some options that fall outside of the scope of the previous
-sections. These will be discussed here.
-
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOption{iacolor}\option{iacolor}\\
-The |iacolor} option can be used to specify the color that is used
-for inactive things, produced for instance by \Lcs{onslide|, \Lcs{pause|
-(see section~\ref{sec:overlays}) and \Lcs{tableofcontents} (see
-section~\ref{sec:tableofcontents}). As \pf{xcolor} is used by
-\pf{powerdot}, one can use special notation here, like
-\begin{example}
- iacolor=black!20
-\end{example}
-The preset value for this key is |lightgray|.
-\end{description}
-
-The following options control the digital clock (see
-section~\ref{sec:classopts}). The clock is a form text field with
-dynamic content, driven by a javascript via \pf{hyperref} text
-fields. Some options for the clock work similarly as for, for
-instance, the title component, but there are also special options.
-\begin{description}
-\item\DescribeOptions{clockhook,clockpos}\option{clockhook,clockpos}\\
-These work in the same way as the |-hook} and |-pos} properties
-discussed in section~\ref{sec:maincomps}. The preset value of
-|clockhook} is |tr|.
-\item\DescribeOptions{clockwidth,clockheight}\option{clockwidth,clockheight}\\
-These control the width and height of the text field containing the
-clock. Preset values come from \pf{hyperref} and are |3cm} and
-|\baselineskip|, respectively.
-\item\DescribeOption{clockcharsize}\option{clockcharsize}\\
-The size of characters of the clock. Preset: |14pt|.
-\item\DescribeOption{clockalign}\option{clockalign}\\
-The alignment of the clock in the text field. |0} is left-aligned,
-|1} is centered and |2} is right aligned. Preset is |2|.
-\item\DescribeOption{clockcolor}\option{clockcolor}\\
-This determines the text color of the clock. The value should be a
-named color. The preset value is |black|.
-\end{description}
-
-\subsection{Template presets}
-Below, we have copied the preset setting for the keys described
-above. These will be used if you didn't supply other input for these
-keys in a particular template. If the preset value meets your
-needs, you don't have to specify it again in your style.
-\begin{example}
- titlehook=Bl,titlepos=,titlewidth=\slidewidth,
- titlefont=\raggedright,texthook=tl,textpos=,
- textwidth=\slidewidth,textfont=\raggedright,
- textheight=\slideheight,
- tochook=tl,tocpos=,tocwidth=.2\slidewidth,
- tocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
- stochook=tl,stocpos=,stocwidth=.2\slidewidth,
- stocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
- ntochook=tl,ntocpos=,ntocwidth=.2\slidewidth,
- ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
- tocorient=v,stocorient=v,ntocorient=v,
- tocfrsep=.5mm,tocsecsep=2ex,tocslidesep=0ex,
- tocsecm=,toctcolor=black,tochlcolor=black,tochltcolor=white,
- tocsecindent=0pt,tocslideindent=0pt,
- lfhook=Bl,lfpos=,lffont=\scriptsize,lftemp=\pd@@lf,
- cfhook=B,cfpos=,cffont=\scriptsize,cftemp=\pd@@cf,
- rfhook=Br,rfpos=,rffont=\scriptsize,rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf
- \@empty\else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide,
- iacolor=lightgray,
- clockhook=tr,clockpos=,clockwidth=3cm,clockheight=\baselineskip,
- clockcharsize=14pt,clockalign=2,clockcolor=black
-\end{example}
-
-\subsection{The background}\label{sec:defbg}
-This leaves only one argument of the \Lcs{pddefinetemplate} macro
-undiscussed. This is the \meta{commands} argument. This argument can
-contain any code that you want to execute \textit{after} setting the
-options and \textit{before} building the slide components like the
-slide title, main text, and footers. This argument is designed to
-contain declarations that will build the background of a template
-using, for instance, \pf{pstricks}, but it can also hold other
-commands you might need for building your template.
-
-Important to notice is that these commands may not create \TeX\
-material as that might destroy the construction of the slide. So, if
-you want to place the word `Hello' in the bottom left corner of the
-slide, don't type `Hello', but make its width, height and depth
-equal to zero, for instance by using \pf{pstricks}' \Lcs{rput|.
-\begin{example}
- \rput[bl](0,0){Hello}
-\end{example}
-
-\subsection{Title slide, titles and sections}\label{sec:specialtemps}
-As mentioned before, the style that you write needs to define at
-least the templates |slide} and |titleslide|. The latter treats some
-of the keys in a special way. Besides, a section slide is also done
-in a special way.
-
-The title slide (made with \Lcs{maketitle|) puts the title with
-author(s) and date in the main text box. This means that you have to
-supply a position for the main text box (|textpos|). It will use the
-main text font for the text (together with declarations in the
-|textfont} key) for the author(s) and the date. But it will use the
-declarations in |titlefont} for the title of the presentation. This
-is done so that title and author(s) form a coherent block and to
-make sure that long titles can push down the author(s) instead of
-overwriting it.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\pd@slidetitle}
-The \Lcs{pd@slidetitle} macro is used to typeset the slide title on
-slides. This macro is comparable to for instance \Lcs{pd@tocslide|. The
-macro takes one argument which is the slide title in the right font
-and formatting. By default, this macro just passes on the content
-for typesetting, but you could redefine this macro so do something
-with its input prior to typesetting it. An example is in the
-\pf{fyma} style which underlines the title after putting it in a
-|minipage} to support multi line titles.
-
-\DescribeMacros{\pd@title,\pd@sectiontitle}
-These macros are similar to \Lcs{pd@slidetitle} and typeset the title
-on the title slide and the title on section slides respectively. By
-default, these also pass there argument (which is the presentation
-title or section title), but these can be redefined to do something
-with the input prior to typesetting it, just as \Lcs{pd@slidetitle|.
-
-\DescribeOptions{sectemp,widesectemp}
-The \Lcs{section} command uses (by default) the |slide} environment and
-puts the section title in the title box with font |titlefont|. If
-you want to change the default use of the |slide} environment for
-sections to, for instance, the |sectionslide} environment or any
-other especially designed section template, change the section
-template preset in your style, using
-\begin{example}
- \setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide}
-\end{example}
-This means that if the user asks for |template=slide} in the
-|\section} command, the |sectionslide} environment will be used
-silently. To avoid surprises, |sectionslide} should preferably be
-based on the |slide} environment.
-
-A similar option is available in case the user asks for
-|template=wideslide|. One could for instance do the following.
-\begin{example}
- \setkeys[pd]{section}{widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
-\end{example}
-Whenever the user requests a |wideslide} to be used for a
-|\section|, instead, the |sectionwideslide} environment will be
-used. Other input to the |template} key by the user does not get a
-special treatment.
-
-Notice that these keys are available in the |section} family of keys
-and that you cannot use them in the \Lcs{pddefinetemplate} command.
-
-\subsection{Testing the style}\label{sec:styletest}
-\pf{powerdot} has a test file that should test most of the style.
-This test file can be produced by running \LaTeX\ over
-|powerdot.dtx|. This generates |powerdot-styletest.tex} which will
-help you with the testing job. Feel free to contact us when you
-would like to contribute your style to \pf{powerdot}. See also
-section~\ref{sec:questions}.
-
-\section{Using \LyX\ for presentations}\label{sec:lyx}
-\LyX\ \cite{LyXWeb} is a WYSIWYM (What You See Is What You Mean)
-document processor based on \LaTeX. It supports standard \LaTeX\
-classes but needs special files, called layout files, in order to
-support non-standard classes such as \pf{powerdot}.
-
-To start using \LyX\ for \pf{powerdot} presentations, copy the
-layout file |powerdot.layout} to the \LyX\ layout directory. You can
-find this file in the doc tree of your \LaTeX\ installation:
-\url{texmf/doc/latex/powerdot}. If you can't find it there, download
-it from \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}. Once that is
-done, reconfigure \LyX\ (\texttt{Edit\LyXarrow Reconfigure} and
-restart \LyX\ afterwards). Now you can use the \pf{powerdot}
-document class as any other supported class. Go to
-\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} and select \texttt{powerdot
-presentation} as document class. For more information, see the \LyX\
-documentation, which is accessible from the |Help} menu.
-
-\subsection{How to use the layout}
-The \pf{powerdot} \LyX\ layout provides some environments\footnote{Don't
-confuse these with \LaTeX\ environments.} which can be used in \LyX.
-Some of these environments (for instance |Title} or |Itemize|) are
-natural to use since they exist also in the standard document
-classes such as \pf{article}. For more information on these standard
-environments, see the \LyX\ documentation.
-
-This section will explain how to use the \pf{powerdot} specific
-environments |Slide|, |WideSlide|, |EmptySlide} and |Note|. These
-environments correspond to the \pf{powerdot} environments |slide|,
-|emptyslide|, |wideslide} and |note|.
-
-We start with a simple example. The following \LaTeX\ code
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{Slide title}
- Slide content.
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-can be obtained using the following \LyX\ environments. The right
-column represents the text typed into the \LyX\ window and the left
-column represents the environment applied to this text).
-\begin{example}
- Slide Slide title
- Standard Slide content.
- EndSlide
-\end{example}
-Some remarks concerning this example.
-\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt]
-\item You can use the environment menu (under the menu bar, top-left
-corner) to change the environment applied to text.
-\item The slide title should be typed on the line of the |Slide|
-environment.
-\item |EndSlide} finishes the slide and its line is left blank.
-\end{itemize}
-
-In the \LyX\ window, the |Slide} environment (that is, the slide
-title) is displayed in magenta, the |WideSlide} style in green, the
-|EmptySlide} style in cyan and the |Note} style in red and hence
-these are easily identifiable.
-
-Here is another example.
-\begin{example}
- \begin{slide}{First slide title}
- The first slide.
- \end{slide}
- \begin{note}{First note title}
- The first note, concerning slide 1.
- \end{note}
- \begin{slide}{Second slide title}
- The second slide.
- \end{slide}
-\end{example}
-This can be done in \LyX\ in the following way.
-\begin{example}
- Slide First slide title
- Standard The first slide.
- Note First note title
- Standard The first note, concerning slide 1.
- Slide Second slide title
- Standard The second slide.
- EndSlide
-\end{example}
-This example demonstrates that it is often sufficient to insert the
-|EndSlide} style after the last slide or note only. Only when you
-want certain material not to be part of a slide, you need to finish
-the preceding slide manually using the |EndSlide} style. Example:
-\begin{example}
- Slide First slide title
- Standard The first slide.
- EndSlide
- [ERT box with some material]
- Slide Second slide title
- ...
-\end{example}
-
-Options can be passed to slide environments by using
-\texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Short title} in front of the slide title.
-The following example uses the |direct} method (see
-section~\ref{sec:verbatim}) in the short title argument (delimited by
-square brackets) to allow for a |lstlisting} environment (defined by
-the \pf{listings} package) within the slide content.
-\begin{example}
- Slide [method=direct]Example of LaTeX source code
- Standard Here's the \HelloWorld command:
- [ERT box:
- \lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX}
- \begin{lstlisting}
- \newcommand{\HelloWorld}{Hello World!}
- \end{lstlisting}
- ]
- EndSlide
-\end{example}
-Note that you are not obliged to use a |verbatim} environment to
-type the \Lcs{HelloWord} text into the \LyX\ window because \LyX\
-directly supports standard verbatim.\footnote{\LyX\ translates
-special characters into their corresponding \LaTeX\ command. For
-instance, the backslash character is translated into
-\cs{textbackslash{}}. Resulting, the font is not the same as in true
-verbatim and you might want to change that via the
-\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Character} dialog.} Consequently, the use of
-the slide processing methods |direct} and |file} is not necessary
-when you need standard verbatim, but it is necessary when doing more
-advanced things, like in the example above.
-
-\subsection{Support of syntax}
-This section lists options, commands and environments that are
-supported through the \LyX\ interface directly, without using an ERT
-box (\TeX-mode).
-
-All class options (see section~\ref{sec:classopts}) are supported
-via the \texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} dialog (|Layout} pane).
-Options for the \Lcs{pdsetup} command (see section~\ref{sec:setup})
-should be specified in the |Preamble} pane of the
-\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} dialog.
-
-Table \ref{tab:lyxcommands} lists the \pf{powerdot} commands that
-are supported in \LyX.
-\begin{table}[htb]
-\centering
-\begin{tabular}{f}
-Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline
-\cs{title} & Use \texttt{Title} environment.\\
-\cs{author} & Use \texttt{Author} environment.\\
-\cs{date} & Use \texttt{Date} environment.\\
-\cs{maketitle} & Managed directly by \LyX.\\
-\cs{section} & Use the \texttt{Section} environment. Options to this
-command (see section~\ref{sec:section}) can be specified using
-\texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Short title} in front of the section title.\\
-\cs{tableofcontents} & Use \texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Lists \&
-TOC\LyXarrow Table of contents}. You will need an ERT box if you
-want to use the optional argument, see below.
-\end{tabular}
-\caption{Supported \pf{powerdot} commands in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxcommands}
-\end{table}
-Table \ref{tab:lyxenvs} lists the \pf{powerdot} environments that,
-besides the earlier discussed |slide|, |wideslide|, |note} and
-|emptyslide} environments, are supported in \LyX.
-\begin{table}[htb]
-\centering
-\begin{tabular}{f}
-Environment & Method in \LyX\\\hline
-\texttt{itemize} & Use \texttt{Itemize} and \texttt{ItemizeType1}
-environments. The latter will create a list with |type=1} (see
-section~\ref{sec:lists}).\\
-\texttt{enumerate} & Use \texttt{Enumerate} and
-\texttt{EnumerateType1} environments.\\
-\texttt{thebibliography} & Use \texttt{Bibliography} environment.
-\end{tabular}
-\caption{Supported \pf{powerdot} environments in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxenvs}
-\end{table}
-Table \ref{tab:lyxERT} lists commands that can only be done by using
-an ERT box (via \texttt{Insert\LyXarrow TeX}).
-\begin{table}[ht]
-\centering
-\begin{tabular}{f}
-Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline
-\cs{and} & Within \texttt{Author} environment.\\
-\cs{pause} & \\
-\cs{item} & An ERT box is only required for the optional argument,
-not mandatory for overlays specifications.\\
-\cs{onslide} & And the versions \cs{onslide+} and \cs{onslide*}.\\
-\cs{twocolumn} & \\
-\cs{tableofcontents} & Only when using the optional argument.
-\end{tabular}
-\caption{\pf{powerdot} commands needing an ERT box in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxERT}
-\end{table}
-Note that you may use the clipboard in order to repeat often used
-commands like \Lcs{pause|. Finally, table \ref{tab:lyxadd} lists
-additional commands and environments that are supported by the layout.
-\begin{table}[htb]
-\centering
-\begin{tabular}{f}
-Env./Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline
-\texttt{quote} & Use \texttt{Quote} environment.\\
-\texttt{quotation} & Use \texttt{Quotation} environment.\\
-\texttt{verse} & Use \texttt{Verse} environment.\\
-\cs{caption} & Use \texttt{Caption} environment within standard
-float environments.
-\end{tabular}
-\caption{Additional environments for \LyX}\label{tab:lyxadd}
-\end{table}
-
-\subsection{Compiling with \LyX}
-First of all, make sure that you have also read
-section~\ref{sec:compiling}. Then, in order to get a proper
-PostScript or PDF file, you have to set your \LyX\ document
-properties depending on which paper and orientation you want. When
-your \LyX\ document is open, go to the \texttt{Layout\LyXarrow
-Document} dialog. In the \texttt{Layout} pane, put the |nopsheader|,
-|orient} and |paper} keys as class options (see
-section~\ref{sec:classopts} for a description). Then, go to the
-|Paper} pane and select corresponding paper size and orientation
-(you may choose |letter} paper in the case you set |paper=screen} in
-the class options). Finally, go to the |View} (or
-\texttt{File\LyXarrow Export}) menu and select your output
-(PostScript or PDF).
-
-\subsection{Extending the layout}
-If you have created a custom style (see section~\ref{sec:writestyle})
-which defines custom templates, you may want to extend the layout
-file\footnote{The LPPL dictates to rename a file if you modify it as
-to avoid confusion.} so that these templates are also supported in
-\LyX. The explanation below assumes that you have defined a template
-called |sunnyslide|.
-
-To support this new template in \LyX, you have to use the following
-command.
-\begin{command}
- `\cs{pddefinelyxtemplate}\meta{cs}\marg{template}'
-\end{command}
-\DescribeMacro{\pddefinelyxtemplate}
-This will define the control sequence \meta{cs} such that it will
-create a slide with template \meta{template} (which has been defined
-using \Lcs{pddefinetemplate|. This new control sequence can be used in
-the layout file as follows.
-\begin{example}
- # SunnySlide environment definition
- Style SunnySlide
- CopyStyle Slide
- LatexName lyxend\lyxsunnyslide
- Font
- Color Yellow
- EndFont
- Preamble
- \pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxsunnyslide{sunnyslide}
- EndPreamble
- End
-\end{example}
-Note that you must begin the |LatexName} field with |lyxend|. The
-definition of the \LyX\ template has been inserted in between
-|Preamble} and |EndPreamble} which assures that the new \LyX\
-environment will work in every presentation. After modifying the
-layout file, don't forget to restart \LyX. See for more information
-about creating \LyX\ environments, the documentation of \LyX\ in the
-|Help} menu.
-
-\section{Questions}\label{sec:questions}
-\subsection{Frequently Asked Questions}\label{sec:FAQ}
-This section is devoted to Frequently Asked Questions. Please read
-it carefully; your problem might be solved by this section.
-\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0pt]
-\question
-Does \pf{powerdot} have example files? Where can I find them?
-\answer
-\pf{powerdot} comes with several examples that should be in the doc
-tree of your \LaTeX\ installation. More precisely:
-\url{texmf/doc/latex/powerdot}. If you can't find them there,
-download them from \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}
-\cite{CTAN}.
-\question I'm getting errors or unexpected output when compiling
-the simplest example!
-\answer Did you read section~\ref{sec:compiling}?
-\question I made a typo in the slide code, ran the file, got an
-error, corrected the typo and reran, but now get an error that
-doesn't go away.
-\answer Remove the |.bm} and |.toc} files and try again.
-\question \Lcs{pause} does not work in the |align|\footnote{There are
-several environments doing similar things as \texttt{align}. Another
-example is the \texttt{split} environment, but more (often from the
-\pf{amsmath} package) can cause similar trouble for \cs{pause}.}
-environment.
-\answer |align} does several tricky things, which make it impossible
-to use \Lcs{pause|. Use \Lcs{onslide} instead. See
-section~\ref{sec:onslide}.
-\question My \pf{pstricks} nodes appear on all overlays. Also: color
-doesn't seem to work with \Lcs{onslide|.
-\answer Some PostScript tricks like nodes and color do not work with
-|\onslide|. Use \Lcs{onslide*} instead. See an example below.
-\begin{example}
- \documentclass{powerdot}
- \usepackage{pst-node}
- \begin{document}
- \begin{slide}{Color}
- \onslide*{2}{\cnode(0,-5pt){2pt}{A}}
- This is {\onslide*{2-}{\color{red}} red} text.
- \onslide*{2}{\cnode(0,-5pt){2pt}{B}}
- \onslide{2}{\ncline{A}{B}}
- \end{slide}
- \end{document}
-\end{example}
-\question Do I need to edit style files to change a style a bit?
-\answer No, you do not need to edit any style file. You can change
-any part of a certain style using the \Lcs{pddefinetemplate} and
-|\pddefinepalettes} commands. Here is an example that removes the
-left and right footers from the \pf{default} style, places the slide
-number in the center footer and adds another palette.
-\begin{example}
- \documentclass{powerdot}
- \pddefinetemplate[slide]{slide}{
- lfpos=,rfpos=,cftemp=\theslide
- }{}
- \pddefinepalettes{mypalette}{
- \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.27,.31,.44}
- \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.85,.85,.92}
- \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.8,.75,.98}
- }
- \pdsetup{palette=mypalette}
- \begin{document}
- \begin{slide}{Title}
- \end{slide}
- \end{document}
-\end{example}
-See section~\ref{sec:writestyle} for more information about these
-two commands.
-\question Can I contribute to this project?
-\answer
-Certainly. If you find bugs\footnote{Make sure that you confirm that
-the bug is really caused by \pf{powerdot} and not by another package
-that you use.} or typos, please send a message to the mailinglist
-(see section~\ref{sec:mailinglist}). If you have developed your own
-style that is distinct from existing styles and would like to see it
-included in \pf{powerdot}, please inform us by private e-mail and we
-will consider your contribution. Notice that included contributions
-will fall under the overall \pf{powerdot} license and copyright
-notice, but that your name will be included in the documentation
-when you make a contribution. This is done to guarantee that we can
-adapt files if maintenance is needed.
-\end{itemize}
-
-If your question has not been answered at this point, advance to the
-next section to read where to find more answers.
-
-\subsection{Mailinglist}\label{sec:mailinglist}
-\pf{powerdot} has a mailinglist from \url{freelists.org} and has its
-website here:
-\begin{center}
-\url{http://www.freelists.org/list/powerdot}
-\end{center}
-There is a link to `List Archive'. Please search this archive before
-posting a question. Your problem might already have been solved in
-the past.
-
-If that is not the case, use the box on the page to type your e-mail
-address, choose the action `Subscribe' and click `Go!'. Then follow
-the instructions that arrive to you by e-mail. At a certain moment,
-you can login for the first time using an authorization code sent to
-you by e-mail. After logging in, you can create a password for
-future sessions using the `Main Menu' button. The other buttons
-provide you some info and options for your account.
-
-When you are all set, you can write to the list by sending an e-mail
-to
-\begin{center}
-\url{powerdot [at] freelists [dot] org}
-\end{center}
-
-When writing to the list, please keep in mind the following very
-important issues.
-\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=0pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt]
-\item We are volunteers!
-\item Keep your questions related to \pf{powerdot}.
-\item Always supply a \emph{minimal} example demonstrating your
-problem.
-\item Don't send big files over the list.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-We hope you will enjoy this service.
-
-\section{Source code documentation}\label{sec:source}
-In case you want regenerate the package files from the source or
-want to have a look at the source code description, locate
-|powerdot.dtx|, search in the file for \Lcs{OnlyDescription} and remove
-that and do
-\begin{example}
- latex powerdot.dtx
- latex powerdot.dtx
- bibtex powerdot
- makeindex -s gglo.ist -o powerdot.gls powerdot.glo
- makeindex -s gind.ist -o powerdot.ind powerdot.idx
- latex powerdot.dtx
- latex powerdot.dtx
-\end{example}
-
-\StopEventually{}
-
-\section{Implementation}\label{sec:imple}
-\subsection{General construction}
-This section explains the general idea of the class, how paper
-dimensions are chosen and how slides are created. We start with the
-paper.
-
-This class uses the same idea as \pf{prosper} and \pf{HA-prosper},
-namely that we create a background with \pf{pstricks} and position
-text on it using \Lcs{rput} and some |minipage} environments. This is
-easier than writing a dedicated output routine that can handle all
-the material, but doesn't break pages when we don't want that. So,
-when starting to write the class, we first investigated how to deal
-with landscape slides and paper dimensions.
-
-The job of making landscape slides can be done using \pf{geometry}.
-The paper dimension was more of a problem. As \LaTeX\ doesn't have
-the huge fonts that we need for presentations, we need to scale the
-usual fonts somehow. This could be done by using unusual paper
-dimensions (as \pf{beamer} does) and hence relying on ps2pdf to cut
-off all the redundant material. But this doesn't produce a usable
-DVI or PS file. Instead, it was chosen to use DVI magnification. The
-entire slide is magnified by a factor of 2 and only the top left
-quarter of the paper is used (but you will never notice that due to
-the magnification). As we already decided to place all material in
-|minipage|s using \Lcs{rput|, we didn't need the page anymore and it
-was easiest to use \pf{geometry} to just remove the page margins
-altogether so that the bottom left corner would be |(0,0)} and the
-top right corner |(\slidewidth,\slideheight)|.
-
-One extra remark on the paper type is necessary. We found that most
-common configurations of dvips use the |A4size} code when A4
-dimensions are found. This code doesn't write an explicit PostScript
-paper command in the PS document and hence programs using this PS
-(like ps2pdf) don't know what paper to use and revert to the
-default, which is letter paper in most cases. This, of course, is
-something that we don't want and hence, \pf{powerdot} will write
-these commands to the PS itself as to guarantee proper post
-processing of the PS.
-
-Now that we made the decisions on how to create proper DVI, PS and
-PDF output, the next task was to create an easy interface to
-overlays. To avoid counting the overlays as is necessary with
-\pf{prosper}, we implemented a system that first collects the entire
-body of an environment in a macro which can be reused multiple
-times. During execution of the body, the overlay commands like
-|\onslide} will keep a record of the biggest number that they find
-and that is the number of overlays to produce. Getting the body of
-the environment is done by collecting all material up to the next
-|\end} occurrence. If that control sequence has the proper argument
-(namely the slide that we started with), then we stop scanning and
-start processing the slide. With normal use, you will not notice
-this, but when doing special tricks like hiding \Lcs{end{slide}} in a
-macro, the process will fail as it relies on finding \Lcs{end\{slide\}}
-in the input stream without doing expansions. Often a work around
-can be found though. Have a look for instance at how \Lcs{section|
-creates a slide.
-
-The next task was to provide a simple way to create templates. As
-the class is based on the idea of having a background with some
-material spread out over it, the template system follows this idea.
-One argument can be used to create the background, the other
-argument controls, via keys and options, several properties of the
-material that should be placed. By adding an \verb=ifsetup= key, full
-control could be gained over the design of the template in every
-possible setup chosen by the user.
-
-The final task for the class was to fill in all the `details'. All
-the mechanisms were present, but sometimes they should not be
-active. For instance, overlays should not be created in handout
-mode. Other things to add to the class were counter protection on
-overlays, handles to the layout of the slide number, footnotes, a
-bibliography environment, empty slides, etcetera.
-
-We hope that this section has made clear a little bit what you will
-be seeing when reading the next section with coding and why we chose
-to do it this way.
-
-\bibliographystyle{plain}
-\bibliography{powerdot}
-
-\section*{Acknowledgements}
-The authors are grateful to Mael Hill\'ereau for contributing the
-\LyX\ layout file and description. Further, we like to thank all
-style contributors (see section~\ref{sec:styles}). Moreover, we wish
-to thank everyone who contributed to this package in any other
-way.\\[1em]
-\hspace*{\stretch{1}}
-\begin{minipage}{.9\linewidth}
-Ramon van den Akker, Pavel \v C\'i\v zek, Darren Dale, Hans Marius
-Eikseth, Morten H\o gholm, Andr\'as Horv\'ath, Laurent Jacques, Akira
-Kakuto, Uwe Kern, Kyanh, Theo Stewart, Don P. Story and Herbert Vo\ss.
-\end{minipage}
-\hspace*{\stretch{1}}\\[1em]
-We hope not to have forgotten anyone.
-
-\PrintChangesX\PrintIndexX
-
-\end{document}
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/run/powerdot-default.ps b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/run/powerdot-default.ps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2a8a22c4a3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/run/powerdot-default.ps
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0
+%%Creator: jpeg2ps V1.8 by Thomas Merz
+%%Title: flower.jpg
+%%CreationDate: Thu Sep 04 15:25:36 2003
+%%BoundingBox: 20 20 592 284
+%%DocumentData: Clean7Bit
+%%LanguageLevel: 2
+%%EndComments
+%%BeginProlog
+%%EndProlog
+%%Page: 1 1
+/languagelevel where {pop languagelevel 2 lt}{true} ifelse {
+ (JPEG file 'flower.jpg' needs PostScript Level 2!\n) dup print flush
+ /Helvetica findfont 20 scalefont setfont 100 100 moveto show showpage stop
+} if
+save
+/RawData currentfile /ASCII85Decode filter def
+/Data RawData << >> /DCTDecode filter def
+20 20 translate
+572.00 264.00 scale
+/DeviceRGB setcolorspace
+{ << /ImageType 1
+ /Width 130
+ /Height 60
+ /ImageMatrix [ 130 0 0 -60 0 60 ]
+ /DataSource Data
+ /BitsPerComponent 8
+ /Decode [0 1 0 1 0 1]
+ >> image
+ Data closefile
+ RawData flushfile
+ showpage
+ restore
+} exec
+s4IA0!"_al8O`[\!WW42!+Z'0s6K^t7!3!TGlRjF"98E%49,B]mJm__A8bpg!+`k
+F!!!'"gAlm,"p>&3"U##5"U58;"U58@#R1J=$Od@L$OR4L&.AsU$k*OU$k<dZ%h9
+!]',2,o'-%r1)]TqA+!2RH+!2RH!=&i7%1E[_&.fZs'bM0!+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!
+2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+90+V&I8A!!.k:R&HDkE!
+<Wo7s24o6!!!*%!<E3%!<<*"z!!EH0!s\l-#QXr+!WrH(!<<*"z!!!!$"T\Z-!!W
+Z>!!*-(!sAf5#6P)2z!<N?'&J>3i0a0iV'F%ECEM4R3JWWi>,8CHg_9kS*;\nkSU
+>bX*1h2^q&HDh7!!EE,":553z!!*'3!WsT#&d1Kt'*[l6EIjf-16JiXdIBOJ1DJf
+B,S^O`g&MN`!<<05!tbMt!:(f:P\/(]CAkV"H=Pldo3Re8T<1>XN3Z:X6s;cH_#n
+are&,T53dks\9SG$Zl5G#oW3*g6DlV0*;Q"Dmm:LhSB?`Xim1@:M<4\dbIWfbJ8[
+Z2Wb>WrU:KT\H0AcE]4Cdt2ZEZ&_ci]542OhlYL#G%QbasVUdYZCKE>TE4bne-\m
+o0'UR7FhZnKC`hAN((=`[JX\Ten:'QLe_S->qt>/VIqq];k^sGN?=?(11jG?2L/4
+W7kH4<'jZ3L0Lm6iA:*rD6ADd1-F5had59Rc$&74PFHU_$:WdN'UKH*;PJgW&?0f
+L:kQ:F,7Va,q.+si!:`leK2B7)fp8+*T@=0e&dDf[;K3cF-6H85!(k<V;;A5P!2k
+"/F&pmB[NXKBdqnEens<43[%4Rr#sBEJ*q),%62\W!EZ>e7N.Tqie]#_n[a2d+dl
+ruE!Sd#6LZ44/YXl/2A\3%\P>][-6=c[dh+lVDWHFf!bIX"@l>A5*6TLtMg"R:WG
+?mM0RZB=#r(bku*a2ujo88Mn2@QtXHjWN!@/g4/af(4*CF-4M4GkSZBi(0OE?K='
+"U+B8R1;)?rPnF#Lbq]]?!IL^g//JLP4DE1gZjBIGpu=m/Mbo;_P+SK6AF.G9u\Y
+g7I'_EUSk&mT,U]UN5oTck)I;1%!,B#1.H;f5<l&1\QYespm>DRc;6+]C).$r8tB
+En'kOLgG:MBN[b^oB<atPrfmQ-m;U_qJ?kbDN)d_F3N/<3][&T96JPaqo6`t3@.5
+/.$5'C:"X2(,u@gII"*ASIa`FcR;",a[ue(V?^Lj!N>#mDeVHmo[4@in*LWeQEe?
+#J_dSJrLX*D<ouTp>^u\?emhGa)2f+PJfj"?>3]=;74hrrA:k'ffd%lP@c1G_NFT
+pQVXJ>"Vh]*#/1QT%G$k2HTF98hGt+dt]f`,1&'dH+1/gjXs36d-QA<;Zh3=\3Y(
+P'W%b-6c)O'5C>,r?KZ?FZhf"aXgE]]aX1E\>(K=MHR6LjI#/tl:3!"S+cORqR\A
+1*?GfR(cCjBMj#WHU#G=EL\$E@!J7,4;7s0K1),:8_?m@49i`,/Er5RdQou4Kc8f
+HG^[\)b4ZdOO>pVEb$\Y0/NNCfN<>]:1,VQTG,V+L5UbA-EN`h^qV9HNsJ81A,&g
+0u$Z2P<gkpCKmN7VeNjf/?^o8IBB^J^Q%:&Z-=3qPeTpW>$OtRpPB2:kggek.%?2
+@CN^cAS=V%LrD!RE]l,V!,#hsGqAPQl&7!WFR-%N<H!9.<4IWRC;mi$RR2mCOdM9
+R2-Ko@`KcrhL-`2'`/-!N?ho%,m&>XrK^Q]Z-j]B7.R8q=Q6">`@RQD(F8)M3f]N
+_OT$I6ZKh*?-pdCoiB9-l(7c'5-=j:u*WkVB<40-2mg4]nr<#6QJC6;_V_Q%W5b6
+[_ZI@)>V-69dM1-[KcGuFI=h)A9_F_e\FbU't4.[,m43!=m;m@Y(f6tj;B]FIYkh
+<:?Y>d0H"+.Fp]eUEUcZ?Gu+o_7fH<I4>%46IBIe_s-B2,8DkZ&bID+O^%7.4dT,
+-.7m7ZI>$74c*\&Og)9/dbVe;^eMih&i/*[8F-BnoQ??A))SL6&:qmX<H#%7EX-+
+g8/MJ"7'fGt5V#mg9jPU>0/Y8.e^*Tcrr?;$a$4n2PE*(@"i9EJ2Y?'N#U#o0Dd%
+71(P.mfEI^fi1CE';%:$UInL@hLSAZq2>?B)V9f773#Sa<IR1Pk7To*5I[2N(I(A
+:fpLJX73U^4U\397W7LG<g]Lpkn*Oh6]#X;V*2_gS.sZkdjcPQ>%/fP(1PVKmU8,
+3IZ0LT[.M6CTG-*R\2c-qQ3EOcNU=N<+"I&mt1jk`ssINg2nFk2OpG.[`q#,Yg[*
+cD)S)(r0:r5&!^[32`2lU<.Wel=P'6+Hb:b'TF7=WSVmr&A<Et?G!">,dDDBrL2d
+q;"dK63LFYZEWWHLCIL-q+LA(TVk68^m4$V)\VB'%G76+4Xd`,(>/0WT?'9p=c0h
+YH0D8;ld2piiDAIbA!@\(A'#?"7@F6-'E5kNr9+4dB`fAU?e@/'''e@4Ve>WTh-D
+5PE@<A\1Q5HM]="t\\f(OE$WbG'k,;hGIQ2XXP<mGJmPY,kr5bol-a:&;q#hLBH]
+lA5pf_*40ATK7'l)@-I!SK-?E;Wsd/B\c4gSE(e>)uN'G6%g[4I(Sc7e&CZ,n;LK
+gj^03#"laJpqCCQ7OYihZP3&NNKd1G.g`C/kC%1liOW#APUGo3@G@eBKeA%gk:UO
+h)BVjCkQr>=K#_</)26_BSR5@Y(Zr2s.l')oV&3i61l_i>O]2+*V1.S]>INQCDlP
++mB/pMf3)H>>D,AN"^f5;*a^Ma@>uFk_ZL^UVnP62Y,2pBcKe0;9KeLRQ#7iZO."
+N?lpZ9H9,bj7TVp[:&+!<A>>q)tl(s-=A#>2DPm[c`O8Q@40LLA,Oekq%B;.C>4C
+NcNs9UV;[e[@3Xo9(d89=t/O.j<&A;GQGZ)5q+tc7s<[Ou,Hb.?`ERdY62I4GM9i
+[$o@;Q"Hg;T+E\3FE$9/Dn!S6,[/rS6BG$;QrLp%!%@)*o1*-^G(#S.,\!4bZLtb
+<Ti'O$k?5@=mgs5Y!S&>/)kkAcdXcn7=VIpjp93n:_fg8.@2&gT*L_I=4V]'C60#
+M=\-QTAfqA.?Y<YYIJotU(Q4%,Yl"QU<YrJhW<"MUj/"IVnb+-AJK=bf"[BXWZh"
+qa7TQY6'Y<Rj6$D`mrWQY3lU'^ETZ,Bo1_HX%(fd)h6pHe$!DQ`qqfQ/MO@-4+Bk
+F6pl[qKmN'2<q+6Ipn5BIuR_?<W1hq[@c\gT]NPCUQUrq?B5u^3+tE3_uPeqQ?L<
+e/$(3j0!@g/LX4(["9\p5Qe;uLu!Io_!-&Z:Qed=8jW#R(J)6q>q47_/N8r5P(nO
+.L4CaK6d1su\`=nTi*iR3^KLH>A.G#M@;DiF-K,8>8Qo(p5s[7TD'<H2iWTNojX=
+,>-)Va\HdmifAE)?G@Co^+'VpLO8t\pO.KNGaP>,7+*/'9`Gi4W$b/N\eT=ITr(@
+J'Y[4+hu,g[6hm,C85B*0C;,S8a3b%\iJ#bF2c]h630i_lEu:rf:QL`A0D_.7=Bm
+FY,_21q>u!W-7[gW)0f$IE)CY,ZEp"=WE0M+;M?mY^4qaJ^iS[/U-eIe3R>njZn&
+7"2$VUIjUP/gXXp?$Ma@"_VtHg0"KCM4[WAikYAhFl[92cO^^<#Q!*oeppg3MIVp
+?X*K$].J=G6*k33!V^R7<&ZPS,Rb:]Q.7Ot$(_\QIirLLM:*j"2EfPVFRB>7*jc5
+/eBp@*fFdZ#V6!rRlYI/OgU'.S.:o@_D.cD0[qN*os>f3^,938+oC*_sdELLI/I0
+-u:N!I8DJlO=+Z-72hS?L&#4N29q`h\8PE:R%5(<Z[mW2<<Q7S3_sVf,U)?ZGKS)
+Vui8LHi%ZNn,tLn/Qgr<o!SGEd!YE=>d(bmDHALPAR3S^!ec>#tg]onIcJ,%!dl`
+]%l%#(_APEA]N/GW7TQ$`.qn=b#dBYXm7oHeoo5`i3pg0N04Me>H%`?W;-KA<`QF
+GmpWZ!Y[grNkLoOB?>BS?P#sKQ?E\"9l\@jHgQ]8gEr@:L3n[5F2RDg'.0+I564l
+noX/l&!o_J)"UGQoLLXM^`%GnLp?#rGhVe.L7d[NR?d"RW'2\f6[1'>VScBuT,X0
+.RaX-Tku^QtGu.0i]Q1-3SD:t';ZC@eGS8/s^EP;MY3Xts8f=q$!m!3E8aCOXhX/
+_hipL.[e+-*gF"nm*e$9<U25Tk[3=,rq,QY?Ydq`CMVI]$#oH76kBANl]Tc3gH!O
+.Z:HP8uf<u/uVk`(WbF^-^NH]^Bg"*&RQ07\>F[qS=iu(<s]qGo==WOn+9@5e'd6
+P7.Y?f4jV.)r465SFZQA-^8Q7[kWU(Q"^/UF:Kmbu*Vj4"Wcs[JeGR#,`dM`tGPb
+B52@GPQ^jP+T)h#Wm<L#YGE3>Y<:-Fa)FKoIh[_4h"LVR8k^6&?p&,?St.%L;;4`
+o:)q#%X7S:'r-L\Y4Oe]W^n`f1md:F-nO#E8X`IIf*UnF5;[lODZ7fdT:KeYf)^T
+=<GB<KfTr_rq?I3,NkZ0;$a_WgE[!4;<9elKa-'!;/KVWW)s4^UoB!F7N2>`;X`$
+npG'aXliDYR_,9-htDtU\l>!F(LZ;R3,@gDYD,ODg88V[d@>J'kjKQf=Vg.>l@e:
+p(Pb]a!)e7aF.ZDFB;sFABpUDk>WOg-SeC:[<+b!ni.t>!CNh+<rr?Y5bLlQa%c-
+[9Zdm*Z5jmd9,u7QAH]c#pN3gF*]0F:_(!HX1~>
+%%EOF
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/source/powerdot.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/source/powerdot.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cad43edce02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/source/powerdot.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,8742 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% powerdot class by Hendri Adriaens.
+%
+% Extract package files and create documentation:
+% Find powerdot.dtx
+% latex powerdot.dtx
+% latex powerdot.dtx
+% bibtex powerdot
+% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o powerdot.gls powerdot.glo
+% makeindex -s gind.ist -o powerdot.ind powerdot.idx
+% latex powerdot.dtx
+% latex powerdot.dtx
+%
+% If you also want to generate the source code documentation,
+% remove \OnlyDescription from the preamble of powerdot.dtx
+% prior to compiling the source.
+%
+% To generate style examples, do
+% (after extracting powerdot-styleexample.tex):
+% latex "\def\style{default}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
+% latex "\def\style{default}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
+% dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-default.ps
+% Do this for all available styles (replace `default' by any
+% other style name) to generate .001 and .002 files which
+% will be included by the documentation.
+%
+%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
+%% Copyright (C) 2005-2014 Hendri Adriaens
+%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%%
+%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%%
+%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
+%%
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*batchfile>
+\begingroup
+\input docstrip
+\keepsilent
+\preamble
+\endpreamble
+\askforoverwritefalse
+\generate{
+ \file{powerdot.cls}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{powerdot}}
+ \file{powerdot-default.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pddefault}}
+ \file{powerdot-tycja.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdtycja}}
+ \file{powerdot-ikeda.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdikeda}}
+ \file{powerdot-fyma.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdfyma}}
+ \file{powerdot-simple.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdsimple}}
+ \file{powerdot-ciment.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdciment}}
+ \file{powerdot-elcolors.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdelcolors}}
+ \file{powerdot-aggie.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdaggie}}
+ \file{powerdot-husky.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdhusky}}
+ \file{powerdot-sailor.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdsailor}}
+ \file{powerdot-upen.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdupen}}
+ \file{powerdot-bframe.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdbframe}}
+ \file{powerdot-horatio.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdhoratio}}
+ \file{powerdot-paintings.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdpaintings}}
+ \file{powerdot-klope.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdklope}}
+ \file{powerdot-jefka.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdjefka}}
+ \file{powerdot-pazik.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdpazik}}
+ \file{powerdot-styletest.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdstyletest}}
+ \file{powerdot-styleexample.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdstyleexample}}
+ \file{powerdot-example1.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdexample1}}
+ \file{powerdot-example2.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdexample2}}
+ \file{powerdot-example3.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdexample3}}
+ \file{pdpream.ble}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{preamble}}
+ \file{powerdot.bib}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{bib}}
+}
+\endgroup
+%</batchfile>
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
+\input{pdpream.ble}
+\OnlyDescription
+%\EnableCrossrefs
+\def\fileversion{v1.5}
+\def\filedate{2014/01/01}
+\begin{document}
+\DocInput{powerdot.dtx}
+\let\Section\section\def\section*#1{\Section*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
+\bibliographystyle{plain}
+\bibliography{powerdot}
+\section*{Acknowledgements}
+The author is grateful to Christopher Ellison for help with setting up the package, styles
+and examples, Mael Hill\'ereau for contributing the \LyX\ layout file and
+description, and Herbert Vo\ss\ for contributions and maintaining the package
+from 2006 to 2012. Further, I would like to thank all style contributors
+(see section~\ref{sec:styles}). Moreover, I wish to thank everyone who contributed
+to this package in any other way.\\[1em]
+\hspace*{\stretch{1}}
+\begin{minipage}{.9\linewidth}
+Ramon van den Akker, Pavel \v C\'i\v zek, Darren Dale, Hans Marius
+Eikseth, Morten H\o gholm, Andr\'as Horv\'ath, Laurent Jacques, Akira
+Kakuto, Uwe Kern, Kyanh, Theo Stewart, and Don P. Story.
+\end{minipage}
+
+\PrintChangesX\PrintIndexX
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \changes{v1.0}{2005/09/04}{Initial release}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Fixed some small bugs}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \texttt{tocsecindent} and
+% \texttt{tocslideindent} options}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \pf{elcolors}, \pf{aggie}, \pf{husky}
+% and \pf{sailor} styles}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Changed \texttt{size\protect\equals 10}
+% to \texttt{size\protect\equals 10pt}}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \LyX\ layout, description and example}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added graphical examples of styles to documentation}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Improved section title handling}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{\texttt{blackslide} options adds hyperlink
+% to slide and section titles}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Extended FAQ}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Improved \pf{tycja}, \pf{ciment} and \pf{fyma} styles}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Added \pf{upen} and \pf{bframe} styles}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Solved some small bugs}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Simplified coding of most styles}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Speeded up compilations}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Solved some small bugs}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Improved \texttt{figure} and \texttt{table} handling}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added \pf{horatio}, \pf{paintings}, \pf{klope}, \pf{jefka}
+% and \pf{pazik} styles}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added palettes feature}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added random dots feature}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added optional argument to \cs{maketitle}}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added clock feature}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Updated all styles}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added palettes to \pf{default}, \pf{fyma} and \pf{sailor} styles}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Revised docs}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Updated \LyX\ example and information}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Cleaned up options}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added possibility to create horizontal table of contents}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added logo feature}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added examples and example file}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added two slide processing methods to do verbatim on slides easily}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Moved \texttt{lf} and \texttt{rf} keys from
+% \texttt{global} to \texttt{glslide} family}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Added \texttt{cf} option}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Updated styles}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Solved some small bugs}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Moved footers out of slide box in handout mode}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Added \texttt{clockformat} and \texttt{clockrefresh} keys to \texttt{global} family}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{\texttt{blackslide} and \texttt{emptyslide} no longer have logos or randomdots}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2014/01/01}{Option \texttt{blackslide} transformed to \texttt{pauseslide}}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2014/01/01}{Restored package and added changes from CTAN}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2014/01/01}{Modifications to work with the latest version of pstricks}
+%
+% \CheckSum{3375}
+%
+% \CharacterTable
+% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%
+%\title{\vspace*{-2cm}\mktitledecor The \pf{powerdot} class
+%\thanks{This class can be downloaded from the CTAN mirrors:
+%\texttt{/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}. See \texttt{powerdot.dtx} for
+%information on installing \pf{powerdot} into your \LaTeX\
+%distribution and for the license of this class.}}
+%\author{Hendri Adriaens}
+%\date{\fileversion\ (\filedate)}
+%\maketitle
+%
+%\begin{abstract}\noindent
+%\pf{powerdot} is a presentation class for \LaTeX\ that allows for
+%the quick and easy development of professional presentations. It
+%comes with many tools that enhance presentations and aid the
+%presenter. Examples are automatic overlays, personal notes and a
+%handout mode. To view a presentation, DVI, PS or PDF output can be
+%used. A powerful template system is available to easily develop new
+%styles. A \LyX\ layout file is provided.
+%\end{abstract}
+%
+%\begin{multicols}{2}
+%[\section*{Contents}
+%\setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}
+%\setlength{\columnsep}{18pt}]
+%\tableofcontents
+%\end{multicols}
+%
+%\newpage
+%\section{Introduction}\label{sec:intro}
+%This class gives you the possibility to easily create professionally
+%looking slides. The class is designed to make the development of
+%presentations as simple as possible so that you can concentrate on
+%the actual content instead of keeping yourself busy with technical
+%details. Of course, some knowledge of \LaTeX\ is still required
+%though.
+%
+%This class builds on and extends the \pf{prosper} class
+%\cite{prosper} and the \pf{HA-prosper} package \cite{HA-prosper}.
+%The \pf{HA-prosper} package was initially intended to extend
+%\pf{prosper} and correct some bugs and problems of that class. As
+%developments on that package progressed, it was found that
+%unfortunately, not all of the problems could be overcome with the
+%package. That discovery was the start of a new project set up to
+%make a new class to replace the \pf{prosper} plus \pf{HA-prosper}
+%combination. You're currently reading the result of that project.
+%
+%The remainder of this section will be devoted to giving a feel of
+%what the \pf{powerdot} presentation source looks like and giving an
+%overview of this documentation.
+%
+%The document structure of a presentation is always the same. You can
+%find it in the example below.
+%
+%\begin{example}
+% \documentclass[<class options>]{powerdot}
+% \pdsetup{<presentation options>}
+% \begin{document}
+% \begin{slide}{a slide}
+% Contents of the slide.
+% \end{slide}
+% \section{first section}
+% \begin{slide}[<slide options>]{another slide}
+% Contents of the slide.
+% \end{slide}
+% \begin{note}{personal note}
+% The note.
+% \end{note}
+% \end{document}
+%\end{example}
+%
+%There are several elements that define the document structure. First
+%of all, the class accepts some class options that control the output
+%of the class, for instance, paper type and style. These class
+%options will be discussed in section~\ref{sec:classopts}. Then there
+%are presentation specific options which control some of the elements
+%of the presentation globally, for instance, the footers. These will
+%be discussed in section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}.
+%
+%Once the setup has been decided on, you can use the slide
+%environment to produce slides (see section~\ref{sec:slides}) and the
+%note environment to produce notes that go with the slides (see
+%section~\ref{sec:notes}). You can use overlays to display material
+%in steps. This is described in section~\ref{sec:overlays}. The
+%|\section| command provides a way to structure your presentation.
+%This is discussed in section~\ref{sec:structure}.
+%Section~\ref{sec:styles} will show an overview of the styles that
+%come with this class and the characteristics of each style.
+%Section~\ref{sec:compiling} will tell you more about how to produce
+%output. This section contains important information on required
+%packages.
+%
+%Section~\ref{sec:writestyle} is mostly interesting for people that
+%want to develop their own style for this class or want to modify an
+%existing style. Section~\ref{sec:lyx} explains how \LyX\
+%\cite{LyXWeb} can be used to create \pf{powerdot} presentations.
+%This documentation concludes with a section devoted to questions
+%(section~\ref{sec:questions}), like `Where can I find examples?'. It
+%also tells you where to turn to in case your questions are still not
+%solved.
+%
+%\section{Setting up the presentation}\label{sec:setup}
+%This section will describe all options that are available to control
+%the output of the presentation and the looks of it.
+%
+%\subsection{Document class options}\label{sec:classopts} We will
+%start with the class options that are typed in the |\documentclass|
+%command as a comma-separated list. For each option, the preset
+%value\footnote{The value that will be used when you don't use the
+%option.} will be mentioned in the description. This is the value
+%that will be used if you decide to not give a value to the option or
+%not use the option at all.
+%
+%\DescribeOption{mode}
+%This options controls the kind of output that we want to produce.
+%The preset value is |present|.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{mode=present}\\
+%This mode is used when you want to create the actual presentation. It
+%will enable overlays and transition effects. You can read more about
+%overlays in section~\ref{sec:overlays}.
+%\item\option{mode=print}\\
+%This mode can be used when printing the slides including their visual
+%markup, but without any overlay or transition effects.
+%\item\option{mode=handout}\\
+%This mode will produce a black and white overview of your slides that
+%can be used to make personal notes on, for distribution to students,
+%a personal guide during your talk, etcetera.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{nopagebreaks}\\
+%By default, the handout mode produces a document with two slides per
+%page. If you want to fit more slides on a page, specify this option
+%in the |\documentclass| command and \pf{powerdot} will let \LaTeX\
+%decide on the places to insert a page break, namely when a page is
+%full.
+%\end{description}
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\DescribeOption{paper} This option has three possible values. The
+%preset value is |screen|.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{paper=screen}\\
+%This is a special format with screen optimized ratio (4/3). The
+%actual page dimensions will be 8.25 inch by 11 inch. This paper format
+%is not available for print or handout mode. In these modes, \pf{powerdot}
+%will switch to a4 paper and put a warning that it did this in the
+%log file of your presentation.
+%\item\option{paper=a4paper}\\
+%A4 paper will be used for the presentation or handout.
+%\item\option{paper=letterpaper}\\
+%Letter size paper will be used.
+%\item\option{paper=smartboard}\\
+%For presentation on a smartboard (widescreen).
+%\end{description}
+%Some important information with respect to paper size, compiling and
+%viewing presentations is available in section~\ref{sec:compiling}.
+%
+%\DescribeOption{orient} This controls the orientation of the
+%presentation. The preset value is |landscape|.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{orient=landscape}\\
+%The presentation will be in landscape format. This value is not
+%available in handout mode. In that mode, \pf{powerdot} will switch
+%to portrait orientation and will warn you about this in the log
+%file.
+%\item\option{orient=portrait}\\ This produces slides in portrait
+%format. Notice that not all styles support portrait orientation. Please
+%refer to section~\ref{sec:styles} for information about which styles
+%do support the portrait orientation.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\DescribeOption{display} This controls the production of slides and
+%notes. The preset value is |slides|.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{display=slides}\\
+%This will only typeset the slides in your presentation.
+%\item\option{display=slidesnotes}\\
+%This will typeset both the slides and the notes in your
+%presentation. See also section~\ref{sec:notes} for more information
+%about notes.
+%\item\option{display=notes}\\
+%This will typeset the notes only.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%Here are some more options to control the output.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOption{size}\option{size}\\
+%This is the size of the normal text font in points. Possible values
+%are 8pt, 9pt, 10pt, 11pt, 12pt, 14pt, 17pt and 20pt and the preset
+%value is 11pt.\footnote{Note that sizes other than 10pt, 11pt and
+%12pt are non-standard and it is assumed that you have the
+%\pf{extsizes} bundle \cite{extsizes} installed, which provides these
+%sizes.}
+%\item\DescribeOption{style}\option{style}\\
+%This controls the style to be loaded for the presentation. By
+%default, the \pf{default} style will be loaded. For more styles, see
+%section~\ref{sec:styles}.
+%\item\DescribeOption{fleqn}\option{fleqn}\\
+%This option makes equations flushed left. It does the same as the
+%equally named option for the article class.
+%\item\DescribeOption{leqno}\option{leqno}\\
+%Put equation numbers at the left. Also the same as in the article
+%class.
+%\item\DescribeOption{nopsheader}\option{nopsheader}\\
+%By default, \pf{powerdot} will write a postscript command to the ps
+%file to make sure that post processors like ps2pdf know which paper
+%to use without the need to specify it on the command line. See also
+%section~\ref{sec:compiling}. If you experience problems with post
+%processing or printing or you want to specify the paper size in the
+%post processing steps yourself, use this option.
+%\item\DescribeOption{hlentries}\option{hlentries}\\
+%This highlights table of contents entries when the entry matches
+%with the current slide and its preset value is |true|. See also
+%section~\ref{sec:structure}. If you don't want highlighting of table
+%of contents entries (for instance in print mode), use
+%|hlentries=false|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{hlsections}\option{hlsections}\\
+%This highlights table of contents sections when the section matches
+%with the current section in the presentation and is preset to |false|.
+%See also section~\ref{sec:structure}. Specifying this
+%option turns highlighting of sections on. This could be useful when
+%you are using a style that implements a split table of contents.
+%\item\DescribeOption{pauseslide}\option{pauseslide}\\
+%This option inserts a black slide in the presentation on page 1 and
+%will automatically advance to page 2 when opening the presentation
+%in a PDF viewer like Acrobat (Reader). The option also inserts a
+%link behind every slide or section title that brings you to the
+%black slide when clicked. When you click anywhere in the black
+%slide, you will go back to the originating slide. This option can be
+%used to temporarily pause a presentation, for instance, to do a
+%proof on the black board. Optionally, a color can be supplied, for instance,
+%|pauseslide=white| to have a pause on a white screen.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{clock}\option{clock}\\
+%This displays a small digital clock on slides which you can use to
+%check the time left for your presentation.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%Here is an example of a |\documentclass| command.
+%\begin{example}
+% \documentclass[
+% size=12pt,
+% paper=screen,
+% mode=present,
+% display=slidesnotes,
+% style=tycja,
+% nopagebreaks,
+% pauseslide,
+% fleqn
+% ]{powerdot}
+%\end{example}
+%This example sets up a presentation in \pf{tycja} style, with a black
+%slide, normal size 12 points and flushed left equations.
+%\begin{example}
+% \documentclass[
+% size=12pt,
+% paper=letterpaper,
+% mode=handout,
+% display=slidesnotes,
+% style=tycja,
+% nopagebreaks,
+% pauseslide,
+% fleqn
+% ]{powerdot}
+%\end{example}
+%Changing the |paper| and |mode| options, now produces a handout with
+%possibly more than two slides per page due to the |nopagebreaks|
+%option.
+%
+%\subsection{Setup options}\label{sec:pdsetup}
+%\DescribeMacro{\pdsetup}
+%There are several extra options that can help customizing your
+%presentation. These options are not available via the
+%|\documentclass| command. This has a technical reason.\footnote{The
+%interested reader is referred to the section about the \pf{xkvltxp}
+%package in the \pf{xkeyval} package documentation \cite{xkeyval}.}
+%We distinguish two types of options. Options that can only be set
+%globally (acting for the entire presentation) using the |\pdsetup|
+%command and options that can be accessed both globally (via
+%|\pdsetup|) and locally (via slide environments, see section~\ref{sec:slides}).
+%
+%\subsubsection{Global options}\label{sec:gopts}
+%This section describes options that can only be used globally in the
+%preamble of your presentation via the |\pdsetup| command.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOption{palette}\option{palette}\\
+%This specifies the palette to be used. A palette is a set of colors
+%defined by a style. To find out which palettes are defined by each
+%style, see section~\ref{sec:styles}.
+%\item\DescribeOption{theslide}\option{theslide}\\
+%This option controls how the slide number appears on the slide. This
+%is preset to the value |\arabic{slide}~/~\pageref*{lastslide}|,
+%which could appear like |5/22|. Notice that the |\arabic{slide}|
+%typesets the number of the current slide and that
+%|\pageref*{lastslide}| typesets the number of the last
+%slide.\footnote{We use the starred version of \cs{pageref} which is
+%defined by \pf{hyperref} and does not create a link to the page that
+%it is referring to.}
+%\item\DescribeOption{thenote}\option{thenote}\\
+%This is similar to the |theslide| option, but typesets the slide
+%numbers of notes. The preset value is
+%|note~\arabic{note}~of~slide~\arabic{slide}| and |\arabic{note}|
+%here typesets the number of the current note that goes with the
+%current slide. This could appear like |note 2 of slide 7|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{counters}\option{counters}\\
+%The |counters| option lists counters that you might want to protect
+%on overlays. As material on overlays (see
+%section~\ref{sec:overlays}) is processed multiple times, also
+%\LaTeX\ counters, like the |equation| counter, might be increased
+%too often. To avoid that your equations get different numbers on
+%every overlay, use this option. The |equation|, |table|, |figure|,
+%|footnote| and |mpfootnote| counters are already protected for you.
+%If you use extra counters, for instance for theorems, list them in
+%this option. Example:
+%\begin{example}
+% counters={theorem,lemma}
+%\end{example}
+%\item\DescribeOption{list}\option{list}\\
+%This option takes a list of options that will be passed on to the
+%\pf{enumitem} package that controls the layout of lists created by
+%the |enumerate| and |itemize| environments. Example:
+%\begin{example}
+% list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+%\end{example}
+%See for more information on controlling the layout of lists the
+%\pf{enumitem} package \cite{enumitem}.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{enumerate,itemize}\option{enumerate,itemize}\\
+%As the |list| option, but only control |enumerate| and |itemize|
+%environments respectively.
+%\item\DescribeOption{clockformat}\option{clockformat}\\
+%This option specifies the format of the clock. The format is set using
+%Acrobat's |util.printd| function.\footnote{For a complete listing of
+%allowable formats, consult the \textit{Acrobat JavaScript Scripting
+%Reference}\cite{javascript}.} The default value is |HH:MM:ss|, which
+%shows a 00-23 hour, 00-59 minute, 00-59 second clock. Example:
+%\begin{example}
+% clockformat=h:MM tt
+%\end{example}
+%The above setting will display a 1-12 hour, 00-59 minute, am/pm clock.
+%That is, the clock might show |5:53 pm|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{clockrefresh}\option{clockrefresh}\\
+%This option should be a number which specifies how often
+%the clock is refreshed in milliseconds. The default behavior is to refresh
+%the clock every second. Thus, the default value is 1000. Notice, if the
+%|clockformat| is such that seconds are not shown, then it makes no sense
+%to update that clock every second. A corresponding example:
+%\begin{example}
+% clockrefresh=60000
+%\end{example}
+%The interpretation of this is that the clock will be updated every minute.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\subsubsection{Global and local options}\label{sec:glopts}
+%This section describes options that can be used both globally via
+%|\pdsetup| and locally via slide environments (see section~\ref{sec:slides}).
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOptions{lf,cf,rf}\option{lf,cf,rf}\\
+%This determines the content of the left, center and right footers.
+%These are preset to empty.
+%\item\DescribeOption{trans}\option{trans}\\
+%This option sets the default transition effect to be used in the
+%presentation. These transition effects only work after compiling the
+%presentation to PDF format. See also section~\ref{sec:compiling}.
+%The following transition effects are supported: |Split|, |Blinds|,
+%|Box|, |Wipe|, |Dissolve|, |Glitter| and |Replace|. When you are using
+%a viewer that understands PDF 1.5, you can also use |Fly|, |Push|,
+%|Cover|, |Uncover| or |Fade|. It is important to notice that most
+%viewers are case sensitive, so, for instance, |box| will not work.
+%
+%The preset effect is |Replace| which just replaces one slide with
+%another when browsing the slides. Note that some PDF viewers (like
+%Acrobat Reader 5 and higher) only produce the transition effect in
+%full screen mode. If you want to use a custom transition effect that
+%is not listed in the list above (for instance, a wipe effect with a
+%custom wipe direction), then that is possible. However,
+%\pf{powerdot} will put a warning in your log file that the effect
+%that you have chosen, might not work in the PDF viewer. Here is an
+%example that does work.
+%\begin{example}
+% trans=Wipe /Di 0
+%\end{example}
+%In Acrobat (Reader), this wipes from left to right instead of the
+%default top to bottom. For more information, see a PDF Reference
+%Manual.
+%\item\DescribeOption{method}\option{method}\\
+%This option can be used when a slide contains special material that
+%does not get treated in the `usual' way by \LaTeX. Verbatim material
+%is an example of this. Possible values are |normal| (the preset value),
+%|direct| and |file|. We will come back to this option in detail in
+%section~\ref{sec:verbatim}.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{logohook,logopos,logocmd}\option{logohook,logopos,logocmd}\\
+%If |logopos| is specified, a logo defined by the value of the
+%|logocmd| option will be put on slides. The position can be
+%specified relative to the width and height of the slide. |{0,0}| is
+%the lower left corner of the paper and |{\slidewidth,\slideheight}|
+%is the upper right corner. For positioning the logo, the |\rput|
+%command of \pf{pstricks} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} is used. This
+%command also allows to specify the point of the logo that should be
+%positioned there. This point can be entered via the |logohook|
+%option and can take the values |tl|, |t|, |tr|, |r|, |Br|, |br|,
+%|b|, |bl|, |Bl|, |l|, |B| and |c|. For more information about
+%|\rput|, consult the \pf{pstricks} documentation. Here is an example
+%that integrates the flower of the \pf{default} style into the
+%\pf{husky} style.
+%\begin{example}
+% \documentclass[style=husky]{powerdot}
+% \pdsetup{
+% logohook=t,
+% logopos={.088\slidewidth,.99\slideheight},
+% logocmd={\includegraphics[height=.08\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}}
+% }
+% \begin{document}
+% ...
+% \end{document}
+%\end{example}
+%The preset value for |logohook| is |tl|.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%A special feature of \pf{powerdot}, which can be used to make
+%presentations come alive, is the use of random dots. These dots will
+%be placed anywhere on your slides and use the colors defined by the
+%palette that you use. Overlays will carry the same dots. This
+%feature uses |random.tex| \cite{random}. Several options are
+%available to control the appearance of the random dots.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOption{randomdots}\option{randomdots}\\
+%By default, random dots are turned off. If this option is set to
+%|true|, random dots will be generated. |false| will turn off the
+%feature. When no value is submitted to the option, |true| will be
+%used.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{dmindots,dmaxdots}\option{dmindots,dmaxdots}\\
+%The number of dots per slide is also random. These options set the
+%minimum and maximum dots per slide. Preset values are |5| and |40|,
+%respectively.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{dminsize,dmaxsize}\option{dminsize,dmaxsize}\\
+%The minimum and maximum radius of the dots. Preset values are |5pt|
+%and |40pt|, respectively.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{dminwidth,dmaxwidth,dminheight,dmaxheight}
+%\option{dminwidth,dmaxwidth,dminheight,dmaxheight}\\
+%These options determine the area on the slide that can be used for
+%the random dots. These values are preset such that dots go anywhere
+%on the slide, but you might want to adjust these such that, for
+%instance, dots can only appear in the text area. The preset values
+%are |0pt|, |\slidewidth|, |0pt|, |\slideheight|.
+%
+%Here is an example that allows dots in a smaller rectangle on the
+%slide.
+%\begin{example}
+% \pdsetup{
+% dminwidth=.1\slidewidth,dmaxwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+% dminheight=.2\slideheight,dmaxheight=.8\slideheight
+% }
+%\end{example}
+%\item\DescribeOption{dbright}\option{dbright}\\
+%This option can be used to adjust the brightness of the dots. The
+%number should be an integer between -100 and 100. If the number is
+%negative, the color will be adjusted towards black, with -100 giving
+%black. If the number is positive, the color will be adjusted towards
+%white, with 100 giving white. With a light background, you may want
+%to choose |bright| to be positive. With a dark background, you may
+%want to set it negative. The preset value is |60|, meaning a mixture
+%of 40\% of the original color and 60\% white.
+%\item\DescribeOption{dprop}\option{dprop}\\
+%This option is used for passing extra parameters to the |\psdot|
+%command, which creates the random dots. You could, for instance,
+%change the style of the dots or the line width. See for more
+%information about |\psdot| the \pf{pstricks} documentation
+%\cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks}. \pf{powerdot} defines two extra dot
+%styles that can be used for the random dots. These styles are
+%|ocircle| (open circle) and |osquare| (open square).
+%\end{description}
+%
+%Here are two examples for the use of random dots.
+%\begin{example}
+% \pdsetup{
+% randomdots,dminwidth=.2\slidewidth
+% }
+%\end{example}
+%This turns on random dots and doesn't use the left 20\% of the slide
+%for placing random dots.
+%\begin{example}
+% \pdsetup{
+% randomdots,dprop={dotstyle=ocircle,linewidth=.5pt},
+% dminsize=500pt,dmaxsize=600pt,dmindots=2,dmaxdots=5
+% }
+%\end{example}
+%This example puts at most 5 big circles on slides. These circles do
+%not fit on the slides and you will only see parts of them in the
+%shape of curves.
+%
+%\subsubsection{\cs{pdsetup} example}
+%Here is an example of a |\pdsetup| command that one could use to set up
+%the presentation.
+%\begin{example}
+% \pdsetup{
+% lf=My first presentation,
+% rf=For some conference,
+% trans=Wipe,
+% theslide=\arabic{slide},
+% randomdots,dmaxdots=80
+% }
+%\end{example}
+%This sets the left and right footers and will initialize the
+%transition effect to |Wipe|. Further, slide numbers will not include
+%the number of the last slide, but only the number of the current
+%slide. Finally, slides will be covered with at most 80 random dots.
+%
+%A small note is necessary with respect to the appearance of footers.
+%The slide number (controlled by the |theslide| option) will be added
+%to a footer. Most styles add it too the right footer. If both the
+%footer and the slide number are non empty, |~--~| will be inserted
+%in between them to separate them. Styles might modify this default
+%behavior however.
+%
+%\section{Making slides}\label{sec:slides}
+%\subsection{The title slide}\label{sec:titleslide}
+%\DescribeMacro{\title}
+%\DescribeMacro{\author}
+%\DescribeMacro{\and}
+%\DescribeMacro{\date}
+%\DescribeMacro{\maketitle}
+%The title slide is created by the |\maketitle| command.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{maketitle}\oarg{options}'
+%\end{command}
+%Its use is the same as in the standard \LaTeX\ document classes. The
+%optional argument \meta{options} can contain any option from
+%section~\ref{sec:glopts}. Specifying such an option in the
+%|\maketitle| command will only have an effect on the title slide and
+%not on other slides. See an example below.
+%\begin{example}
+% \documentclass{powerdot}
+% \title{Title}
+% \author{You \and me}
+% \date{August 21, 2005}
+% \begin{document}
+% \maketitle
+% ...
+% \end{document}
+%\end{example}
+%The |author|, |title| and |date| declarations provide the text to be
+%used when making a title page. The design of the title page is
+%specific to the style in use. Notice the use of |\and| for
+%separating multiple authors. See a \LaTeX\ manual \cite{companion}
+%for more information on commands such as |\title| and |\author|.
+%
+%\subsection{Other slides}\label{sec:otherslides}
+%\DescribeEnv{slide} The centerpiece of every presentation is the
+%slide. In \pf{powerdot}, the content of each slide is placed in a
+%|slide| environment.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{begin}\texttt{\{slide\}}\oarg{options}\marg{slide title}'
+% `\meta{body}'
+% `\cs{end}\texttt{\{slide\}}'
+%\end{command}
+%
+%In section~\ref{sec:overlays} we'll see how to give some life to the
+%slides, but for now, let's look at a simple example.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{First slide}
+% Hello World.
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%The slide environment has one required argument, namely the slide
+%title. When a slide is created, the slide title is used to create an
+%entry in the table of contents and in the list of bookmarks. The
+%table of contents is a listing of the slides and section titles in
+%the presentation that appears on each slide.
+%
+%The table of contents is clickable (when the presentation is
+%compiled into PDF) and serves as a nice way to jump from location to
+%location within the presentation. The bookmark list is only present
+%when compilation is taken all the way to the PDF file format. It
+%also serves as a table of contents, but this list does not appear on
+%\textit{any} of the slides, but in a separate window in a PDF
+%viewer. In the example above, the entries in both table contents and
+%the list of bookmarks would be titled |First slide|.
+%
+%The \meta{options} for the |slide| environment can contain any
+%option listed in section~\ref{sec:glopts}. Additionally, the
+%following options can be used.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOption{toc}\option{toc}\\
+%When specified, the value is used for the entry in the table of
+%contents; otherwise, the slide title is used. If |toc=| is
+%specified, then no entry is created.
+%\item\DescribeOption{bm}\option{bm}\\
+%When specified, the value is used for the bookmark entry; otherwise,
+%the slide title is used. If |bm=| is specified, then no entry is
+%created.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%These optional arguments are especially useful when the title of a
+%slide is extremely long or when the title contains \LaTeX\ commands
+%that do not render correctly in the bookmarks.\footnote{The
+%bookmarking procedure uses \cs{pdfstringdef} from the \pf{hyperref}
+%package, and it can process accented characters such as \cs{"i}.}
+%When specifying entries, be sure to hide special characters `|,|'
+%and `|=|' between curly brackets `|{|' and `|}|'. Let's look at an
+%example that uses these optional arguments.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}[toc=,bm={LaTeX, i*i=-1}]{\color{red}\LaTeX, $i^2=-1$}
+% My slide contents.
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%
+%In this example, the slide title will appear as {\color{red}\LaTeX,
+%$i^2=-1$}. This text will not render correctly in a bookmark entry.
+%An attempt is made to correct this, but often, the correction does
+%not produce an equivalent text. This particular title would be
+%rendered in the bookmark list as |redLaTeX, i2=-1|. On the other
+%hand, the manually specified bookmark entry is rendered as:
+%|LaTeX, i*i=-1|. Notice, no entry is created in the table of contents,
+%because of the use of |toc=|.
+%
+%In addition to the |slide| environment, each individual style can
+%define its own environments. Many styles have a |wideslide|
+%environment. The idea is that one might have information that does
+%not fit nicely on a slide with a table of contents listed, as this
+%consumes some space. In such cases, it is preferable to use a slide
+%that does not list the table of contents. The |wideslide|
+%environment provides this functionality and has more space for the
+%actual slide content. See section~\ref{sec:styles} for information
+%on the various environments provided by the styles.
+%
+%\section{Overlays}\label{sec:overlays}
+%It is often the case that you don't want all the information on the
+%slide to appear at once. Rather, the information should appear one
+%item at a time. In \pf{powerdot}, this is achieved with overlays.
+%Each slide can be comprised of many overlays, and the overlays are
+%displayed one at a time.
+%
+%\subsection{The \cs{pause} command}\label{sec:pause}
+%\DescribeMacro{\pause} The easiest way to display information
+%sequentially is to use the |\pause| command.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{pause}\oarg{number}'
+%\end{command}
+%Below is a simple example:
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Simple overlay}
+% power\pause dot
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%The slide's information is displayed and continues until the
+%|\pause| command is encountered. No further output within the same
+%slide is displayed until the click of the mouse or the touch of the
+%keyboard. Then, the content will continue to display until all the
+%information is displayed or until another |\pause| command is
+%encountered. In this example, |power| is displayed on the first
+%overlay, and |powerdot| is the displayed on the second overlay. The
+%|\pause| command is often used within the |itemize| and |enumerate|
+%environments. For example,
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Multiple pauses}
+% power\pause dot \pause
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Let me pause\ldots \pause
+% \item \ldots while I talk \pause and chew bubble gum. \pause
+% \item Perhaps you'll be persuaded.
+% \item Perhaps not.
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%Since |\pause| was used before the |itemize| environment, no item
+%will appear until the third overlay. Then, each item will be
+%displayed one at a time, each on their own overlay. More information
+%on using lists will follow in the next section.
+%
+%The optional argument of the |\pause| command specifies the number
+%of overlays to pause. An example usage is:
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Pause longer}
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item A \pause
+% \item B \pause[2]
+% \item C
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%In the example above, item |C| will appear on the fourth overlay.
+%The usefulness of this option will become more apparent in the next
+%section; so we will revisit a similar example at that time.
+%
+%\subsection{List environments}\label{sec:lists}
+%The list environments, |itemize| and |enumerate|, have special
+%treatments in \pf{powerdot}. They have an optional argument that
+%will be taken care off by the \pf{enumitem} package (see
+%\cite{enumitem}). \pf{powerdot} supplies an extra key for this
+%optional argument. In the examples that follow, features will be
+%described using the |itemize| environment but they also apply to the
+%|enumerate| environment.
+%
+%Here is the typical usage of the |itemize| environment:
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Basic itemize}
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item A \pause
+% \item B \pause
+% \item C
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%The display is simple, each item appears one at a time with each
+%overlay.
+%
+%\DescribeOption{type}
+%Suppose we wanted every item to show, but we only wanted one item to
+%appear `active' at once. This can be accomplished via the |type|
+%option for the |itemize| environment. The preset value is |0|.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Type 1 itemize}
+% \begin{itemize}[type=1]
+% \item A \pause
+% \item B \pause
+% \item C
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%Now, every item will be displayed in the \emph{inactive
+%color}\index{inactive color|usage} (which is defined by the style
+%that you use), and the item's font color will become the active one
+%on the overlay that it would normally appear on. The default
+%behavior is given by |type=0|.
+%
+%Lists can also be nested to create complicated structures. When a
+%list is nested, it inherits the setting of the |type| option from
+%the `parent' list, but that can be overruled by specifying the
+%|type| option in the optional argument of the nested list. We
+%present here one example, but many more can be created by nesting
+%lists of different types in different ways.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Nested lists}
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item A\pause
+% \begin{itemize}[type=1]
+% \item B\pause
+% \end{itemize}
+% \item C
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%This displays |A| and |B| on the first overlay, but |B| is inactive.
+%On overlay 2, |B| will become active and on overlay 3, |C| will
+%become visible.
+%
+%\subsection{The \cs{item} command}
+%\DescribeMacro{\item}
+%The |\item| command has an extra \emph{optional} argument in
+%\pf{powerdot} which allows for creating overlays in a more flexible
+%way then |\pause| provides.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{item}\oarg{label}\larg{overlays}'
+%\end{command}
+%This optional argument should contain an overlay specification
+%stating on which overlays you want the item to appear. This
+%specification is a comma separated list where each item can used the
+%notation as in table \ref{tab:item}.
+%\begin{table}[htb]\centering
+%\begin{tabular}{d}
+%Syntax&Meaning\\\hline
+%\texttt{x}&Only overlay \texttt{x}\\
+%\texttt{-x}&All overlays up to and including \texttt{x}\\
+%\texttt{x-}&All overlays from \texttt{x}, including \texttt{x}\\
+%\texttt{x-y}&All overlays from \texttt{x} to \texttt{y},
+%including \texttt{x} and \texttt{y}\\
+%\end{tabular}
+%\caption{\cs{item} and \cs{onslide} notation}\label{tab:item}
+%\end{table}
+%The \meta{label} argument is the standard optional argument for
+%|\item| in \LaTeX. A \LaTeX\ manual \cite{companion} can tell you
+%more about this argument.
+%
+%Here is an example.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Active itemize}
+% \begin{itemize}[type=1]
+% \item<1> A
+% \item<2> B
+% \item<3> C
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%Here we have said that |A| should only be active on overlay 1, |B|
+%should only be active on overlay 2, and |C| should only be active on
+%overlay 3. Again, when the item is not active, it appears in the
+%inactive color because of |type=1|.
+%
+%If |type=0| is specified and if each item is given an overlay
+%option, then each item will appear only when it is active. When the
+%item is not active, then it will not show on the slide at all. More
+%examples demonstrating the syntax for \meta{overlays} will be
+%discussed in the next section.
+%
+%\subsection{The \cs{onslide} command}\label{sec:onslide}
+%\DescribeMacro{\onslide} Overlays can also be achieved using the
+%|\onslide| command.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{onslide}\marg{overlays}\marg{text}'
+%\end{command}
+%This command takes an \meta{overlays} specification as first
+%argument and the \meta{text} to apply it to as second argument. The
+%\meta{overlays} on which the text will appear are specified as a
+%comma separated list with syntax as in table \ref{tab:item}. We
+%start off with a simple example.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Simple onslide}
+% \onslide{1,2}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%We have instructed |power| to appear on overlays one and two, and
+%|dot| to appear only on overlay two. As you might guess, this
+%example has the same output as our first |\pause| example. Yet, it
+%is clearly the case that our syntax is more complicated. However,
+%this slight ``complication'' also allows for much more flexibility.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\onslide+}Consider the above example with the
+%following modifications:
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Simple onslide+}
+% \texttt{onslide }: \onslide{1}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}\\
+% \texttt{onslide+}: \onslide+{1}{power}\onslide+{2}{dot}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%The |\onslide+| command displays its content in a different manner
+%altogether. Now, |dot| appears on every overlay, but it is in
+%inactive color\index{inactive color|usage} and matches the normal
+%font color \textit{only} on overlay two. This is comparable to the
+%|type=1| behavior for lists (see section~\ref{sec:lists}).
+%
+%When executing this example, we will also notice that the |\onslide|
+%command does hide material, but still reserves the right amount of
+%space for it: on overlay 2, the |dot|s appear right above each
+%other. The next command does not reserve space.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\onslide*} Instead of hiding and reserving space
+%(|\onslide|) or putting \meta{text} in the inactive color
+%(|\onslide+|) when the overlay doesn't match \meta{overlays}, this
+%command just eats the material altogether. To understand the
+%differences, consider the following example:
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Simple onslide*}
+% \texttt{onslide }: \onslide{1}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}\\
+% \texttt{onslide+}: \onslide+{1}{power}\onslide+{2}{dot}\\
+% \texttt{onslide*}: \onslide*{1}{power}\onslide*{2}{dot}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%The output of the first two lines, we are already familiar with. The
+%third line displays |power| on overlay 1 and |dot| on overlay 2, but
+%no space for |power| is reserved on overlay 2. Hence |dot| will
+%start on the cursor position that |power| started on overlay 1 and
+%it is not aligned below the other two |dots|.
+%
+%We finish with an example of the syntax that is possible with
+%|\item| and |\onslide|. Remember that these commands take a comma
+%separated list for the \meta{overlays} specification and that each
+%element can used the syntax as explained in table \ref{tab:item}.
+%The various variations are demonstrated in the example below.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Lists}
+% \onslide{10}{on overlay 10 only}\par
+% \onslide{-5}{on every overlay before and including overlay 5}\par
+% \onslide{5-}{on every overlay after and including overlay 5}\par
+% \onslide{2-5}{on overlays 2 through 5, inclusive}\par
+% \onslide{-3,5-7,9-}{on every overlay except overlays 4 and 8}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%
+%\subsection{Relative overlays}
+%Sometimes it is a pain to keep track of when an item should appear
+%or become active. You might, for example, just care that some text
+%appears on the overlay \textit{after} some other item. This
+%functionality is provided through the use of relative overlays which
+%should not be used outside list environments that use |\item|. Let's
+%consider a simple, illuminating example.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Relative overlays}
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item A \pause
+% \item B \onslide{+1}{(visible 1 overlay after B)}\pause
+% \item C \onslide{+2-}{(appears 2 overlays after C, visible until the end)}
+% \pause
+% \item D \onslide{+1-6}{(appears 1 overlay after D, visible until overlay 6)}
+% \pause
+% \item E \pause
+% \item F \pause
+% \item G \onslide{+1-+3}{(appears 1 overlay after G for 3 overlays)}\pause
+% \item H \pause
+% \item I \pause
+% \item J \pause
+% \item K
+% \End{itemize}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%As you can see, we still use |\onslide|. The only change is with the
+%syntax of the list of overlays. Now, we can specify a `|+|' symbol
+%in the list. In its simplest usage, |\onslide{+1}| will make text
+%display one overlay after the overlay it would \textit{normally}
+%appear on. You can still use the syntax in table \ref{tab:item}.
+%These are demonstrated in the above example. Notice,
+%|\onslide{+1-6}| means that the text will appear one overlay after
+%the overlay it would normally appear on and that the text should
+%remain shown until overlay seven. To make text appear for a range of
+%relative overlays, see the final demonstration in the above example.
+%
+%\section{Presentation structure}\label{sec:structure}
+%\subsection{Making sections}\label{sec:section}
+%\DescribeMacro{\section}
+%This section describes the |\section| command which provides a way
+%to structure a presentation.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{section}\oarg{options}\marg{section title}'
+%\end{command}
+%This command will produce a slide with \meta{section title} on it
+%and will also use this text to create sections in the table of
+%contents and in the bookmarks list. There are several \meta{options}
+%to control its output.
+%
+%\DescribeOption{tocsection} This option controls the creation of a
+%section in the table of contents. The preset value is |true|.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{tocsection=true}\\
+%This does create a section in the table of contents. This means that
+%all following slides, until the next section, will be nested under
+%this section.
+%\item\option{tocsection=false}\\
+%This does not create a section in the table of contents and hence
+%the section will be listed as an ordinary slide.
+%\item\option{tocsection=hidden}\\
+%This does create a section in the table of contents, but this is
+%only visible when you view a slide that is part of this section.
+%This could be used to append a section to the presentation which you
+%can discuss if there is some extra time.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\DescribeOption{slide} This option controls whether the |\section|
+%command creates a slide. The preset value is |true|.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{slide=true}\\
+%A slide is created.
+%\item\option{slide=false}\\
+%No slide will be created. If also |tocsection| is |false|, the
+%|\section| command doesn't do anything. If it does create a table of
+%contents section (|tocsection=| |true| or |hidden|), its link will
+%point to the first slide in the section as the section itself
+%doesn't have a slide.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\DescribeOption{template} This option can be used to make the
+%section slide with another template. By default, a normal |slide|
+%environment is used to create the section slide, but if a style
+%offers other templates that could be used for this purpose (for
+%instance, the |wideslide| environment), then you can use this option
+%to select that template. See section~\ref{sec:styles} for an
+%overview of the available templates with every style.
+%
+%Finally, all options available to normal slides are available to
+%slides created by |\section| as well (see section~\ref{sec:slides}).
+%However, when the section does make a |tocsection|, |toc=| or |bm=|
+%won't remove the table of contents entry or the bookmark
+%respectively.
+%
+%\subsection{Making an overview}\label{sec:tableofcontents}
+%\DescribeMacro{\tableofcontents}
+%This command creates an overview of your presentation and can only
+%be used on a slide.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{tableofcontents}\oarg{options}'
+%\end{command}
+%There are several \meta{options} to control the output of this
+%command.
+%
+%\DescribeOption{type}
+%This option controls whether certain material (depending on the
+%input in the |content| option below) will be hidden or displayed in
+%the inactive color\index{inactive color|usage}. The preset value is
+%|0|. Compare with the |type| option for list environments
+%(section~\ref{sec:lists}).
+%
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{type=0}\\
+%When material is not of the requested type as specified in the
+%|content| option, it will be hidden.
+%\item\option{type=1}\\
+%As |type=0|, but instead of hiding material, it will be typeset in
+%the inactive color.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\DescribeOption{content}
+%The |content| option controls which elements will be included in the
+%overview. The preset value is |all|. The description below assumes
+%that |type=0| was chosen, but the alternative text for |type=1| can
+%easily be deduced.
+%
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{content=all}\\
+%This will display a full overview of your presentation including all
+%sections and slides, except the slides in hidden sections (see
+%section~\ref{sec:section}).
+%\item\option{content=sections}\\
+%This displays only the sections in the presentation.
+%\item\option{content=currentsection}\\
+%This displays the current section only.
+%\item\option{content=future}\\
+%This displays all content starting from the current slide.
+%\item\option{content=futuresections}\\
+%This displays all sections, starting from the current section.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%We finish this section with a small example that will demonstrate
+%how you can make a presentation that contains an overall overview of
+%sections in the presentation, giving a general idea of the content,
+%and per section a detailed overview of the slides in that section.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}[toc=,bm=]{Overview}
+% \tableofcontents[content=sections]
+% \end{slide}
+% \section{First section}
+% \begin{slide}[toc=,bm=]{Overview of the first section}
+% \tableofcontents[content=currentsection,type=1]
+% \end{slide}
+% \begin{slide}{Some slide}
+% \end{slide}
+% \section{Second section}
+% ...
+%\end{example}
+%
+%\section{Miscellaneous}
+%\subsection{Notes}\label{sec:notes}
+%\DescribeEnv{note}
+%The |note| environment can be used to make personal notes that
+%accompany a slide. You can control displaying notes using the
+%|display| option (see section~\ref{sec:classopts}). Here is an
+%example.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Chewing gum}
+% ...
+% \end{slide}
+% \begin{note}{Reminder for chewing gum}
+% Don't forget to mention that chewing gum is sticky.
+% \end{note}
+%\end{example}
+%
+%\subsection{Empty slides}\label{sec:emptyslides}
+%\DescribeEnv{emptyslide}
+%The |emptyslide| environment creates a totally empty slide. The text
+%box on the slide can be used for special things like displaying
+%photos. This allows for creating a dia show. Example:
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{emptyslide}{}
+% \centering
+% \vspace{\stretch{1}}
+% \includegraphics[height=0.8\slideheight]{me_chewing_gum.eps}
+% \vspace{\stretch{1}}
+% \end{emptyslide}
+%\end{example}
+%The |\includegraphics| command is defined by the \pf{graphicx}
+%package \cite{graphics}. The |\stretch| command is used to
+%vertically center the picture. Both commands are described in your
+%favorite \LaTeX\ manual, for instance \cite{companion}. Note that
+%you can use the lengths |\slideheight| and |\slidewidth| to scale
+%pictures to fit nicely on the slide.
+%
+%\subsection{Bibliography slide}\label{sec:bib}
+%\DescribeEnv{thebibliography}
+%\pf{powerdot} redefines the standard \pf{article}
+%|thebibliography| environment to suppress the creation of a section
+%heading and running headers. All other properties are maintained.
+%You can do either of the next two (depending whether you are
+%using BiB\TeX\ or not):\\
+%\begin{minipage}[t]{.49\linewidth}
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Slide}
+% \cite{someone}
+% \end{slide}
+% \begin{slide}{References}
+% \begin{thebibliography}{1}
+% \bibitem{someone} Article of someone.
+% \end{thebibliography}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%\end{minipage}\hfill
+%\begin{minipage}[t]{.49\linewidth}
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Slide}
+% \cite{someone}
+% \end{slide}
+% \begin{slide}{References}
+% \bibliographystyle{plain}
+% \bibliography{YourBib}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%\end{minipage}
+%
+%In case you have a big reference list that you want to spread over
+%multiple slides, have a look at the packages \pf{natbib} and
+%\pf{bibentry} \cite{natbib}. Using both packages allows you to do:
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{References (1)}
+% \bibliographystyle{plain}
+% \nobibliography{YourBib}
+% \bibentry{someone1}
+% \bibentry{someone2}
+% \end{slide}
+% \begin{slide}{References (2)}
+% \bibentry{someone3}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%Have a look at your favorite \LaTeX\ manual for more information
+%about citations and bibliographies.
+%
+%\subsection{Verbatim on slides}\label{sec:verbatim}\DescribeOption{verbatim}
+%\pf{powerdot} has three different methods of processing slides, from
+%which two have mainly been developed to make the inclusion of
+%verbatim content\footnote{And other content that needs catcode
+%changes when processing.} on slides easier. These methods can be
+%accessed by the |method| key which is available in slide
+%environments and the |\pdsetup| command (see
+%section~\ref{sec:glopts}).
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{method=normal}\\
+%This is the preset method for processing slides. It is fast and
+%allows for overlays, but it does not allow for
+%verbatim.\footnote{Except when it has been saved in a box outside
+%the slide.}
+%\item\option{method=direct}\\
+%This method is also fast, but does not allow for overlays. Overlays
+%will silently be disabled. However, it does allow for verbatim
+%content on slides.
+%\item\option{method=file}\\
+%This method uses a temporary file to export the slide body to and
+%read it back in. This method does allow for verbatim content and
+%overlays, but could be slow when many slides use this method because
+%the filesystem is used.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%Below is an example demonstrating the use of all three different
+%methods of slide processing.
+%\begin{example}
+% \documentclass{powerdot}
+% \usepackage{listings}
+% \lstnewenvironment{code}{%
+% \lstset{frame=single,escapeinside=`',
+% backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},
+% basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily}
+% }{}
+% \begin{document}
+% \begin{slide}{Slide 1}
+% Normal \pause content.
+% \end{slide}
+% \begin{slide}[method=direct]{Slide 2}
+% Steps 1 and 2:
+% \begin{code}
+% compute a;`\pause'
+% compute b;
+% \end{code}
+% \end{slide}
+% \begin{slide}[method=file]{Slide 3}
+% Steps 1 and 2:
+% \begin{code}
+% compute a;`\pause'
+% compute b;
+% \end{code}
+% \end{slide}
+% \end{document}
+%\end{example}
+%The first slide shows the default behavior for normal content. It
+%produces two overlays. The second slide does not produce overlays,
+%despite the use of the |\pause| command. This command has been
+%disabled by choosing the |direct| method to process the verbatim
+%content. The third slide has the same body as the second slide, but
+%now does create two overlays, because the method using a temporary
+%file has been chosen. Notice that we used |\pause| inside the listing,
+%but that it can also be used outside the listing.
+%
+%\subsection{The \cs{twocolumn} command}\label{sec:twocolumn}
+%\DescribeMacro{\twocolumn}
+%The |\twocolumn| macro allows to split content into two columns.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{twocolumn}\oarg{options}\marg{left}\marg{right}'
+%\end{command}
+%This typesets \meta{left} and \meta{right} in two columns. The
+%dimensions of those columns can be controlled by \meta{options}.
+%Below are the available options.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOption{lineheight}\option{lineheight}\\
+%If |lineheight| is specified, a line of the specified height will be
+%created using |\psline| in between the two columns. Example:
+%|lineheight=6cm|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{lineprop}\option{lineprop}\\
+%Any \pf{pstricks} declaration to specify the line properties. Example:
+%\begin{example}
+% lineprop={linestyle=dotted,linewidth=3pt}
+%\end{example}
+%\item\DescribeOptions{lfrheight,lfrprop}\option{lfrheight,lfrprop}\\
+%The first creates a frame of the specified height around the left
+%column. The second is as |lineprop|, but for the left frame.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{rfrheight,rfrprop}\option{rfrheight,rfrprop}\\
+%As |lfrheight| and |lfrprop|, but for the right frame.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{lcolwidth,rcolwidth}\option{lcolwidth,rcolwidth}\\
+%Width of the left and right columns. Both are preset to: |0.47\linewidth|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{frsep}\option{frsep}\\
+%Space between text and the frames. Preset: |1.5mm|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{colsep}\option{colsep}\\
+%Space between the two columns. Preset: |0.06\linewidth|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{topsep}\option{topsep}\\
+%The extra space (additional to |\baselineskip|) between text above
+%the columns and the text within the columns. Preset: |0cm|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{bottomsep}\option{bottomsep}\\
+%Idem for the bottom of the columns. Preset: |0cm|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{indent}\option{indent}\\
+%Horizontal indent left to the left column. Preset: |0cm|.
+%\end{description}
+%The dimensions described above are represented graphically in
+%figure \ref{fig:twocolumndim}.
+%\begin{figure}[htb]
+%\centering
+%\begin{pspicture}(0,.5)(13,10.5)
+%\psline(0,0.5)(0,10)
+%\rput[tl](.05,9.95){Top}
+%\psframe[dimen=middle](1,9)(7,2)
+%\psline{C-C}(8.5,9)(11,9)
+%\psline{C-C}(8.5,2)(8.5,9)
+%\psline{C-C}(8.5,2)(11,2)
+%\qdisk(1.7,8.3){.1cm}
+%\psset{linestyle=dashed}
+%\psline{C-C}(1.7,8.3)(6.3,8.3)
+%\psline{C-C}(1.7,8.3)(1.7,3)
+%\psline{C-C}(6.3,5)(6.3,8.3)
+%\psline{C-C}(11,9)(12,9)
+%\psline{C-C}(11,2)(12,2)
+%\psline{C-C}(11,7)(12,7)
+%\psline{C-C}(9.2,8.3)(12,8.3)
+%\psline{C-C}(9.2,8.3)(9.2,3)
+%\rput[tl](1.75,8.25){Left column text}
+%\rput[tl](9.25,8.25){Right column text}
+%\rput[tl](.05,1){Bottom}
+%\psset{linestyle=dotted,dotsep=2pt}
+%\psline(0,8.3)(1.7,8.3)
+%\psline(0,9.6)(1,9.6)
+%\psline(0,2)(1,2)
+%\psline(0,1.1)(1,1.1)
+%\psset{linestyle=solid}
+%\psline{<->}(.2,8.33)(.2,9.57)
+%\psline{<->}(4,8.33)(4,8.97)
+%\psline{<->}(1.73,7)(6.27,7)
+%\psline{<->}(1.03,6.5)(1.67,6.5)
+%\psline{<->}(0.03,5.5)(1.67,5.5)
+%\psline{<->}(6.33,7.4)(9.17,7.4)
+%\psline{<->}(8.53,6.5)(9.17,6.5)
+%\psline{<->}(6.33,6.5)(6.97,6.5)
+%\psline{<->}(10.7,8.33)(10.7,8.97)
+%\psline{<->}(7.3,8.97)(7.3,2.03)
+%\psline{<->}(.2,1.13)(.2,1.97)
+%\psline{->}(1.7,9.3)(1.7,8.45)
+%\psline{<-}(9.23,7)(11,7)
+%\cput(4,6.6){\small 1}
+%\cput(11.1,6.6){\small 2}
+%\cput(8,7){\small 3}
+%\cput(7.7,3){\small 4}
+%\cput(4.4,8.65){\small 5}
+%\cput(1.35,6.1){\small 5}
+%\cput(8.85,6.1){\small 5}
+%\cput(11.1,8.65){\small 5}
+%\cput(6.65,6.1){\small 5}
+%\cput(0.6,8.95){\small 6}
+%\cput(0.6,5.1){\small 7}
+%\cput(0.6,1.55){\small 8}
+%\cput(1.7,9.6){\small 9}
+%\end{pspicture}
+%\begin{tabular}{c p{4cm}cl}
+%\multicolumn{4}{c}{Meaning of the labels}\\\hline
+%1&|lcolwidth|&5&|frsep|\\
+%2&|rcolwidth|&6&|topsep|\\
+%3&|colsep|&7&|indent|\\
+%4&|lfrheight|, |rfrheight|,&8&|bottomsep|\\
+%&|lineheight|&9&Reference point
+%\end{tabular}
+%\caption{Two-column dimensions.}\label{fig:twocolumndim}
+%\end{figure}
+%Important to notice is that the |\twocolumn| macro uses the current
+%cursor position as the reference point to position the first line of
+%text of the left column (see also figure \ref{fig:twocolumndim}). This
+%means that optional frames can extend to the text on the previous
+%line. Use for instance |topsep=0.3cm| in that case to add extra
+%space between the two lines of text. The preset value of |topsep|
+%is based on the situation that there is no text on top of the two
+%columns. In that case, it is best to locate the first line of text
+%of the left column at the same spot as text that is not created by
+%|\twocolumn| on other slides. The setting |topsep=0cm| does exactly
+%this. However, with a combination of |topsep| and |indent| you can
+%change this behavior and position the first line of text of the left
+%column anywhere you want.
+%
+%The |\twocolumn| macro computes the height of the construction to
+%position text below the construction correctly. The computation is
+%done by taking the maximum height of |lfrheight|, |rfrheight|,
+%|lineheight| (if specified) and the left and right column content.
+%Hence when frames nor a line is requested, |bottomsep| is the
+%vertical space between the lowest line of text in the columns and
+%the text below the columns (additional to |\baselineskip|). Here is
+%an example.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Two columns}
+% Here are two columns.
+% \twocolumn[
+% lfrprop={linestyle=dotted,linewidth=3pt},
+% lfrheight=4cm,rfrheight=5cm,lineheight=3cm,topsep=0.3cm
+% ]{left}{right}
+% Those were two columns.
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%Note that the use of the \pf{xkeyval} commands |\savevalue| and
+%|\usevalue| \index{savevalue=\verb!*+\savevalue+|usage}
+%\index{usevalue=\verb!*+\usevalue+|usage} could be handy here, for
+%instance for copying the properties of the left frame to the right
+%frame. This avoids typing them twice and avoids making errors
+%resulting in different frames. See an example below.
+%\begin{example}
+% \twocolumn[
+% \savevalue{lfrheight}=3cm,
+% \savevalue{lfrprop}={
+% linestyle=dotted,framearc=.2,linewidth=3pt},
+% rfrheight=\usevalue{lfrheight},
+% rfrprop=\usevalue{lfrprop}
+% ]{left}{right}
+%\end{example}
+%See the \pf{xkeyval} documentation \cite{xkeyval} for more
+%information about |\savevalue| and |\usevalue|.
+%
+%\section{Available styles}\label{sec:styles}
+%\pf{powerdot} comes with a number of styles which are listed in the
+%overview below. The characteristics of each style are described
+%shortly and a sample of a title slide and a normal slide is provided
+%for each style. Styles support the |wideslide| environment, have a
+%table of contents on the left part of the paper in landscape
+%orientation and on the bottom part in portrait orientation and
+%support portrait orientation unless states otherwise.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\pf{default}\\
+%This style provides six different palettes. A flower in the top left
+%corner decorates the slides for all palettes. The default palette is
+%\texttt{blue} which has as main colors light blue and white. You can
+%see an example of that palette below. Other available palettes are
+%\texttt{red}, \texttt{green}, \texttt{yellow}, \texttt{brown} and
+%\texttt{purple}.\\
+%\styleexample{default}
+%\item\pf{simple}\\
+%This is a simple style in black and white. This style could be
+%useful if you want to print your slides.\\
+%\styleexample{simple}
+%\item\pf{tycja}\\
+%This style is set in shades of yellow and dark blue. The table of
+%contents on slides is on the right side of the paper in landscape
+%orientation and on the bottom part in portrait.\\
+%\styleexample{tycja}
+%\item\pf{ikeda}\\
+%This style uses dark shades of red and blue and a light text color.
+%It has nice patterns on the slide for decoration.\\
+%\styleexample{ikeda}
+%\item\pf{fyma}\\
+%This style was originally created by Laurent Jacques for
+%\pf{prosper}. Based on that style, he created a version for
+%\pf{HA-prosper} with extended features. With his kind permission,
+%this style has been converted by Shun'ichi J. Amano for
+%\pf{powerdot}. The style has an elegant design with a light blue and
+%white gradient background in the default \texttt{blue} palette.
+%Other available palettes are \texttt{green}, \texttt{gray},
+%\texttt{brown} and \texttt{orange}. It has special templates for
+%sections on slides and sections on wide slides. Below is a sample of
+%the blue palette.\\
+%\styleexample{fyma}
+%\item\pf{ciment}\\
+%This style was originally created by Mathieu Goutelle for
+%\pf{prosper} and \pf{HA-prosper}. With his kind permission, this style
+%has been converted for \pf{powerdot}. The style has a background
+%that is hatched with light gray horizontal lines. Titles and table
+%of contents highlighting are done with dark red.\\
+%\styleexample{ciment}
+%\item\pf{elcolors}\\
+%This is a style using light shades of the elementary colors red,
+%blue and yellow.\\
+%\styleexample{elcolors}
+%\item\pf{aggie}\\
+%This style was created by Jack Stalnaker for \pf{HA-prosper} and he
+%has converted this style for \pf{powerdot}. The style uses dark red
+%and light brown colors.\\
+%\styleexample{aggie}
+%\item\pf{husky}\\
+%This style is created by Jack Stalnaker and has a background of
+%light gray sun beams combined with dark red highlights.\\
+%\styleexample{husky}
+%\item\pf{sailor}\\
+%This style is contributed by Mael Hill\'ereau and supplies five
+%different palettes: \texttt{Sea} (the default), \texttt{River},
+%\texttt{Wine}, \texttt{Chocolate} and \texttt{Cocktail}. Below is a
+%sample of the palette \texttt{Sea}.\\
+%\styleexample{sailor}
+%\item\pf{upen}\\
+%This style has a nice dark blue background and text in yellow. It is
+%contributed by Piskala Upendran.\\
+%\styleexample{upen}
+%\item\pf{bframe}\\
+%The \pf{bframe} style has blue frames on the slide in which text is
+%positioned. The style is contributed by Piskala Upendran.\\
+%\styleexample{bframe}
+%\item\pf{horatio}\\
+%The \pf{horatio} style has been contributed by Michael Lundholm and
+%is a more conservative blue style.\\
+%\styleexample{horatio}
+%\item\pf{paintings}\\
+%This is a simple style without a table of contents on slides. It has
+%been contributed by Thomas Koepsell and provides 10 different
+%palettes. The colors used in the palettes are drawn from famous
+%paintings.\footnote{The style defines a color \texttt{pdcolor7}
+%which is not used in the style but comes from the same painting and
+%complements the other colors. It can be used, for example, to
+%highlight text against the main background color.} If you are
+%interested, open the style file to read which paintings have been
+%used. The available palettes are: \texttt{Syndics} (the default),
+%\texttt{Skater}, \texttt{GoldenGate}, \texttt{Lamentation},
+%\texttt{HolyWood}, \texttt{Europa}, \texttt{Moitessier},
+%\texttt{MayThird}, \texttt{PearlEarring} and \texttt{Charon} (all
+%case sensitive). Below is a sample of the \texttt{Syndics}
+%palette.\\
+%\styleexample{paintings}
+%\item\pf{klope}\\
+%The \pf{klope} style implements a horizontal table of contents that
+%only lists the sections. The style is available in the following
+%palettes: \texttt{Spring}, \texttt{PastelFlower}, \texttt{BlueWater}
+%and \texttt{BlackWhite}. The \texttt{Spring} palette is the default
+%and you can see a sample of that below.\\
+%\styleexample{klope}
+%\item\pf{jefka}\\
+%The \pf{jefka} style comes with four palettes: \texttt{brown} (the
+%default), \texttt{seagreen}, \texttt{blue} and \texttt{white}. Below
+%you see a sample of the \texttt{brown} palette.\\
+%\styleexample{jefka}
+%\item\pf{pazik}\\
+%This style is available in two palettes: \texttt{red} and
+%\texttt{brown}. Below is a sample of the default \texttt{red}
+%palette.\\
+%\styleexample{pazik}
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\section{Compiling your presentation}\label{sec:compiling}
+%\subsection{Dependencies}\label{sec:dependencies}
+%In table \ref{tab:dependencies} is a list of packages that
+%\pf{powerdot} uses to perform specific tasks. Dependencies of
+%packages in this table are not listed. In the table, `required'
+%means that you should have a version \emph{at least} as new as
+%listed and `tested' means that \pf{powerdot} was tested with this
+%version, but that it could equally well work with an older or newer
+%version than the one listed in the table. So, when trying to solve
+%an error, first concentrate on solving version issues for the
+%`required' packages. To find out which version of a package you are
+%currently using, put |\listfiles| on the first line of your
+%document, run it with \LaTeX, open the |.log| file and read the file
+%list (see a \LaTeX\ manual for more information). If you need to
+%update a package, you can get it from CTAN \cite{CTAN}.
+%\begin{table}[htb]
+%\centering
+%\begin{tabular}{e}
+%Package/file & Version & Date & Required/tested\\\hline
+%\pf{xkeyval} \cite{xkeyval} & 2.5c & 2005/07/10 & required\\
+%\texttt{pstricks.sty} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} & 0.60 & 2013/12/12 & required\\
+%\pf{xcolor} \cite{xcolor} & 1.11 & 2004/05/09 & required\\
+%\pf{enumitem} \cite{enumitem} & 3.5.2 & 2011/09/28 & required\\
+%\pf{article} class & 1.4f & 2004/02/16 & tested\\
+%\pf{geometry} \cite{geometry} & 3.2 & 2002/07/08 & tested\\
+%\pf{hyperref} \cite{hyperref} & 6.74m & 2003/11/30 & tested\\
+%\pf{graphicx} \cite{graphics} & 1.0f & 1999/02/16 & tested\\
+%\pf{verbatim} & 1.5q & 2003/08/22 & tested
+%\end{tabular}
+%\caption{Dependencies}\label{tab:dependencies}
+%\end{table}
+%
+%\subsection{Creating and viewing output}\label{sec:creation}
+%To compile your presentation, run it with \LaTeX. The DVI that is
+%produced this way can be viewed with MiK\TeX's DVI viewer
+%YAP.\footnote{Unless you are using \pf{pstricks-add} which distorts
+%the coordinate system in DVI.} Unfortunately, xdvi and kdvi (kile)
+%do not support all PostScript specials and hence these will display
+%the presentation incorrectly. If your DVI viewer does support
+%this, make sure that your DVI display settings match that of the
+%presentation. In case you are using the |screen| paper, you should
+%set the DVI display setting to using the letter paper format. If
+%your DVI viewer allows for custom paper formats, use 8.25 inch by 11
+%inch.
+%
+%Note that certain things that are produced with PostScript or PDF
+%techniques will not work in a DVI viewer. Examples are hiding of
+%material via postscript layers (as is done, for instance, by
+%|\pause|, see section~\ref{sec:overlays}) and hyperlinks, for
+%instance in the table of contents.
+%
+%If you want to produce a postscript document, run dvips over the DVI
+%\emph{without any particular command line options related to
+%orientation or paper size}. \pf{powerdot} will write information to
+%the DVI file that helps dvips and ps2pdf (ghostscript) to create a
+%proper document. If you have some reason that this does not work for
+%you and you want to specify the paper and orientation yourself, you
+%should use the |nopsheader| option that is described in
+%section~\ref{sec:setup}. The PostScript document could, for
+%instance, be used to put multiple slides on a page using the |psnup|
+%utility.
+%
+%To create a PDF document for your presentation, run ps2pdf over the
+%PS file created with dvips. Also here, you can \emph{leave out any
+%command line arguments related to paper size or orientation}. If
+%this is problematic for you somehow, use the |nopsheader| option as
+%before and specify the paper and orientation at each intermediate
+%step yourself.
+%
+%\section{Creating your own style}\label{sec:writestyle}
+%\subsection{General information}
+%Writing or customizing \pf{powerdot} styles is simple. If you want
+%to modify a style or build a new one, locate the style that you want
+%to use as basis in your \TeX\ tree (styles are named as
+%|powerdot-<style_name>.sty|), copy that and rename it as to avoid
+%license\footnote{The \LaTeX\ Public Project License requires
+%renaming files when modifying them, see
+%\url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl}.} or naming conflicts. You
+%might want to install the new style in your local \TeX\ tree to be
+%able to access it from any place on your hard drive. See your
+%\LaTeX\ distribution for more information.
+%
+%Once that has been taken care of, we can start creating the style.
+%We strongly recommend to study a style file (for example,
+%|powerdot-default.sty|) while reading the remainder of this section
+%as it provides good examples for the content of this section.
+%
+%A style has several components. We describe these components below.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\textbf{Identification and packages}\\
+%This identifies the package in the log of a presentation and loads
+%all required packages. The \pf{default} style contains something like:
+%\begin{example}
+% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+% \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-default}[2005/10/09 v1.2 default style (HA)]
+% \RequirePackage{pifont}
+%\end{example}
+%See for more information about these commands a \LaTeX\ manual, for
+%instance \cite{companion}.
+%\item\textbf{Palette or color definitions}\\
+%This section contains the definitions of palettes or colors that you
+%want to use in the style. \pf{powerdot} uses \pf{xcolor} (via
+%\pf{pstricks}). Hence, for more information about colors, see the
+%\pf{xcolor} documentation. We will discuss palettes in more detail
+%in section~\ref{sec:defpals}.
+%\item\textbf{Template definitions}\\
+%We will come back to this in sections~\ref{sec:deftemps}
+%to~\ref{sec:defbg}.
+%\item\textbf{Custom declarations}\\
+%These can include anything that you want to be part of the style.
+%The \pf{default} style, for instance, includes definitions for the labels
+%in list environments like |itemize| and some initializations for
+%lists in general (done with |\pdsetup|, see
+%section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}). This part could also include some
+%customizations as described in section~\ref{sec:specialtemps}.
+%\item\textbf{Font initializations}\\
+%This initializes font definitions (which can be done by
+%loading a package like \pf{helvet}).
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\subsection{Defining palettes}\label{sec:defpals}
+%We will be defining templates formally in
+%section~\ref{sec:deftemps}. For now, it's enough to have the general
+%idea that a template controls the design of a slide. Palettes are
+%sets of colors that color a template or design. A palette does not
+%change the overall design of a template.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\pddefinepalettes}
+%The following command can be used to define palettes for your style.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{pddefinepalettes}\marg{name1}\marg{cmds1}\dots'
+%\end{command}
+%This macro takes \emph{any} even number of mandatory arguments with
+%a minimum of two. For every \meta{name}, a set of \meta{commands}
+%can be given which define the palette with name \meta{name}. These
+%commands can define colors with names |pdcolor1|, |pdcolor2|,
+%etcetera. These colors can be used when designing the template (see
+%section~\ref{sec:deftemps}). |pdcolor1| will always be used as text
+%color.
+%
+%The user can access these palettes via the |palette| key for the
+%|\pdsetup| command (see section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}). If the user does
+%not specify a palette, the first palette defined when compiling the
+%presentation, will be used. Here is an example for defining 2
+%palettes.
+%\begin{example}
+% \pddefinepalettes{reds}{
+% \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{1,0,0}
+% \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.1,0}
+% \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.2,0}
+% }{greens}{
+% \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,1,0}
+% \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.1,1,0}
+% \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.2,1,0}
+% }
+%\end{example}
+%In this example, the |reds| palette is the default one. For more
+%information about |\definecolor|, see the documentation of the
+%\pf{xcolor} package \cite{xcolor}.
+%
+%Notice that it is not necessary to use the names |pdcolor2|,
+%|pdcolor3| etcetera as color names. But if these colors are defined,
+%\pf{powerdot} will use them, for instance, in the random dots
+%feature (see section~\ref{sec:glopts}). The flexibility adds extra
+%possibilities in setting up templates and palettes. See for an
+%example of its use, the \pf{klope} style.
+%
+%\subsection{Defining templates}\label{sec:deftemps}
+%We start off with a definition of what a template is. A template is
+%a collection of settings for slide components together with custom
+%definitions, which controls the visual appearance of a slide. A
+%style can contain multiple templates.
+%
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{pddefinetemplate}\oarg{basis}\marg{name}\marg{options}\marg{commands}'
+%\end{command}
+%\DescribeMacro{\pddefinetemplate}
+%This defines the environment \meta{name} to produce a slide with
+%characteristics determined by \meta{basis}, \meta{options} and
+%\meta{commands}. We will discuss these elements in more detail
+%in the coming sections.
+%
+%If you want to create several templates that differ only slightly
+%from each other, define a \meta{basis} template, and then use it to
+%define other templates. All \meta{options} and \meta{commands} for
+%the new template \meta{name} will be appended to the existing list
+%of \meta{options} and \meta{commands} from the \meta{basis}
+%template.
+%
+%Make sure you choose a \emph{proper} name for the template, and
+%avoid redefining existing templates or environments. \pf{powerdot}
+%defines |pauseslide|, |note| and |emptyslide| internally, so you
+%shouldn't use these names unless you know what you're doing.
+%Furthermore, each style needs to define at least the templates
+%|slide| and |titleslide|. The |titleslide| environment will be used
+%to create the title slide and |slide| will (by default) also be used
+%to create section slides. Titles and sections are a bit special in
+%the way they use the \meta{options} and will be discussed in more
+%detail in section~\ref{sec:specialtemps}.
+%
+%\subsection{Controlling setup}
+%\DescribeOption{ifsetup}
+%The \meta{options} (keys) are described in the following sections.
+%You can control how these options apply to the various setups by
+%using the |ifsetup| key. Any key appearing before the first
+%|ifsetup| declaration in \meta{options} will apply to every possible
+%setup. Once the |ifsetup| key is used, then all subsequent key
+%declarations will apply \textit{only} to the setups declared in the
+%|ifsetup| key. The |ifsetup| key can be used multiple times.
+%
+%By possible setups, we mean the allowed values of the |mode|,
+%|paper|, |orient|, and |display| keys that are described in
+%section~\ref{sec:classopts}. If a value (or values!) for any of
+%these four keys is not specified in a |ifsetup| declaration, then
+%all subsequent key declarations will apply to any layout of that
+%type. Consider the following as an example.
+%\begin{example}[numbers=left,numberstyle=\tiny\ttfamily,%
+% escapeinside=`',numbersep=1em,xleftmargin=1em]
+% ...
+% textpos={.2\slidewidth,.3\slideheight},%
+% ifsetup={portrait,screen},%
+% textpos={.3\slidewidth,.2\slideheight}%
+% ...
+% ifsetup=landscape,%
+% ...
+% ifsetup,
+% ...
+%\end{example}
+%Assuming there was no |ifsetup| declaration before the first
+%|textpos| declaration, this first |textpos| will apply to every
+%possible setup. However, for the screen format in portrait
+%orientation, the next |textpos| declaration will be used. In fact,
+%all declarations that appear until we switch to the next |ifsetup|
+%(which specifies all paper sorts and only landscape orientation)
+%will be used in the portrait screen layout. All keys after the next
+%|ifsetup| declaration will be used in landscape orientation,
+%\emph{with any paper, mode and display}. If, after declaring some
+%specializations, you want to switch back to settings that apply to
+%all possible setups, set |ifsetup| to empty as is done in the
+%example. All subsequent declarations will then again be applied
+%under any setup.
+%
+%The following command is a stand-alone implementation of the
+%mechanism described above. It allows you to control the setup
+%outside the \meta{options} argument of the |\pddefinetemplate|
+%command.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{pdifsetup}\marg{desired}\marg{true}\marg{false}'
+%\end{command}
+%\DescribeMacro{\pdifsetup}
+%This macro executes \meta{true} when the setup that the user chose
+%matches with the \meta{desired} setup, \meta{false} in all other cases.
+%For instance, if the user has chosen landscape, then
+%\begin{example}
+% \pdifsetup{landscape}{yes}{no}
+%\end{example}
+%will typeset |yes|. If the user would have chosen portrait instead,
+%then |no| would have been typeset.
+%
+%This macro can be used to check setup requests from the user and,
+%for instance, generate an error if a certain setup is not supported
+%by your style. \pf{powerdot} provides one predefined error message
+%which can be used in one of the first lines of your style.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{pd@noportrait}'
+%\end{command}
+%\DescribeMacro{\pd@noportrait}
+%This macro generates an error when the user requests portrait
+%orientation. Notice that the handout mode only works in portrait
+%orientation. This macro takes that into account and doesn't generate
+%an error in the case that the user requested a handout.
+%
+%\subsection{Main components}\label{sec:maincomps}
+%The \meta{options} control several key components of a slide. Every
+%component has several properties. A key that can be used in the
+%\meta{options} argument is the name of the component postfixed by
+%its property that you want to control.
+%
+%The components |title|, |text|, |toc|, |stoc| and |ntoc| have
+%properties |hook|, |pos|, |width| and |font|. Additionally, the
+%|text| component has a |height| property. The components |lf|, |cf| and
+%|rf| have properties |hook|, |pos|, |temp| and |font|. Hence,
+%examples of valid keys are |titlefont|, |tocpos| and |lftemp|. All
+%components and properties will be discussed below.
+%
+%Here is an overview of the components that can be controlled from
+%the \meta{options} argument in |\pddefinetemplate|.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOption{title-}\option{title-}\\
+%The slide title.
+%\item\DescribeOption{text-}\option{text-}\\
+%The main text box on the slide.
+%\item\DescribeOption{toc-}\option{toc-}\\
+%The (full) table of contents on a slide containing sections and
+%slides.
+%\item\DescribeOption{stoc-}\option{stoc-}\\
+%This is a table of contents containing only the sections. See also
+%|ntoc| below.
+%\item\DescribeOption{ntoc-}\option{ntoc-}\\
+%This is a table of contents containing only the entries for the
+%active section. Together with |stoc|, this can be used to create a
+%split table of contents. In a particular template, one would usually
+%have a |toc|, a combination of |stoc| and |ntoc| or no table of
+%contents at all.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{lf-,cf-,rf-}\option{lf-,cf-,rf-}\\
+%The left, center and right footers.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%Notice that all positioning of components described above will be
+%done with |\rput| from \pf{pstricks} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks}
+%internally. See the \pf{pstricks} documentation for more information
+%about this command. It should also be noted that all components
+%(except |lf|, |cf| and |rf|) put their content in a |minipage|
+%environment.
+%
+%Now we list all properties of the components listed above and
+%describe what they mean. Remember that keys are formed by combining
+%a component name and a property.
+%
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOption{-hook}\option{-hook}\\
+%This option defines the |\rput| hook that will be used when
+%positioning the item. This can be |tl|, |t|, |tr|, |r|, |Br|, |br|,
+%|b|, |bl|, |Bl|, |l|, |B| and |c|. See the \pf{pstricks}
+%documentation for more information.
+%\item\DescribeOption{-pos}\option{-pos}\\
+%This defines the position of the |hook| on the paper. The lower left
+%corner of the paper is given by the point |{0,0}| and the upper right
+%corner by the point |{\slidewidth,\slideheight}|. So if you want to
+%position the main text box at 20\% from the left edge and 30\% from
+%the top edge of the paper, you have to do the following.
+%\begin{example}
+% textpos={.2\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}
+%\end{example}
+%If the position of any component has not been specified, this
+%component will not be placed on the slide. This gives an opportunity
+%to design slides without footers or table of contents, for instance.
+%\item\DescribeOption{-width}\option{-width}\\
+%The width of the component. All component positioned by
+%\pf{powerdot} will be put in a surrounding |minipage| environment.
+%The |width| property determines the width of the |minipage|. Example:
+%\begin{example}
+% textwidth=.7\slidewidth
+%\end{example}
+%This property does not exist for the |lf|, |cf| and |rf| components.
+%\item\DescribeOption{-height}\option{-height}\\
+%This option is only available for the |text| component. In other
+%words, for this property, there is only one key, namely
+%|textheight|. This can be used to specify the height of the
+%|minipage| used for the main text. This does not imply that users
+%are restricted to this length or that \pf{powerdot} does automatic
+%slide breaking. This height is only used for vertical alignments of
+%material, for instance by footnotes. The preset value is
+%|\slideheight|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{-font}\option{-font}\\
+%This will be inserted just before the text that is about to be
+%typeset. This can be used to declare deviations from the main text
+%font and color. It can be a font declaration, like
+%|\large\bfseries|, but can also contain other things like
+%|\color{red}| or |\raggedright|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{-temp}\option{-temp}\\
+%This property is only available for the footers (|lf|, |cf| and |rf|) and
+%can be used to change the template of the footers. This means that
+%you can, for instance, add content to the footer, besides the
+%content specified by the user. The default declaration by
+%\pf{powerdot} is the following.
+%\begin{example}
+% rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty
+% \else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide
+%\end{example}
+%Here |\pd@@rf| will contain the content of the right footer defined
+%by the user via the |\pdsetup| command. Similarly, |\pd@@lf|
+%contains the content of the left footer. The above declaration
+%checks whether the footer and |\theslide| are both non-empty and if
+%so, it inserts | -- | to separate both.
+%\item\DescribeOption{-orient}\option{-orient}\\
+%This property is only available for the |toc|, |stoc| and |ntoc|
+%components. This property can be |h| or |v| and determines the
+%orientation of the table of contents. The preset is |v|. See
+%also section~\ref{sec:slidetoc} for more information about the
+%construction of the table of contents.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\subsection{Slide toc}\label{sec:slidetoc}
+%The small table of contents that is placed on slides can be
+%controlled by four macros and several options.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocslide}
+%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocsection}
+%These macros take one argument. When building the table of contents,
+%\pf{powerdot} first passes the content through |\pd@tocslide| or
+%|\pd@tocsection|, depending on the type of entry that it is building
+%at that moment. You could, for instance, do
+%\begin{example}
+% \def\pd@tocslide#1{$\bullet$\ #1}
+% \def\pd@tocsection#1{#1}
+%\end{example}
+%which will prefix all normal entries (not the sections) with a
+%bullet. By default, these two macros are defined to just pass on
+%their argument.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocdisplay}
+%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tochighlight}
+%These two macros also take one argument. After processing an entry
+%with the command |\pd@tocslide| or |\pd@tocsection|, \pf{powerdot}
+%continues building the entry by passing it through |\pd@tocdisplay|,
+%when the entry needs to be displayed only, or |\pd@tochighlight|,
+%when the entry needs to be highlighted. These macros are a little
+%more involved and take care of putting the content in the proper
+%font and color in a |minipage|. Further, |\pd@tochighlight| also
+%puts a box around the item.
+%
+%Notice, that by default, both the separate table of contents entries
+%as well as the table of contents as a whole are typeset in
+%|minipage| environments by these macros, in case the table of
+%contents is vertical. The |-width| properties then determines the
+%width of the table of contents and, together with |tocsecindent| and
+%|tocslideindent| (see below) the width of the individual entries. If
+%it is horizontal, only the separate entries will be in |minipage|s
+%and the table of contents itself not and the |-width| properties
+%determine only the width of the individual entries (together with
+%|tocsecindent| and |tocslideindent|).
+%
+%Several aspects of the process of generating the table of contents
+%can be controlled via the keys that are available in the
+%|\pddefinetemplate| command that will be described below. If these
+%keys do not provide enough handles to do what you want, you might
+%need to have a look at the two macros in the source and decide to
+%rewrite them in your style as to fit your needs. An example can be
+%found in the \pf{fyma} style.
+%
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOption{tocfrsep}\option{tocfrsep}\\
+%This length is the distance between the box around the content
+%created by the |minipage| and the highlight frame box created by
+%|\pd@tochighlight|. Preset: |0.5mm|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{tocsecsep}\option{tocsecsep}\\
+%The distance inserted before a section (unless it is the
+%first element in the table of contents). Preset: |2ex|.
+%Notice that if the orientation of the table of contents is set to
+%vertical, this length creates a vertical skip, otherwise, it creates
+%a horizontal skip.
+%\item\DescribeOption{tocslidesep}\option{tocslidesep}\\
+%The distance inserted before other entries (unless it is the
+%first element in the table of contents). Preset: |0ex|. Like
+%|tocsecsep|, the effect of this length depends on the orientation of
+%the table of contents.
+%\item\DescribeOption{tocsecindent}\option{tocsecindent}\\
+%The horizontal space left to a section entry. Preset: |0pt|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{tocslideindent}\option{tocslideindent}\\
+%The horizontal space left to a slide entry. The horizontal skip will
+%not be inserted left to slide entries that appear before the first
+%section. Preset: |0pt|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{tocsecm}\option{tocsecm}\\
+%This is inserted just before typesetting a section. This can be used
+%to mark a section, for instance with a line as in the \pf{default}
+%style. Preset: empty.
+%\item\DescribeOption{toctcolor}\option{toctcolor}\\
+%This is the text color used for non-highlighted elements in the
+%table of contents. Preset: |black|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{tochltcolor}\option{tochltcolor}\\
+%This is the text color used for highlighted elements in the table of
+%contents. Preset: |white|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{tochlcolor}\option{tochlcolor}\\
+%This is the color used for the frame behind highlighted elements.
+%Preset: |black|.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\subsection{Miscellaneous options}\label{sec:miscoptions}
+%There are some options that fall outside of the scope of the previous
+%sections. These will be discussed here.
+%
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOption{iacolor}\option{iacolor}\\
+%The |iacolor| option can be used to specify the color that is used
+%for inactive things, produced for instance by |\onslide|, |\pause|
+%(see section~\ref{sec:overlays}) and |\tableofcontents| (see
+%section~\ref{sec:tableofcontents}). As \pf{xcolor} is used by
+%\pf{powerdot}, one can use special notation here, like
+%\begin{example}
+% iacolor=black!20
+%\end{example}
+%The preset value for this key is |lightgray|.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%The following options control the digital clock (see
+%section~\ref{sec:classopts}). The clock is a form text field with
+%dynamic content, driven by a javascript via \pf{hyperref} text
+%fields. Some options for the clock work similarly as for, for
+%instance, the title component, but there are also special options.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOptions{clockhook,clockpos}\option{clockhook,clockpos}\\
+%These work in the same way as the |-hook| and |-pos| properties
+%discussed in section~\ref{sec:maincomps}. The preset value of
+%|clockhook| is |tr|.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{clockwidth,clockheight}\option{clockwidth,clockheight}\\
+%These control the width and height of the text field containing the
+%clock. Preset values come from \pf{hyperref} and are |3cm| and
+%|\baselineskip|, respectively.
+%\item\DescribeOption{clockcharsize}\option{clockcharsize}\\
+%The size of characters of the clock. Preset: |14pt|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{clockalign}\option{clockalign}\\
+%The alignment of the clock in the text field. |0| is left-aligned,
+%|1| is centered and |2| is right aligned. Preset is |2|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{clockcolor}\option{clockcolor}\\
+%This determines the text color of the clock. The value should be a
+%named color. The preset value is |black|.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\subsection{Template presets}
+%Below, we have copied the preset setting for the keys described
+%above. These will be used if you didn't supply other input for these
+%keys in a particular template. If the preset value meets your
+%needs, you don't have to specify it again in your style.
+%\begin{example}
+% titlehook=Bl,titlepos=,titlewidth=\slidewidth,
+% titlefont=\raggedright,texthook=tl,textpos=,
+% textwidth=\slidewidth,textfont=\raggedright,
+% textheight=\slideheight,
+% tochook=tl,tocpos=,tocwidth=.2\slidewidth,
+% tocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
+% stochook=tl,stocpos=,stocwidth=.2\slidewidth,
+% stocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
+% ntochook=tl,ntocpos=,ntocwidth=.2\slidewidth,
+% ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
+% tocorient=v,stocorient=v,ntocorient=v,
+% tocfrsep=.5mm,tocsecsep=2ex,tocslidesep=0ex,
+% tocsecm=,toctcolor=black,tochlcolor=black,tochltcolor=white,
+% tocsecindent=0pt,tocslideindent=0pt,
+% lfhook=Bl,lfpos=,lffont=\scriptsize,lftemp=\pd@@lf,
+% cfhook=B,cfpos=,cffont=\scriptsize,cftemp=\pd@@cf,
+% rfhook=Br,rfpos=,rffont=\scriptsize,rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf
+% \@empty\else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide,
+% iacolor=lightgray,
+% clockhook=tr,clockpos=,clockwidth=3cm,clockheight=\baselineskip,
+% clockcharsize=14pt,clockalign=2,clockcolor=black
+%\end{example}
+%
+%\subsection{The background}\label{sec:defbg}
+%This leaves only one argument of the |\pddefinetemplate| macro
+%undiscussed. This is the \meta{commands} argument. This argument can
+%contain any code that you want to execute \textit{after} setting the
+%options and \textit{before} building the slide components like the
+%slide title, main text, and footers. This argument is designed to
+%contain declarations that will build the background of a template
+%using, for instance, \pf{pstricks}, but it can also hold other
+%commands you might need for building your template.
+%
+%Important to notice is that these commands may not create \TeX\
+%material as that might destroy the construction of the slide. So, if
+%you want to place the word `Hello' in the bottom left corner of the
+%slide, don't type `Hello', but make its width, height and depth
+%equal to zero, for instance by using \pf{pstricks}' |\rput|.
+%\begin{example}
+% \rput[bl](0,0){Hello}
+%\end{example}
+%
+%\subsection{Title slide, titles and sections}\label{sec:specialtemps}
+%As mentioned before, the style that you write needs to define at
+%least the templates |slide| and |titleslide|. The latter treats some
+%of the keys in a special way. Besides, a section slide is also done
+%in a special way.
+%
+%The title slide (made with |\maketitle|) puts the title with
+%author(s) and date in the main text box. This means that you have to
+%supply a position for the main text box (|textpos|). It will use the
+%main text font for the text (together with declarations in the
+%|textfont| key) for the author(s) and the date. But it will use the
+%declarations in |titlefont| for the title of the presentation. This
+%is done so that title and author(s) form a coherent block and to
+%make sure that long titles can push down the author(s) instead of
+%overwriting it.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\pd@slidetitle}
+%The |\pd@slidetitle| macro is used to typeset the slide title on
+%slides. This macro is comparable to for instance |\pd@tocslide|. The
+%macro takes one argument which is the slide title in the right font
+%and formatting. By default, this macro just passes on the content
+%for typesetting, but you could redefine this macro so do something
+%with its input prior to typesetting it. An example is in the
+%\pf{fyma} style which underlines the title after putting it in a
+%|minipage| to support multi line titles.
+%
+%\DescribeMacros{\pd@title,\pd@sectiontitle}
+%These macros are similar to |\pd@slidetitle| and typeset the title
+%on the title slide and the title on section slides respectively. By
+%default, these also pass there argument (which is the presentation
+%title or section title), but these can be redefined to do something
+%with the input prior to typesetting it, just as |\pd@slidetitle|.
+%
+%\DescribeOptions{sectemp,widesectemp}
+%The |\section| command uses (by default) the |slide| environment and
+%puts the section title in the title box with font |titlefont|. If
+%you want to change the default use of the |slide| environment for
+%sections to, for instance, the |sectionslide| environment or any
+%other especially designed section template, change the section
+%template preset in your style, using
+%\begin{example}
+% \setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide}
+%\end{example}
+%This means that if the user asks for |template=slide| in the
+%|\section| command, the |sectionslide| environment will be used
+%silently. To avoid surprises, |sectionslide| should preferably be
+%based on the |slide| environment.
+%
+%A similar option is available in case the user asks for
+%|template=wideslide|. One could for instance do the following.
+%\begin{example}
+% \setkeys[pd]{section}{widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+%\end{example}
+%Whenever the user requests a |wideslide| to be used for a
+%|\section|, instead, the |sectionwideslide| environment will be
+%used. Other input to the |template| key by the user does not get a
+%special treatment.
+%
+%Notice that these keys are available in the |section| family of keys
+%and that you cannot use them in the |\pddefinetemplate| command.
+%
+%\subsection{Testing the style}\label{sec:styletest}
+%\pf{powerdot} has a test file that should test most of the style.
+%This test file can be produced by running \LaTeX\ over
+%|powerdot.dtx|. This generates |powerdot-styletest.tex| which will
+%help you with the testing job. Feel free to contact us when you
+%would like to contribute your style to \pf{powerdot}. See also
+%section~\ref{sec:questions}.
+%
+%\section{Using \LyX\ for presentations}\label{sec:lyx}
+%\LyX\ \cite{LyXWeb} is a WYSIWYM (What You See Is What You Mean)
+%document processor based on \LaTeX. It supports standard \LaTeX\
+%classes but needs special files, called layout files, in order to
+%support non-standard classes such as \pf{powerdot}.
+%
+%To start using \LyX\ for \pf{powerdot} presentations, copy the
+%layout file |powerdot.layout| to the \LyX\ layout directory. You can
+%find this file in the doc tree of your \LaTeX\ installation:
+%\url{texmf/doc/latex/powerdot}. If you can't find it there, download
+%it from \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}. Once that is
+%done, reconfigure \LyX\ (\texttt{Edit\LyXarrow Reconfigure} and
+%restart \LyX\ afterwards). Now you can use the \pf{powerdot}
+%document class as any other supported class. Go to
+%\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} and select \texttt{powerdot
+%presentation} as document class. For more information, see the \LyX\
+%documentation, which is accessible from the |Help| menu.
+%
+%\subsection{How to use the layout}
+%The \pf{powerdot} \LyX\ layout provides some environments\footnote{Don't
+%confuse these with \LaTeX\ environments.} which can be used in \LyX.
+%Some of these environments (for instance |Title| or |Itemize|) are
+%natural to use since they exist also in the standard document
+%classes such as \pf{article}. For more information on these standard
+%environments, see the \LyX\ documentation.
+%
+%This section will explain how to use the \pf{powerdot} specific
+%environments |Slide|, |WideSlide|, |EmptySlide| and |Note|. These
+%environments correspond to the \pf{powerdot} environments |slide|,
+%|emptyslide|, |wideslide| and |note|.
+%
+%We start with a simple example. The following \LaTeX\ code
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Slide title}
+% Slide content.
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%can be obtained using the following \LyX\ environments. The right
+%column represents the text typed into the \LyX\ window and the left
+%column represents the environment applied to this text).
+%\begin{example}
+% Slide Slide title
+% Standard Slide content.
+% EndSlide
+%\end{example}
+%Some remarks concerning this example.
+%\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt]
+%\item You can use the environment menu (under the menu bar, top-left
+%corner) to change the environment applied to text.
+%\item The slide title should be typed on the line of the |Slide|
+%environment.
+%\item |EndSlide| finishes the slide and its line is left blank.
+%\end{itemize}
+%
+%In the \LyX\ window, the |Slide| environment (that is, the slide
+%title) is displayed in magenta, the |WideSlide| style in green, the
+%|EmptySlide| style in cyan and the |Note| style in red and hence
+%these are easily identifiable.
+%
+%Here is another example.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{First slide title}
+% The first slide.
+% \end{slide}
+% \begin{note}{First note title}
+% The first note, concerning slide 1.
+% \end{note}
+% \begin{slide}{Second slide title}
+% The second slide.
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%This can be done in \LyX\ in the following way.
+%\begin{example}
+% Slide First slide title
+% Standard The first slide.
+% Note First note title
+% Standard The first note, concerning slide 1.
+% Slide Second slide title
+% Standard The second slide.
+% EndSlide
+%\end{example}
+%This example demonstrates that it is often sufficient to insert the
+%|EndSlide| style after the last slide or note only. Only when you
+%want certain material not to be part of a slide, you need to finish
+%the preceding slide manually using the |EndSlide| style. Example:
+%\begin{example}
+% Slide First slide title
+% Standard The first slide.
+% EndSlide
+% [ERT box with some material]
+% Slide Second slide title
+% ...
+%\end{example}
+%
+%Options can be passed to slide environments by using
+%\texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Short title} in front of the slide title.
+%The following example uses the |direct| method (see
+%section~\ref{sec:verbatim}) in the short title argument (delimited by
+%square brackets) to allow for a |lstlisting| environment (defined by
+%the \pf{listings} package) within the slide content.
+%\begin{example}
+% Slide [method=direct]Example of LaTeX source code
+% Standard Here's the \HelloWorld command:
+% [ERT box:
+% \lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX}
+% \begin{lstlisting}
+% \newcommand{\HelloWorld}{Hello World!}
+% \end{lstlisting}
+% ]
+% EndSlide
+%\end{example}
+%Note that you are not obliged to use a |verbatim| environment to
+%type the |\HelloWord| text into the \LyX\ window because \LyX\
+%directly supports standard verbatim.\footnote{\LyX\ translates
+%special characters into their corresponding \LaTeX\ command. For
+%instance, the backslash character is translated into
+%\cs{textbackslash{}}. Resulting, the font is not the same as in true
+%verbatim and you might want to change that via the
+%\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Character} dialog.} Consequently, the use of
+%the slide processing methods |direct| and |file| is not necessary
+%when you need standard verbatim, but it is necessary when doing more
+%advanced things, like in the example above.
+%
+%\subsection{Support of syntax}
+%This section lists options, commands and environments that are
+%supported through the \LyX\ interface directly, without using an ERT
+%box (\TeX-mode).
+%
+%All class options (see section~\ref{sec:classopts}) are supported
+%via the \texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} dialog (|Layout| pane).
+%Options for the |\pdsetup| command (see section~\ref{sec:setup})
+%should be specified in the |Preamble| pane of the
+%\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} dialog.
+%
+%Table \ref{tab:lyxcommands} lists the \pf{powerdot} commands that
+%are supported in \LyX.
+%\begin{table}[htb]
+%\centering
+%\begin{tabular}{f}
+%Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline
+%\cs{title} & Use \texttt{Title} environment.\\
+%\cs{author} & Use \texttt{Author} environment.\\
+%\cs{date} & Use \texttt{Date} environment.\\
+%\cs{maketitle} & Managed directly by \LyX.\\
+%\cs{section} & Use the \texttt{Section} environment. Options to this
+%command (see section~\ref{sec:section}) can be specified using
+%\texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Short title} in front of the section title.\\
+%\cs{tableofcontents} & Use \texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Lists \&
+%TOC\LyXarrow Table of contents}. You will need an ERT box if you
+%want to use the optional argument, see below.
+%\end{tabular}
+%\caption{Supported \pf{powerdot} commands in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxcommands}
+%\end{table}
+%Table \ref{tab:lyxenvs} lists the \pf{powerdot} environments that,
+%besides the earlier discussed |slide|, |wideslide|, |note| and
+%|emptyslide| environments, are supported in \LyX.
+%\begin{table}[htb]
+%\centering
+%\begin{tabular}{f}
+%Environment & Method in \LyX\\\hline
+%\texttt{itemize} & Use \texttt{Itemize} and \texttt{ItemizeType1}
+%environments. The latter will create a list with |type=1| (see
+%section~\ref{sec:lists}).\\
+%\texttt{enumerate} & Use \texttt{Enumerate} and
+%\texttt{EnumerateType1} environments.\\
+%\texttt{thebibliography} & Use \texttt{Bibliography} environment.
+%\end{tabular}
+%\caption{Supported \pf{powerdot} environments in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxenvs}
+%\end{table}
+%Table \ref{tab:lyxERT} lists commands that can only be done by using
+%an ERT box (via \texttt{Insert\LyXarrow TeX}).
+%\begin{table}[ht]
+%\centering
+%\begin{tabular}{f}
+%Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline
+%\cs{and} & Within \texttt{Author} environment.\\
+%\cs{pause} & \\
+%\cs{item} & An ERT box is only required for the optional argument,
+%not mandatory for overlays specifications.\\
+%\cs{onslide} & And the versions \cs{onslide+} and \cs{onslide*}.\\
+%\cs{twocolumn} & \\
+%\cs{tableofcontents} & Only when using the optional argument.
+%\end{tabular}
+%\caption{\pf{powerdot} commands needing an ERT box in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxERT}
+%\end{table}
+%Note that you may use the clipboard in order to repeat often used
+%commands like |\pause|. Finally, table \ref{tab:lyxadd} lists
+%additional commands and environments that are supported by the layout.
+%\begin{table}[htb]
+%\centering
+%\begin{tabular}{f}
+%Env./Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline
+%\texttt{quote} & Use \texttt{Quote} environment.\\
+%\texttt{quotation} & Use \texttt{Quotation} environment.\\
+%\texttt{verse} & Use \texttt{Verse} environment.\\
+%\cs{caption} & Use \texttt{Caption} environment within standard
+%float environments.
+%\end{tabular}
+%\caption{Additional environments for \LyX}\label{tab:lyxadd}
+%\end{table}
+%
+%\subsection{Compiling with \LyX}
+%First of all, make sure that you have also read
+%section~\ref{sec:compiling}. Then, in order to get a proper
+%PostScript or PDF file, you have to set your \LyX\ document
+%properties depending on which paper and orientation you want. When
+%your \LyX\ document is open, go to the \texttt{Layout\LyXarrow
+%Document} dialog. In the \texttt{Layout} pane, put the |nopsheader|,
+%|orient| and |paper| keys as class options (see
+%section~\ref{sec:classopts} for a description). Then, go to the
+%|Paper| pane and select corresponding paper size and orientation
+%(you may choose |letter| paper in the case you set |paper=screen| in
+%the class options). Finally, go to the |View| (or
+%\texttt{File\LyXarrow Export}) menu and select your output
+%(PostScript or PDF).
+%
+%\subsection{Extending the layout}
+%If you have created a custom style (see section~\ref{sec:writestyle})
+%which defines custom templates, you may want to extend the layout
+%file\footnote{The LPPL dictates to rename a file if you modify it as
+%to avoid confusion.} so that these templates are also supported in
+%\LyX. The explanation below assumes that you have defined a template
+%called |sunnyslide|.
+%
+%To support this new template in \LyX, you have to use the following
+%command.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{pddefinelyxtemplate}\meta{cs}\marg{template}'
+%\end{command}
+%\DescribeMacro{\pddefinelyxtemplate}
+%This will define the control sequence \meta{cs} such that it will
+%create a slide with template \meta{template} (which has been defined
+%using |\pddefinetemplate|. This new control sequence can be used in
+%the layout file as follows.
+%\begin{example}
+% # SunnySlide environment definition
+% Style SunnySlide
+% CopyStyle Slide
+% LatexName lyxend\lyxsunnyslide
+% Font
+% Color Yellow
+% EndFont
+% Preamble
+% \pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxsunnyslide{sunnyslide}
+% EndPreamble
+% End
+%\end{example}
+%Note that you must begin the |LatexName| field with |lyxend|. The
+%definition of the \LyX\ template has been inserted in between
+%|Preamble| and |EndPreamble| which assures that the new \LyX\
+%environment will work in every presentation. After modifying the
+%layout file, don't forget to restart \LyX. See for more information
+%about creating \LyX\ environments, the documentation of \LyX\ in the
+%|Help| menu.
+%
+%\section{Questions}\label{sec:questions}
+%\subsection{Frequently Asked Questions}\label{sec:FAQ}
+%This section is devoted to Frequently Asked Questions. Please read
+%it carefully; your problem might be solved by this section.
+%\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0pt]
+%\question
+%Does \pf{powerdot} have example files? Where can I find them?
+%\answer
+%\pf{powerdot} comes with several examples that should be in the doc
+%tree of your \LaTeX\ installation. More precisely:
+%\url{texmf/doc/latex/powerdot}. If you can't find them there,
+%download them from \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}
+%\cite{CTAN}.
+%\question I'm getting errors or unexpected output when compiling
+%the simplest example!
+%\answer Did you read section~\ref{sec:compiling}?
+%\question I made a typo in the slide code, ran the file, got an
+%error, corrected the typo and reran, but now get an error that
+%doesn't go away.
+%\answer Remove the |.bm| and |.toc| files and try again.
+%\question |\pause| does not work in the |align|\footnote{There are
+%several environments doing similar things as \texttt{align}. Another
+%example is the \texttt{split} environment, but more (often from the
+%\pf{amsmath} package) can cause similar trouble for \cs{pause}.}
+%environment.
+%\answer |align| does several tricky things, which make it impossible
+%to use |\pause|. Use |\onslide| instead. See
+%section~\ref{sec:onslide}.
+%\question My \pf{pstricks} nodes appear on all overlays. Also: color
+%doesn't seem to work with |\onslide|.
+%\answer Some PostScript tricks like nodes and color do not work with
+%|\onslide|. Use |\onslide*| instead. See an example below.
+%\begin{example}
+% \documentclass{powerdot}
+% \usepackage{pst-node}
+% \begin{document}
+% \begin{slide}{Color}
+% \onslide*{2}{\cnode(0,-5pt){2pt}{A}}
+% This is {\onslide*{2-}{\color{red}} red} text.
+% \onslide*{2}{\cnode(0,-5pt){2pt}{B}}
+% \onslide{2}{\ncline{A}{B}}
+% \end{slide}
+% \end{document}
+%\end{example}
+%\question Do I need to edit style files to change a style a bit?
+%\answer No, you do not need to edit any style file. You can change
+%any part of a certain style using the |\pddefinetemplate| and
+%|\pddefinepalettes| commands. Here is an example that removes the
+%left and right footers from the \pf{default} style, places the slide
+%number in the center footer and adds another palette.
+%\begin{example}
+% \documentclass{powerdot}
+% \pddefinetemplate[slide]{slide}{
+% lfpos=,rfpos=,cftemp=\theslide
+% }{}
+% \pddefinepalettes{mypalette}{
+% \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.27,.31,.44}
+% \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.85,.85,.92}
+% \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.8,.75,.98}
+% }
+% \pdsetup{palette=mypalette}
+% \begin{document}
+% \begin{slide}{Title}
+% \end{slide}
+% \end{document}
+%\end{example}
+%See section~\ref{sec:writestyle} for more information about these
+%two commands.
+%\question Can I contribute to this project?
+%\answer
+%Certainly. If you find bugs\footnote{Make sure that you confirm that
+%the bug is really caused by \pf{powerdot} and not by another package
+%that you use.} or typos, please send a message to the mailinglist
+%(see section~\ref{sec:mailinglist}). If you have developed your own
+%style that is distinct from existing styles and would like to see it
+%included in \pf{powerdot}, please inform us by private e-mail and we
+%will consider your contribution. Notice that included contributions
+%will fall under the overall \pf{powerdot} license and copyright
+%notice, but that your name will be included in the documentation
+%when you make a contribution. This is done to guarantee that we can
+%adapt files if maintenance is needed.
+%\end{itemize}
+%
+%If your question has not been answered at this point, advance to the
+%next section to read where to find more answers.
+%
+%\subsection{Mailinglist}\label{sec:mailinglist}
+%\pf{powerdot} has a mailinglist from \url{freelists.org} and has its
+%website here:
+%\begin{center}
+%\url{http://www.freelists.org/list/powerdot}
+%\end{center}
+%There is a link to `List Archive'. Please search this archive before
+%posting a question. Your problem might already have been solved in
+%the past.
+%
+%If that is not the case, use the box on the page to type your e-mail
+%address, choose the action `Subscribe' and click `Go!'. Then follow
+%the instructions that arrive to you by e-mail. At a certain moment,
+%you can login for the first time using an authorization code sent to
+%you by e-mail. After logging in, you can create a password for
+%future sessions using the `Main Menu' button. The other buttons
+%provide you some info and options for your account.
+%
+%When you are all set, you can write to the list by sending an e-mail
+%to
+%\begin{center}
+%\url{powerdot [at] freelists [dot] org}
+%\end{center}
+%
+%When writing to the list, please keep in mind the following very
+%important issues.
+%\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=0pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt]
+%\item We are volunteers!
+%\item Keep your questions related to \pf{powerdot}.
+%\item Always supply a \emph{minimal} example demonstrating your
+%problem.
+%\item Don't send big files over the list.
+%\end{enumerate}
+%
+%We hope you will enjoy this service.
+%
+%\section{Source code documentation}\label{sec:source}
+%In case you want regenerate the package files from the source or
+%want to have a look at the source code description, locate
+%|powerdot.dtx|, search in the file for |\OnlyDescription| and remove
+%that and do
+%\begin{example}
+% latex powerdot.dtx
+% latex powerdot.dtx
+% bibtex powerdot
+% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o powerdot.gls powerdot.glo
+% makeindex -s gind.ist -o powerdot.ind powerdot.idx
+% latex powerdot.dtx
+% latex powerdot.dtx
+%\end{example}
+%
+%\StopEventually{}
+%
+%\section{Implementation}\label{sec:imple}
+%\subsection{General construction}
+%This section explains the general idea of the class, how paper
+%dimensions are chosen and how slides are created. We start with the
+%paper.
+%
+%This class uses the same idea as \pf{prosper} and \pf{HA-prosper},
+%namely that we create a background with \pf{pstricks} and position
+%text on it using |\rput| and some |minipage| environments. This is
+%easier than writing a dedicated output routine that can handle all
+%the material, but doesn't break pages when we don't want that. So,
+%when starting to write the class, we first investigated how to deal
+%with landscape slides and paper dimensions.
+%
+%The job of making landscape slides can be done using \pf{geometry}.
+%The paper dimension was more of a problem. As \LaTeX\ doesn't have
+%the huge fonts that we need for presentations, we need to scale the
+%usual fonts somehow. This could be done by using unusual paper
+%dimensions (as \pf{beamer} does) and hence relying on ps2pdf to cut
+%off all the redundant material. But this doesn't produce a usable
+%DVI or PS file. Instead, it was chosen to use DVI magnification. The
+%entire slide is magnified by a factor of 2 and only the top left
+%quarter of the paper is used (but you will never notice that due to
+%the magnification). As we already decided to place all material in
+%|minipage|s using |\rput|, we didn't need the page anymore and it
+%was easiest to use \pf{geometry} to just remove the page margins
+%altogether so that the bottom left corner would be |(0,0)| and the
+%top right corner |(\slidewidth,\slideheight)|.
+%
+%One extra remark on the paper type is necessary. We found that most
+%common configurations of dvips use the |A4size| code when A4
+%dimensions are found. This code doesn't write an explicit PostScript
+%paper command in the PS document and hence programs using this PS
+%(like ps2pdf) don't know what paper to use and revert to the
+%default, which is letter paper in most cases. This, of course, is
+%something that we don't want and hence, \pf{powerdot} will write
+%these commands to the PS itself as to guarantee proper post
+%processing of the PS.
+%
+%Now that we made the decisions on how to create proper DVI, PS and
+%PDF output, the next task was to create an easy interface to
+%overlays. To avoid counting the overlays as is necessary with
+%\pf{prosper}, we implemented a system that first collects the entire
+%body of an environment in a macro which can be reused multiple
+%times. During execution of the body, the overlay commands like
+%|\onslide| will keep a record of the biggest number that they find
+%and that is the number of overlays to produce. Getting the body of
+%the environment is done by collecting all material up to the next
+%|\end| occurrence. If that control sequence has the proper argument
+%(namely the slide that we started with), then we stop scanning and
+%start processing the slide. With normal use, you will not notice
+%this, but when doing special tricks like hiding |\end{slide}| in a
+%macro, the process will fail as it relies on finding |\end{slide}|
+%in the input stream without doing expansions. Often a work around
+%can be found though. Have a look for instance at how |\section|
+%creates a slide.
+%
+%The next task was to provide a simple way to create templates. As
+%the class is based on the idea of having a background with some
+%material spread out over it, the template system follows this idea.
+%One argument can be used to create the background, the other
+%argument controls, via keys and options, several properties of the
+%material that should be placed. By adding an |ifsetup| key, full
+%control could be gained over the design of the template in every
+%possible setup chosen by the user.
+%
+%The final task for the class was to fill in all the `details'. All
+%the mechanisms were present, but sometimes they should not be
+%active. For instance, overlays should not be created in handout
+%mode. Other things to add to the class were counter protection on
+%overlays, handles to the layout of the slide number, footnotes, a
+%bibliography environment, empty slides, etcetera.
+%
+%We hope that this section has made clear a little bit what you will
+%be seeing when reading the next section with coding and why we chose
+%to do it this way.
+%
+% \subsection{The code}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*powerdot>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Identification.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesClass{powerdot}
+ [2014/01/01 v1.5 powerdot presentation class (HA)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Initializations.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifpd@overlay
+\newif\ifpd@section
+\newif\ifpd@ifsetup
+\newif\ifpd@display
+\newif\ifpd@pauseslide
+\newcounter{note}
+\newcounter{slide}
+\newcounter{pd@pause}
+\newcounter{pd@section}
+\newcounter{pd@overlay}
+\newcounter{pd@trivlist}
+\newcounter{pd@onslidedepth}
+\newbox\pd@tba
+\newbox\pd@tbb
+\newtoks\pd@body
+\newwrite\pd@bmout
+\newwrite\pd@tocout
+\newlength\pd@frsep
+\newlength\pd@colsep
+\newlength\slidewidth
+\newlength\slideheight
+\let\pd@cursetup\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Setup options section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{xkeyval}[2005/07/10]
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Orientation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{orient}[\pd@tempa\pd@orient]{%
+ landscape,portrait}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Paper type.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{paper}[\pd@tempa\pd@paper]{%
+ screen,a4paper,letterpaper,smartboard}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Display type.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{display}[\pd@tempa\pd@display]{%
+ slides,notes,slidesnotes}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{mode}[\pd@tempa\pd@mode]{%
+ present,print,handout}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Pause slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key[pd]{class}{pauseslide}[black]{%
+ \pd@pauseslidetrue
+ \def\pd@pauseslidecolor{#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Some boolean keys.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@boolkeys[pd]{class}[pd@@]{%
+ nopsheader,hlentries,hlsections,nohandoutpagebreaks,nohandoutframes%
+}[true]
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Clock definitions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@boolkey[pd]{class}[pd@@]{clock}[true]{%
+ \ifpd@@clock
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Start a \pf{hyperref} form.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@Form[]%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Trick to insert rotation into text field if in landscape orientation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\pd@orient=\z@
+ \def\pd@clockrot{] /R 90\@gobble}%
+ \else
+ \let\pd@clockrot\@empty
+ \fi
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@startclock}
+% Clock javascript.
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Added arguments for \texttt{clockformat} and \texttt{clockrefresh} values.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@startclock##1##2{%
+ function pdshowtime(){
+ var pdtime=new Date();
+ this.getField("pdclock.time").value=
+ util.printd("##1",pdtime);
+ }
+ pdshowtime();
+ var tempa=app.setInterval("pdshowtime()",##2);
+ this.getField("pdstartclock").readonly=true;
+ this.getField("pdclock.time").readonly=true;
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% The size and style to be used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkey[pd]{class}[pd@@]{size}{%
+ \def\pd@tempa##1pt{##1}%
+ \edef\pd@@size{\expandafter\pd@tempa\pd@@size}%
+}
+\define@cmdkey[pd]{class}[pd@@]{style}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Some usual article options.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key[pd]{class}{fleqn}[]{\input{fleqn.clo}}
+\define@key[pd]{class}{leqno}[]{\input{leqno.clo}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Some presets, used in case the user doesn't supply enough input.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\presetkeys[pd]{class}{%
+ size=11pt,style=default,orient=landscape,paper=screen,%
+ display=slides,hlentries=true,mode=present}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Process all options.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProcessOptionsX[pd]<class>\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@warn}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@error}
+% \marg{msg}\\
+% Warnings and errors.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@warn{\ClassWarning{powerdot}}
+\def\pd@error#1{\ClassError{powerdot}{#1}\@ehd}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@noportrait}
+% The standard error for styles that do not support portrait orientation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@noportrait{%
+ \ifnum\pd@orient=\@ne\ifnum\pd@mode=2\else\pd@error{%
+ `\pd@@style' style does not support portrait orientation
+ }\fi\fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Check paper for print and handout mode. No |screen| allowed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifnum\pd@mode>0
+ \ifnum\pd@paper=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Remove erroneous input.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement{screen}\pd@cursetup\pd@cursetup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Switch to a4paper.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup{a4paper}
+ \def\pd@paper{1}
+ \pd@warn{you can't use `screen' format for this mode;
+ \MessageBreak I've switched to a4paper
+ }
+ \fi
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Check orientation for handout mode. No |landscape| allowed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifnum\pd@mode=2
+ \newbox\pd@textbox
+ \ifnum\pd@orient=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Remove erroneous input.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement{landscape}\pd@cursetup\pd@cursetup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Switch to portrait.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup{portrait}
+ \def\pd@orient{1}
+ \pd@warn{you can't use `landscape' for handout mode;
+ \MessageBreak I've switched to portrait
+ }
+ \fi
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Pass paper size and orientation to \pf{geometry} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcase\pd@paper
+ \def\pd@tempa{papersize={8.25in,11in}}
+\or
+ \def\pd@tempa{papersize={210mm,297mm}}
+\or
+ \def\pd@tempa{papersize={8.5in,11in}}
+\or
+ \def\pd@tempa{papersize={900pt,1440pt}}
+\fi
+\ifnum\pd@orient=\z@
+ \edef\pd@tempa{\pd@tempa,landscape}
+\else
+ \edef\pd@tempa{\pd@tempa,portrait}
+\fi
+\PassOptionsToPackage\pd@tempa{geometry}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Load class and packages.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\LoadClass{article}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Load font size definitions. Take into account that article has
+% loaded some already. This trick actually also allows bigger sizes like
+% 14pt or 20pt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\pd@tempa\newcommand
+\let\newcommand\def
+\input{size\pd@@size.clo}
+\let\newcommand\pd@tempa
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Remaining packages.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifnum\pd@mode=2
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Handout mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \RequirePackage[margin=2cm,includefoot]{geometry}
+\else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Magnify DVI by factor 2, no margins at all.
+% The offset is to neutralize the |\vskip| inserted by TeX to
+% go from the top of the letters to the baseline and position chars
+% there. Here we don't want any offset and start at the bottom left
+% corner of the paper.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \RequirePackage[mag=2000,margin=0pt,voffset=-\pd@@size pt]{geometry}
+ \geometry{top=.5\paperheight}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Xe\TeX\ support. \pf{hyperref} should not set ps paper size as it doesn't do
+% landscape format we don't want it to redefine internals either.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{ifxetex}
+\ifxetex
+ \RequirePackage[setpagesize=false,pdfstartview=Fit,
+ pageanchor=false,bookmarks=false]{hyperref}[2009/12/14]
+ \def\pd@pdftrans{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\pd@@trans,}{%
+ ,Split,Blinds,Box,Wipe,Dissolve,Glitter,%
+ Replace,Fly,Push,Cover,Uncover,Fade,}%
+ \ifin@\else
+ \pd@warn{Transition `\pd@@trans' might not be understood by
+ your ps to pdf converter}%
+ \fi
+ \special{pdf:put @thispage %
+ <</Trans<</S/\pd@@trans>>>>%
+ }%
+ }
+ \def\pd@pdbookmark#1#2#3#4{%
+ \pdfstringdef\pd@tempa{#4}%
+ \special{pdf:outline
+ \pd@pdb@@kmark{#1}%
+ <<%
+ /Title(\pd@tempa)%
+ /A<<%
+ /S/GoTo
+ /D(slide.#3)%
+ >>%
+ >>%
+ }%
+ }
+\else
+ \RequirePackage[setpagesize=false,dvips,pdfstartview=Fit,%
+ pageanchor=false,bookmarks=false]{hyperref}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% For some strange reason, it doesn't work to put the below in the above.
+% So we do it here as we don't want colored borders.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{\def\@pdfborder{0 0 0}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Necessary for inserting and creating graphics. Notice: \pf{pstricks}
+% needs to be loaded after \pf{graphicx} for proper |\scalebox| definition.
+% We make sure that \pf{xcolor} is loaded.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{graphicx}
+\RequirePackage[overlays]{pstricks}[2004/05/12]
+\RequirePackage{xcolor}[2004/05/09]
+% \end{macrocode}
+% For lists and verbatim reading of slide content.
+% \changes{v1.5}{2014/01/01}{Fix for latest enumitem (20110915 hv)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{enumitem}[2007/03/12]
+\let\orig@enumerate\enumerate
+\def\enumerate{\@ifnextchar[\enumerate@i{\enumerate@i[]}}
+\def\enumerate@i[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\enumerate@ii[#1]}{\enumerate@ii[#1][]}}
+\def\enumerate@ii[#1][#2]{%
+ \ifx\relax#1\relax\else\setkeys{enumitem}{#1}\fi
+ \orig@enumerate[#2]%
+}
+\let\orig@itemize\itemize
+\def\itemize{\@ifnextchar[\itemize@i{\itemize@i[]}}
+\def\itemize@i[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\itemize@ii[#1]}{\itemize@ii[#1][]}}
+\def\itemize@ii[#1][#2]{%
+ \ifx\relax#1\relax\else\setkeys{enumitem}{#1}\fi
+ \orig@itemize[#2]%
+}
+\let\orig@description\description
+\def\description{\@ifnextchar[\description@i{\description@i[]}}
+\def\description@i[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\description@ii[#1]}{\description@ii[#1][]}}
+\def\description@ii[#1][#2]{%
+ \ifx\relax#1\relax\else\setkeys{enumitem}{#1}\fi
+ \orig@description[#2]%
+}
+\RequirePackage{verbatim}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Here are some basic properties of the slides.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifnum\pd@mode<2
+ \pagestyle{empty}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Avoid making black slide in print mode}
+% No black slide in handout or print mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifnum\pd@mode>0
+ \pd@pauseslidefalse
+\fi
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Slide dimensions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\setlength\slidewidth{.5\paperwidth}
+\setlength\slideheight{.5\paperheight}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Write landscape correction to the ps to avoid ps to be rotated by
+% 180 degrees.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifnum\pd@orient=\z@
+ \AtBeginDvi{\special{!/landplus90 true store}}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Write paper dimensions.
+% The specials solve a config problem with ghostscript not picking up info from
+% ps, due to the fact that some paper formats defined in config.ps do
+% not write explicit ps commands. For instance, when dvips finds a4 paper dimensions,
+% it writes |%%Papersize: A4|, but no ps command. So ghostscript doesn't
+% find a paper size and takes it's default which could be |letter|
+% in fact.
+% Notice further that screen size is based on letter, but will be cropped in pdf.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifpd@@nopsheader\else
+ \AtBeginDvi{\special{papersize=\the\paperwidth,\the\paperheight}}
+ \ifcase\pd@paper
+ \AtBeginDvi{\special{!%
+ \@percentchar\@percentchar BeginPaperSize: letter
+ ^^Jletter^^J\@percentchar\@percentchar EndPaperSize
+ }}
+ \or
+ \AtBeginDvi{\special{!%
+ \@percentchar\@percentchar BeginPaperSize: a4
+ ^^Ja4^^J\@percentchar\@percentchar EndPaperSize
+ }}
+ \or
+ \AtBeginDvi{\special{!%
+ \@percentchar\@percentchar BeginPaperSize: letter
+ ^^Jletter^^J\@percentchar\@percentchar EndPaperSize
+ }}
+ \or\relax
+ \fi
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Crop pdf for optimal screen ratio. This does not work in DVI or PS.
+% Note, the ps rotation takes care of orientation irrespective of
+% crop dimensions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcase\pd@paper\def\@pdfpagescrop{0 0 594 842}\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \pf{hyperref} writes this to the pdf.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@pdfcreator{LaTeX with powerdot class}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Save the number of the last slide at the end of the document.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtEndDocument{%
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\newlabel{lastslide}%
+ {{}{\the\c@slide}{\relax}{}{}}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set up options. |global| is for global only keys (so to be used only
+% in the preamble. |slide| is only for slides. |glslide| keys can be
+% used in both locations.
+% Create an interface to change the typesetting of the page numbers.
+% This follows the usual \LaTeX\ idea to change typesetting of numbers
+% via |\thepage| etcetera.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key[pd]{global}{theslide}{\def\theslide{#1}}
+\define@key[pd]{global}{thenote}{\def\thenote{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Options to be used by \pf{enumitem}. These store input incrementally
+% in macros used by \pf{enumitem} to store options. By allowing options
+% to be added, both the style and the user can insert options.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key[pd]{global}{enumerate}{%
+ \ifx\enit@@enum\@undefined
+ \def\enit@@enum{#1}%
+ \else
+ \XKV@addtolist@n\enit@@enum{#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+\define@key[pd]{global}{itemize}{%
+ \ifx\enit@@item\@undefined
+ \def\enit@@item{#1}%
+ \else
+ \XKV@addtolist@n\enit@@item{#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+\define@key[pd]{global}{list}{%
+ \ifx\enit@@list\@undefined
+ \def\enit@@list{#1}%
+ \else
+ \XKV@addtolist@n\enit@@list{#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Counters that need overlay protection.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key[pd]{global}{counters}{%
+ \XKV@addtolist@n\pd@@counters{#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Initialize the counters list.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@@counters{table,figure,equation,footnote,mpfootnote}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Clock format and refresh rate.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkeys[pd]{global}[pd@@]{clockformat,clockrefresh}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Footers and transition effect.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkeys[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{lf,cf,rf,trans}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Palettes.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkey[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{palette}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Check whether the chosen palette exists. If yes, execute it, set
+% |\default@color| (for equation numbers etcetera) and copy the
+% current color for |\twocolumn|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\pd@mode<2
+ \XKV@ifundefined{pd@pe@\pd@@palette @colors}{%
+ \pd@error{palette `\pd@@palette' not defined}%
+ }{%
+ \@nameuse{pd@pe@\pd@@palette @colors}%
+ \color{pdcolor1}%
+ \let\default@color\current@color
+ \let\pd@color\XC@current@color
+ }%
+ \pd@countcolors
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Slide processing method.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey*[pd]{glslide}{method}[\pd@tempa\pd@method]{%
+ normal,file,direct}{%
+ \ifnum\pd@method=2
+ \ifx\pd@textbox\@undefined\newbox\pd@textbox\fi
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Random dots. Load |random.tex| if necessary.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@boolkey[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{randomdots}[true]{%
+ \ifx\randomi\@undefined
+ \InputIfFileExists{random}{\newcount\pd@tempcnta}{%
+ \global\pd@@randomdotsfalse
+ \pd@warn{random.tex not found, random dots canceled}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\pd@mode=\tw@\global\pd@@randomdotsfalse\fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Keys for random dots and the logo.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkeys[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{%
+ dminsize,dmaxsize,dbright,dmindots,dmaxdots,dminwidth,dmaxwidth,%
+ dminheight,dmaxheight,dprop,logohook,logopos%
+}
+\define@key[pd]{glslide}{logocmd}{%
+ \ifx\pd@logobox\@undefined\newbox\pd@logobox\fi
+ \sbox\pd@logobox{#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Initialize some of the keys that we just defined.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\setkeys[pd]{glslide,global}{%
+ lf=,cf=,rf=,theslide=\arabic{slide} / \pageref*{lastslide},%
+ thenote=note \arabic{note} of slide \arabic{slide},%
+ trans=Replace,dminsize=5pt,dmaxsize=40pt,dminwidth=0pt,%
+ dmaxwidth=\slidewidth,dminheight=0pt,dbright=60,%
+ dmaxheight=\slideheight,dmindots=5,dmaxdots=40,dprop=,%
+ logohook=tl,logopos=,logocmd=,method=normal,%
+ clockformat=HH:MM:ss,clockrefresh=1000%
+%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pdsetup}
+% The interface for users. Disable global keys |\AtBeginDocument|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pdsetup{\setkeys[pd]{global,glslide}}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \disable@keys[pd]{global}{%
+ theslide,thenote,enumerate,itemize,list,counters%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Local keys: |toc| and |bm|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkeys[pd]{slide}[pd@@]{toc,bm}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pdifsetup}
+% \marg{desired}\marg{yes}\marg{no}\\
+% Execute \meta{yes} if the \meta{desired} setup matches with the
+% current (user) setup. Execute \meta{no} else. We first check whether
+% information in \meta{desired} is complete. If not, we amend it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pdifsetup#1{%
+ \edef\pd@tempb{#1}%
+ \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{landscape,portrait}%
+ \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{screen,a4paper,letterpaper,smartboard}%
+ \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{slides,notes,slidesnotes}%
+ \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{present,print,handout}%
+ \pd@pdifs@tup\pd@tempb
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdifsetup}
+% \meta{desired}\marg{check}\\
+% This macro checks whether at least one element of \meta{check}
+% occurs in the list in \meta{desired}. If not, the entire list in
+% \meta{check} is added to \meta{desired}, meaning that later on, any
+% setup for this type will satisfy the check.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@pdifsetup#1#2{%
+ \in@true
+ \@tempcnta\z@
+ \XKV@for@n{#2}\pd@tempa{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\pd@tempa,}{,#1,}%
+ \ifin@\advance\@tempcnta\@ne\fi
+ }%
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta=\z@\XKV@addtolist@x#1{#2}\fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdifs@tup}
+% \marg{desired}\marg{yes}\marg{no}\\
+% Checks whether the \meta{desired} setup matches the current setup.
+% This macro is used internally when setting template keys. The idea
+% is to first correct the input in the |ifsetup| key by amending
+% specifications if they where not there. Then, when setting a
+% template key, we just check whether all elements of the current
+% setup appear in the \meta{desired} setup.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@pdifs@tup#1{%
+ \in@true
+ \XKV@whilist\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa\ifin@\fi{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\pd@tempa,}{,#1,}%
+ }%
+ \ifin@\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Set up the template system.
+% First define all the options and presets available to create
+% templates. All options save their argument to be used later.
+% The |ifsetup| option controls for which the following options should
+% be used. This:
+% |textfont=\raggedright,| |ifsetup={a4paper,portrait},textfont=\small|
+% makes the text font |\small|, but only for a4 portrait slides.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@tempa#1{%
+ \define@key[pd]{template}{#1}[]{%
+ \ifpd@ifsetup\@namedef{pd@@#1}{##1}\fi
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define all keys.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\XKV@for@n{%
+ titlehook,titlepos,titlewidth,titlefont,%
+ texthook,textpos,textwidth,textfont,textheight,%
+ tochook,tocpos,tocwidth,tocfont,%
+ stochook,stocpos,stocwidth,stocfont,%
+ ntochook,ntocpos,ntocwidth,ntocfont,%
+ tocfrsep,tocsecsep,tocslidesep,%
+ tocsecm,toctcolor,tochlcolor,tochltcolor,%
+ tocsecindent,tocslideindent,%
+ lfhook,lfpos,lffont,lftemp,%
+ cfhook,cfpos,cffont,cftemp,%
+ rfhook,rfpos,rffont,rftemp,%
+ iacolor,%
+ clockhook,clockpos,clockwidth,clockheight,%
+ clockcharsize,clockalign,clockcolor%
+}\pd@tempb{\expandafter\pd@tempa\expandafter{\pd@tempb}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The |ifsetup| key first amends missing input using |\pd@pdifsetup|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkey[pd]{template}[pd@@]{ifsetup}[]{%
+ \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{landscape,portrait}%
+ \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{screen,a4paper,letterpaper,smartboard}%
+ \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{slides,notes,slidesnotes}%
+ \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{present,print,handout}%
+ \pd@pdifs@tup\pd@@ifsetup\pd@ifsetuptrue\pd@ifsetupfalse
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Choice keys for orientation of toc.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey*[pd]{template}{tocorient}[\pd@tempa\pd@tocorient]{%
+ v,h}{}
+\define@choicekey*[pd]{template}{stocorient}[\pd@tempa\pd@stocorient]{%
+ v,h}{}
+\define@choicekey*[pd]{template}{ntocorient}[\pd@tempa\pd@ntocorient]{%
+ v,h}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Replaced \texttt{\~} by \cs{space} to avoid
+% problems with Spanish babel}
+% Presets so that templates do not need to specify every key.
+% This also initializes some keys as to avoid errors in constructing
+% the slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\setkeys[pd]{template}{%
+ ifsetup,%
+ titlehook=Bl,titlepos=,titlewidth=\slidewidth,%
+ titlefont=\raggedright,texthook=tl,textpos=,%
+ textwidth=\slidewidth,textfont=\raggedright,%
+ textheight=\slideheight,%
+ tochook=tl,tocpos=,tocwidth=.2\slidewidth,%
+ tocfont=\tiny\raggedright,%
+ stochook=tl,stocpos=,stocwidth=.2\slidewidth,%
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedright,%
+ ntochook=tl,ntocpos=,ntocwidth=.2\slidewidth,%
+ ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright,%
+ tocorient=v,stocorient=v,ntocorient=v,%
+ tocfrsep=.5mm,tocsecsep=2ex,tocslidesep=0ex,%
+ tocsecm=,toctcolor=black,tochlcolor=black,tochltcolor=white,%
+ tocsecindent=0pt,tocslideindent=0pt,%
+ lfhook=Bl,lfpos=,lffont=\scriptsize,lftemp=\pd@@lf,%
+ cfhook=B,cfpos=,cffont=\scriptsize,cftemp=\pd@@cf,%
+ rfhook=Br,rfpos=,rffont=\scriptsize,rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf
+ \@empty\else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide,%
+ iacolor=lightgray,%
+ clockhook=tr,clockpos=,clockwidth=3cm,clockheight=\baselineskip,%
+ clockcharsize=14pt,clockalign=2,clockcolor=black%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pddefinepalettes}
+% \marg{name}\marg{commands}\\
+% Save the text color number and start scanning for palettes. |\pd@nopalettes|
+% contains the number of palettes that we have seen in total in the
+% style or preamble.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pddefinepalettes#1#2{%
+ \ifx\pd@nopalettes\@undefined\@tempcnta\z@\else
+ \@tempcnta\pd@nopalettes
+ \fi
+ \pd@pddefinepalettes{#1}{#2}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pddefinepalettes}
+% \marg{name}\marg{commands}\\
+% Save the current \meta{name} and \meta{commands} to numbered macros
+% to be used later again. If we find another brace |{| after these
+% arguments, repeat the process.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@pddefinepalettes#1#2{%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \@namedef{pd@pe@\the\@tempcnta @name}{#1}%
+ \@namedef{pd@pe@#1@colors}{#2}%
+ \@ifnextchar\bgroup\pd@pddefinepalettes{%
+ \edef\pd@nopalettes{\the\@tempcnta}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@countcolors}
+% Count the number of colors in the palette. We do this only once.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@countcolors{%
+ \@tempcnta\@ne
+ \@whilesw\ifx\pd@nocolors\@undefined\fi{%
+ \XKV@ifundefined{\string\color@pdcolor\the\@tempcnta}{%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne
+ \edef\pd@nocolors{\the\@tempcnta}%
+ }{\advance\@tempcnta\@ne}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Define the startpage to be 2 when using a pauseslide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifpd@pauseslide\def\@pdfstartpage{2}\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the style or preamble does not define palettes, do nothing. If
+% there are palettes, but the user didn't specify one, use the first.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifx\pd@nopalettes\@undefined\else\ifx\pd@@palette\@undefined
+ \@nameuse{pd@pe@\@nameuse{pd@pe@1@name}@colors}%
+ \color{pdcolor1}%
+ \let\default@color\current@color
+ \let\pd@color\XC@current@color
+ \fi\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Text color is black in handout mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\pd@mode=2
+ \color{black}%
+ \def\pd@@iacolor{black}%
+ \let\default@color\current@color
+ \let\pd@color\XC@current@color
+ \else\pd@countcolors\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Insert the pause slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifpd@pauseslide
+ \begin{pauseslide}[toc=,bm=,trans=Replace,randomdots=false]{}%
+ \end{pauseslide}%
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pddefinetemplate}
+% Define a template. This stores options and the background to macros.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pddefinetemplate{\@testopt\pd@pddefinetemplate{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pddefinetemplate}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Changed to \cs{pd@namelet} for changed \pf{xcolor}}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Made it possible to redefine basis templates and
+% convey the changes to templates based on this basis}
+% \oarg{basis}{name}{options}{background}\\
+% Store options and background and define the environment \meta{name}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@pddefinetemplate[#1]#2#3#4{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The beginning of the environment just gets and sets its arguments
+% and gets the body of the environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@namedef{#2}{\pd@getargsandbody{#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The end of the environment. We process the body at least once, maybe
+% more times, but that we will find out along the way. In case the
+% body is not eaten in advance, this macro starts an |lrbox|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@namedef{end#2}{\ifpd@display\pd@slide\fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If there is no basis, we just store the options and the background.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\@empty#1\@empty
+ \@namedef{pd@template@#2@options}{\setkeys[pd]{template}{#3}}%
+ \@namedef{pd@template@#2@bg}{#4}%
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Otherwise, add options and background to existing macros.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \XKV@ifundefined{pd@template@#1@options}{%
+ \pd@error{template `#1' undefined}}{%
+ \def\pd@tempa{#1}\def\pd@tempb{#2}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If \meta{basis} and \meta{name} are the same, expand options and
+% background to avoid infinite loops.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@tempa\pd@tempb
+ \pd@namelet{pd@template@#2@options}{pd@template@#1@options}%
+ \expandafter
+ \XKV@addtomacro@n\csname pd@template@#2@options\endcsname
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Make sure to reset the |ifsetup| key so that options are for all
+% possible setups again.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {\setkeys[pd]{template}{ifsetup,#3}}%
+ \pd@namelet{pd@template@#2@bg}{pd@template@#1@bg}\expandafter
+ \XKV@addtomacro@n\csname pd@template@#2@bg\endcsname{#4}%
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Else, use existing macros options and background macros and add the
+% current settings.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@namedef{pd@template@#2@bg}{\@nameuse{pd@template@#1@bg}#4}%
+ \@namedef{pd@template@#2@options}{%
+ \@nameuse{pd@template@#1@options}%
+ \setkeys[pd]{template}{ifsetup,#3}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@getargsandbody}
+% \marg{name}\\
+% First eat the optional argument and the slide title. Then
+% collect the body of the slide: we
+% read every time up to |\end|, we check whether we find the |\end| that
+% has the name of the current slide environment. If not, we add all
+% content and continue the search. If |method| is 1, we use \pf{verbatim}
+% to read the body and write it to a temporary file. If |method| is 2, we do not
+% eat the body at all, but redefine the end of the current environment
+% to finish the |lrbox| that we will start later on.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@getargsandbody#1{\@testopt{\pd@get@rgsandbody{#1}}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgsandbody}
+% \marg{name}\oarg{options}\marg{title}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@get@rgsandbody#1[#2]#3{%
+ \pd@get@rgs@ndbody{#2}{#3}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Here are three possible methods to process slides. The first will
+% eat the entire body while scanning for |\end{slide}|. This fixes
+% catcodes. The second writes the body to file. This allows for
+% verbatim and overlays, but may be slow. The third uses an |lrbox| to
+% typeset material directly. That allows for verbatim, but no
+% overlays. Notice that we always use the first method when the slide
+% should not be displayed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcase\ifnum\pd@method>\z@\ifpd@display\@ne\fi\fi\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Start eating the body.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@body{}%
+ \def\pd@tempa{\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum\pd@method=\@ne
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Start verbatim reading and writing to file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@tempa{%
+ \immediate\openout\@inputcheck\jobname.vrb\relax
+ \def\verbatim@processline{%
+ \immediate\write\@inputcheck{\the\verbatim@line}%
+ }%
+ \begingroup\let\do\@makeother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M\active
+ \verbatim@start
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Redefine the end macro to stop verbatim reading and closing the file.
+% Afterwards, execute the slide producing macro.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@namedef{end#1}{%
+ \endgroup\immediate\closeout\@inputcheck
+ \let\verbatim@processline\pd@orig@verbatim@processline
+ \pd@slide
+ }%
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% No overlays allowed with this method.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@deloverlays
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Create the slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@sl@de
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Typeset content directly and store it in a box using |lrbox|. We
+% redefine the end to finish this box and position it on the page.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@namedef{end#1}{%
+ \end{pd@minipage}\end{lrbox}%
+ \ifx\pd@@textpos\@empty\else
+ \rput[\pd@@texthook](\pd@@textpos){\usebox\pd@textbox}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \pd@tempa
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgs@ndbody}
+% \marg{options}\marg{title}\\
+% A common component in processing slides in \LaTeX\ or \LyX.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@get@rgs@ndbody#1#2{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set user keys.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \setkeys[pd]{glslide,slide}{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Save title.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@t@tle{#2}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Perform some initial checks to see whether we actually need to process
+% this slide or not.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@displaytrue
+ \def\pd@tempa{note}%
+ \ifcase\pd@display
+ \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\relax\pd@displayfalse\fi
+ \or
+ \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\else
+ \def\pd@tempa{titleslide}%
+ \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\else
+ \pd@displayfalse
+ \stepcounter{slide}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy}
+% \marg{name}\meta{text}|\end|\marg{envir}\\
+% If \meta{envir} is equal to \meta{name}, we found the end of the
+% environment and stop parsing. Otherwise, we add material to the token
+% and continue.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy#1#2\end#3{%
+ \def\pd@tempa{#1}%
+ \def\pd@tempb{#3}%
+ \ifx\pd@tempa\pd@tempb
+ \pd@body\expandafter{\the\pd@body#2}%
+ \def\pd@tempa{\end{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \pd@body\expandafter{\the\pd@body#2\end{#3}}%
+ \def\pd@tempa{\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy{#1}}%
+ \fi
+ \pd@tempa
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@slide}
+% This macro processes the slide, possibly many times, depending on
+% what we encounter on the first run.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@slide{%
+ \pd@overlayfalse
+ \def\pd@nooverlays{1}%
+ \setcounter{pd@overlay}\@ne
+ \let\pd@labels\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Save counter values so that these can be restored on overlays.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \XKV@for@o\pd@@counters\pd@tempa{%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname pd@counter@\pd@tempa\endcsname{%
+ \expandafter\the\csname c@\pd@tempa\endcsname
+ }%
+ }%
+ \pd@sl@de
+ \@whilenum\c@pd@overlay<\pd@nooverlays\do{%
+ \pd@overlaytrue
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Restore counters.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \XKV@for@o\pd@@counters\pd@tempa{%
+ \setcounter\pd@tempa{\csname pd@counter@\pd@tempa\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \stepcounter{pd@overlay}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Re-initialize the info for random dots.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifpd@@randomdots
+ \let\pd@trandim\pd@randim
+ \let\pd@tranpos\pd@ranpos
+ \let\pd@trancol\pd@rancol
+ \fi
+ \pd@sl@de
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@sl@de}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added missing \cs{pd@currenttype} initialization}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Added \cs{@currentlabel} definition}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Template specific \texttt{textfont} properly sets \cs{default@color}}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Added exceptions to inhibit logo/randomdots on blackslide/emptyslide.}
+% This is the main slide producing macro.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@sl@de{%
+ \stepcounter{slide}\newpage
+ \ifpd@overlay\addtocounter{slide}\m@ne\fi
+ \edef\@currentlabel{\the\c@slide}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Initialize the overlays and switch to overlay 0. The material on this
+% overlay will be visible.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin InitOL /TheOL (0) def end}%
+ \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (0) BOL end}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Load all template settings.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@nameuse{pd@template@\@currenvir @options}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Insert background. Execute in a group to avoid local settings getting out.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@nameuse{pd@template@\@currenvir @bg}%
+ \ifpd@@randomdots
+ \ifpd@overlay\else
+ \ifnum\pd@nocolors>\z@
+ \let\pd@randim\@empty
+ \let\pd@ranpos\@empty
+ \let\pd@rancol\@empty
+ \setrannum\pd@tempcnta\pd@@dmindots\pd@@dmaxdots
+ \edef\pd@nodots{\the\pd@tempcnta}%
+ \pd@tempcnta\z@
+ \@whilesw\ifnum\pd@tempcnta<\pd@nodots\fi{%
+ \advance\pd@tempcnta\@ne
+ \setrandim\@tempdima\pd@@dminsize\pd@@dmaxsize
+ \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@randim{\the\@tempdima}%
+ \setrandim\@tempdima\pd@@dminwidth\pd@@dmaxwidth
+ \setrandim\@tempdimb\pd@@dminheight\pd@@dmaxheight
+ \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@ranpos{\the\@tempdima,\the\@tempdimb}%
+ \setrannum\@tempcntb1\pd@nocolors
+ \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@rancol{\the\@tempcntb}%
+ }%
+ \let\pd@trandim\pd@randim
+ \let\pd@tranpos\pd@ranpos
+ \let\pd@trancol\pd@rancol
+ \else
+ \let\pd@nodots\z@
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \@tempcnta\z@
+ \@whilesw\ifnum\@tempcnta<\pd@nodots\fi{%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \pd@pop\pd@trandim\pd@tempa\pd@pop\pd@tranpos\pd@tempb
+ \pd@pop\pd@tranpos\pd@tempc\pd@pop\pd@trancol\pd@tempd
+ \ifnum\pd@@dbright<\z@
+ \@tempcntb\pd@@dbright
+ \advance\@tempcntb100
+ \edef\pd@tempd{\pd@tempd!\the\@tempcntb!black}%
+ \else
+ \@tempcntb-\pd@@dbright
+ \advance\@tempcntb100
+ \edef\pd@tempd{\pd@tempd!\the\@tempcntb}%
+ \fi
+ {\ifx\pd@@dprop\@empty\else
+ \expandafter\psset\expandafter{\pd@@dprop}%
+ \fi
+ \psdot[dotsize=\pd@tempa,linecolor=pdcolor\pd@tempd]%
+ (\pd@tempb,\pd@tempc)}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Insert the logo.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@tempa{pauseslide}%
+ \def\pd@tempb{emptyslide}%
+ \ifx\pd@@logopos\@empty\else
+ \ifx\pd@logobox\@undefined\else
+ \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\else
+ \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempb\else
+ \rput[\pd@@logohook](\pd@@logopos){\usebox\pd@logobox}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Clock coding.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifpd@@clock
+ \ifnum\c@slide=\@ne
+ \ifpd@overlay\else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Insert invisible function to start the clock.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \rput(0,-1){%
+ \TextField[%
+ format=\pd@startclock\pd@@clockformat\pd@@clockrefresh,%
+ name=pdstartclock,bordercolor={},backgroundcolor={},%
+ height=0bp,width=0bp]{}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Extract the color specification, convert it to |rgb| and store it
+% to be used for the clock. This uses some \pf{xcolor} macros.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@tempa##1,##2,##3\@nil{##1 ##2 ##3}%
+ \extractcolorspec\pd@@clockcolor\pd@tempb
+ \expandafter\convertcolorspec\pd@tempb{rgb}\pd@tempb
+ \edef\pd@tempa{\expandafter\pd@tempa\pd@tempb\@nil}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Insert the clock.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@@clockpos\@empty\else
+ \rput[\pd@@clockhook](\pd@@clockpos){%
+ \TextField[name=pdclock.time,bordercolor={},%
+ rotation={\ifnum\pd@orient=\z@ 90\else 0\fi},%
+ backgroundcolor={},align=\pd@@clockalign,color=\pd@tempa,%
+ charsize=\pd@@clockcharsize,width=\pd@@clockwidth,%
+ height=\pd@@clockheight]{}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Write transition effect to PDF.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@pdftrans
+ \ifpd@overlay\else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% When not an overlay or note, make a bookmark and toc entry.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@tempa{note}%
+ \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\else
+ \pd@maketocbm0%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Make a target on this page so that we can make links to this page.
+% We don't use pdf page links as that won't give good link in handout
+% mode with 2 slides per page.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \hyper@anchorstart{slide.\the\c@slide}\hyper@anchorend
+ \fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Initialize numbers and macros for relative stepping and pausing.
+% |\pd@currentstate| remembers the state when doing overlays.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@reloverlay{1}%
+ \let\pd@closeitem\relax
+ \def\pd@currentstate{0}%
+ \let\pd@currenttype\relax
+ \setcounter{pd@pause}\@ne
+ \let\pd@revert\@firstofone
+ \setcounter{pd@onslidedepth}\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Position the title.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@@titlepos\@empty\else
+ \def\pd@tempa{%
+ \begin{minipage}\pd@@titlewidth
+ \pd@@titlefont\strut
+ \ifpd@section
+ \expandafter\pd@sectiontitle\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\pd@slidetitle\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}%
+ \fi
+ \end{minipage}%
+ }%
+ \rput[\pd@@titlehook](\pd@@titlepos){%
+ \ifpd@pauseslide
+ \hyperlink{pauseslide}{\pd@tempa}%
+ \else
+ \pd@tempa
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Position the table of contents, possibly split. No |minipage| when
+% making a horizontal toc.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@@tocpos\@empty\else
+ \rput[\pd@@tochook](\pd@@tocpos){%
+ \ifnum\pd@tocorient=\z@\begin{minipage}\pd@@tocwidth\fi
+ \let\pd@usedtocfont\pd@@tocfont
+ \let\pd@usedtocorient\pd@tocorient
+ \pd@puttoc0%
+ \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\end{minipage}\fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\pd@@stocpos\@empty\else
+ \rput[\pd@@stochook](\pd@@stocpos){%
+ \ifnum\pd@stocorient=\z@\begin{minipage}\pd@@tocwidth\fi
+ \let\pd@usedtocfont\pd@@stocfont
+ \let\pd@usedtocorient\pd@stocorient
+ \pd@puttoc1%
+ \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\end{minipage}\fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\pd@@ntocpos\@empty\else
+ \rput[\pd@@ntochook](\pd@@ntocpos){%
+ \ifnum\pd@ntocorient=\z@\begin{minipage}\pd@@tocwidth\fi
+ \let\pd@usedtocfont\pd@@ntocfont
+ \let\pd@usedtocorient\pd@ntocorient
+ \pd@puttoc2%
+ \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\end{minipage}\fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Position footers.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@@lfpos\@empty\else
+ \rput[\pd@@lfhook](\pd@@lfpos){\pd@@lffont\pd@@lftemp}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\pd@@cfpos\@empty\else
+ \rput[\pd@@cfhook](\pd@@cfpos){\pd@@cffont\pd@@cftemp}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\pd@@rfpos\@empty\else
+ \rput[\pd@@rfhook](\pd@@rfpos){\pd@@rffont\pd@@rftemp}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\pd@method<2
+ \ifx\pd@@textpos\@empty\else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Position the main text box and put the material in, maybe coming
+% from eating the body into |\pd@body| or reading it from a file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \rput[\pd@@texthook](\pd@@textpos){%
+ \pd@sl@d@
+ \ifnum\pd@method=\z@\the\pd@body\else
+ \input\jobname.vrb
+ \fi
+ \end{pd@minipage}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \let\pd@tempa\relax
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% For direct processing, start the |lrbox| to typeset and capture
+% content.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@tempa{\begin{lrbox}\pd@textbox\pd@sl@d@}%
+ \fi
+ \pd@tempa
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@sl@d@}
+% A common component in |\pd@sl@de|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@sl@d@{%
+ \begin{pd@minipage}%
+ \let\pd@tempa\color
+ \def\color##1{\pd@tempa{##1}\let\default@color\current@color}%
+ \pd@@textfont
+ \let\color\pd@tempa
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Redefine \cs{pd@slidetitle} in note template}
+% The implementation of notes.
+% The first macro is a temporary counter to find whether the new note
+% still belongs to the current slide or that it belongs to a new slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@notet{0}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the template using our mechanism.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\pddefinetemplate{note}{%
+ titlepos={.04\slidewidth,.92\slideheight},%
+ titlefont=\let\pd@slidetitle\@firstofone\color{black}\Large,%
+ textpos={.07\slidewidth,.82\slideheight},%
+ textfont=\color{black},textwidth=.86\slidewidth,%
+ lfpos={.04\slidewidth,.035\slideheight},%
+ lffont=\color{black}\scriptsize,%
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.035\slideheight},%
+ cffont=\color{black}\scriptsize,%
+ rfpos={.96\slidewidth,.035\slideheight},%
+ rffont=\color{black}\scriptsize,%
+ rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty\else
+ \ifx\thenote\@empty\else\space--\space\fi\fi\thenote,%
+}{%
+ \addtocounter{slide}\m@ne
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If this is another note with the same slide, count it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\c@slide=\pd@notet
+ \stepcounter{note}%
+ \else
+ \setcounter{note}{1}%
+ \fi
+ \xdef\pd@notet{\the\c@slide}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The background.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \psline[linewidth=.5pt](0,.87\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linewidth=.5pt](0,.08\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Implement pauseslide.
+% This is an empty slide with just a very big button on it to go back
+% to the original page where we came from.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\pddefinetemplate{pauseslide}{}{%
+ \addtocounter{slide}\m@ne
+ \hyper@anchorstart{pauseslide}\hyper@anchorend
+ \psframe*[linecolor=\pd@pauseslidecolor](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ {\color{\pd@pauseslidecolor}%
+ \rput[cm](.5\slidewidth,.5\slideheight){%
+ \Acrobatmenu{GoBack}{\setlength\fboxsep{10cm}\fbox{GoBack}}}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Empty slides. For special uses like displaying big tables or photos.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\pddefinetemplate{emptyslide}{textpos={0,\slideheight}}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\maketitle}
+% This implementation
+% is more or less similar as what is in \pf{article}. First we make a
+% backup of the original |\maketitle| to be used maybe in handout mode,
+% see below.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\pd@orig@maketitle\maketitle
+\def\maketitle{\@testopt\pd@maketitle{}}
+\def\pd@maketitle[#1]{%
+ \begin{titleslide}[#1,toc=,bm=,trans=Replace,method=normal]{}%
+ \let\footnote\thanks
+ \def\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}%
+ {\pd@title{\pd@@titlefont\@title}\par}{%
+ \vskip2em\pd@@textfont
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c}%
+ \@author
+ \end{tabular}\par
+ \vskip1.5em\small\@date
+ }\par
+ \small\@thanks
+ \vfil\null
+ \end{titleslide}%
+ \c@footnote\z@
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@maketocbm}
+% \marg{type}\\
+% \meta{type} indicates the kind of entry that we need to write to toc and
+% or bookmark file. 0 is a normal slide, 1 is a section, 2 is a hidden
+% section. The title of the entry is assumed to be in |\pd@slidetitle|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@maketocbm#1{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Make the bookmark entry so that it allows for easy counting of entries
+% in sections.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@tempa{\immediate\write\pd@bmout{%
+ \string\pdbookmark{sec.\the\c@pd@section\ifnum#1=\z@.slide\fi}{%
+ \ifnum#1=\z@ sec.\the\c@pd@section\fi}{\the\c@slide}%
+ {\the\@temptokena}%
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Notice that |\pd@@bm| can be undefined at every slide, even after
+% use on one slide, as the definition is done locally in the slide
+% environment. So no resetting is necessary on the start of a slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@@bm\@undefined
+ \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\pd@@bm\@empty
+ \let\pd@tempa\relax
+ \else
+ \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@@bm}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \pd@tempa
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Write the toc entry.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@tempa{\immediate\write\pd@tocout{%
+ \string\pdcontentsline{#1}{\the\c@slide}{\the\@temptokena}%
+ }}%
+ \ifx\pd@@toc\@undefined
+ \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\pd@@toc\@empty
+ \let\pd@tempa\relax
+ \else
+ \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@@toc}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \pd@tempa
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pdbookmark}
+% \marg{sec1}\marg{sec2}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\
+% First we defined |\pdbookmark| to count the number of bookmarks
+% that needs to be nested below every section bookmark. We need to
+% know that for the pdf bookmark specification.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pdbookmark#1#2#3#4{%
+ \@tempcnta\pd@pdb@@kmark{#2}%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \@nameedef{pd@be@#2}{\the\@tempcnta}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdb@@kmark}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved bug with unexpandable \cs{XKV@ifundefined}
+% when not running the $\varepsilon$-\TeX\ engine (e.g. te\TeX\ 2)}
+% \marg{section}\\
+% Returns the number of slides that we already counter for the
+% current section. Don't use |\XKV@ifundefined| here as that is not
+% expandable when not running $\varepsilon$-\TeX\ engine.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@pdb@@kmark#1{%
+ \@ifundefined{pd@be@#1}0{\csname pd@be@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdbookmark}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Solved bug with Acrobat Distiller}
+% \marg{sec1}\marg{sec2}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\
+% Redefine the macro to make the actual bookmark.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifxetex\else
+ \def\pd@pdbookmark#1#2#3#4{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Use |\pdfstringdef| to clean the title. Not everything can enter as
+% a bookmark in pdf.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pdfstringdef\pd@tempa{#4}%
+ \pdfmark{pdfmark=/OUT,%
+ Count={\pd@pdb@@kmark{#1}},Dest={slide.#3},%
+ View={/XYZ null null null},Title={\pd@tempa}%
+ }%
+ }
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pdcontentsline}
+% \marg{type}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\
+% Saves all input arguments to macros with names like |\pd@te@i|.
+% Further, it computes with a lag the starting and stopping targets
+% for every entry, |\pd@te@i@start| and |\pd@te@i@stop|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pdcontentsline#1#2#3{%
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta>\z@
+ \@nameedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @start}{\pd@tempa}%
+ \@namedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @stop}{#2}%
+ \fi
+ \def\pd@tempa{#2}%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \@namedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta}{%
+ \pdcontentsline{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Reading \texttt{.bm} and \texttt{.toc}
+% file \cs{AtBeginDocument} to allow for using \pf{inputenc} for toc
+% and bm entries}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Solved bug in computing stopping slide for last toc entry}
+% Read the bm and toc files into memory to speed up compilation.
+% Along the way, we compute the starting and stopping target numbers
+% for highlighting toc entries and the number of slides to be nested
+% under a section bookmark entry. At begin document for allowing
+% loading of \pf{inputenc} also for bm and toc entries.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.bm}{}{}%
+ \let\pdbookmark\pd@pdbookmark
+ \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.bm}{}{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Rewrite the bookmarks file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \immediate\openout\pd@bmout\jobname.bm\relax
+ \@tempcnta\z@
+ \def\pd@tempa{0}%
+ \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.toc}{}{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Save the number of toc entries.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\pd@notocentries{\the\@tempcnta}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Compute the starting and stopping number for the last entry.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\r@lastslide\@undefined\@tempcntb\pd@tempa\else
+ \edef\pd@tempb{\expandafter\@secondoffive\r@lastslide}%
+ \@tempcntb\pd@tempb
+ \fi
+ \advance\@tempcntb\@ne
+ \@nameedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @start}{\pd@tempa}%
+ \@nameedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @stop}{\the\@tempcntb}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Rewrite the toc file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \immediate\openout\pd@tocout\jobname.toc\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Initialize the |\pdcontentsline| macro for making toc entries.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\pdcontentsline\pd@pdcontentsline
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@puttoc}
+% \marg{type}\\
+% Typeset the table of contents of type \meta{type} from memory.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@puttoc#1{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Initialize some numbers that we will use.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@tempcnta\z@
+ \@tempcntb\z@
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \def\pd@toctype{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Parse all available toc entries.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@whilenum\@tempcnta<\pd@notocentries\do{%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdcontentsline}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved bug using different toc widths}
+% \marg{type}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\
+% Typesets a toc entry.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@pdcontentsline#1#2#3{%
+ \let\pd@tempa\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Full table of contents (sections and slides).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcase\pd@toctype
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A normal slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcase#1\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Slides before section 1.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A slide in the current section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A normal section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A hidden section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Typeset only sections.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcase#1\relax\or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A normal section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A hidden section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Only slides in current section or before the first section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum#1=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% An entry in the current section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
+ \fi
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Count sections.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifpd@@hlentries\ifx\pd@tempa\relax\else
+ \ifnum#1=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A normal highlighted slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\c@slide<\@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @start}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum\c@slide<\@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @stop}%
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tochighlight
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifpd@@hlsections
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A highlighted section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tochighlight
+ \fi
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A section with a page.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum#2=\c@slide\ifnum\@nameuse{pd@te@\the
+ \@tempcnta @stop}=\c@slide\else
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tochighlight
+ \fi\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Build the entry, but only if the entry should be visible.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@tempa\relax\else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Some skip. Execute the font settings so that skips like |.6ex| work
+% properly.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \if@tempswa\@tempswafalse\else
+ \pd@usedtocfont
+ \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@
+ \ifnum#1=\z@\vskip\pd@@tocslidesep\else\vskip\pd@@tocsecsep\fi
+ \else
+ \ifnum#1=\z@\hskip\pd@@tocslidesep\else\hskip\pd@@tocsecsep\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Add a section marker.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum#1=\z@\else\pd@@tocsecm\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Output the entry. This works as follows.
+% The text |#3| is passed through one macro of |\pd@tocslide| or
+% |\pd@tocsection| which adds a `per entry layout' (eg a bullet).
+% Then |\pd@tempa| (which is |\pd@tocdisplay| or |\pd@tochighlight|)
+% displays the item as requested and |\hyperlink| adds a link to the entry.
+% The lengths |\@tempdima| and |\@tempdimb| contain the horizontal
+% indent and the remaining space for the entry respectively. The first
+% entry does not get an indent if it is a slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcase\pd@toctype
+ \@tempdimb\pd@@tocwidth
+ \or
+ \@tempdimb\pd@@stocwidth
+ \or
+ \@tempdimb\pd@@ntocwidth
+ \fi
+ \ifnum#1=\z@
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@\@tempdima\z@\else
+ \@tempdima\pd@@tocslideindent
+ \advance\@tempdimb-\pd@@tocslideindent
+ \fi
+ \hyperlink{slide.#2}{\pd@tempa{\pd@tocslide{#3}}}%
+ \else
+ \@tempdima\pd@@tocsecindent
+ \advance\@tempdimb-\pd@@tocsecindent
+ \hyperlink{slide.#2}{\pd@tempa{\pd@tocsection{#3}}}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\par\fi
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% The keys for the |\tableofcontents| macro.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey[pd]{toc}{content}[\pd@tempa\pd@content]{%
+ all,sections,currentsection,future,futuresections}{}
+\define@choicekey[pd]{toc}{type}[\pd@tempa\pd@type]{0,1}{}
+\presetkeys[pd]{toc}{content=all,type=0}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents}
+% Typesets overviews.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\tableofcontents{\@testopt\pd@tableofcontents{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@tableofcontents}
+% \oarg{options}\\
+% Workhorse.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@tableofcontents[#1]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% To keep definitions like |\pd@@type| (reused in |itemize|) local.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \begingroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set keys with use input.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \setkeys[pd]{toc}{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This keeps track of whether we are in a hidden section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\pd@tempc\z@
+ \def\pdcontentsline##1##2##3{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Count sections in the toc.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum##1>\z@\advance\@tempcntb\@ne\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Used for additional markup like |\bfseries|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\pd@tempb\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The line that is to be typeset.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@tempa{\hyperlink{slide.##2}{\pd@tempb##3}\par}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If a line should not be displayed, then here is the action to be
+% taken depending on the type. 0 leaves out material, 1 typesets it
+% in inactive color.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\pd@type=\z@
+ \def\pd@tempd{\let\pd@tempa\relax}%
+ \else
+ \def\pd@tempd{\def\pd@tempb{\color\pd@@iacolor}}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Update whether we are in a hidden section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcase##1\or\let\pd@tempc\z@\or
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section
+ \let\pd@tempc\z@
+ \else
+ \let\pd@tempc\@ne
+ \fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If in hidden section, hide it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\pd@tempc=\@ne\pd@tempd\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Here are the rules for displaying material, given the input of the user.
+% Case 0 is `all'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcase\pd@content\or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Case `sections'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum##1=\z@\let\pd@tempa\relax\fi
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Case `currentsection'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section\else\pd@tempd\fi
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Case `future'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta<\c@slide\pd@tempd\fi
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Case `futuresections'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb<\c@pd@section\pd@tempd\fi
+ \ifnum##1=\z@\pd@tempd\fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If a section, use bold font.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum##1>\z@\XKV@addtomacro@n\pd@tempb\bfseries\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Finally, typeset the entry and add some spacing.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@tempa\relax\else
+ \if@tempswa\@tempswafalse\else
+ \ifnum##1=\z@\else\vskip5pt\fi
+ \fi
+ \ifnum##1=\z@\ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@\else\hskip15pt\fi\fi
+ \pd@tempa
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \@tempcnta\z@
+ \@tempcntb\z@
+ \@tempswatrue
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Loop over all available toc entries.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@whilenum\@tempcnta<\pd@notocentries\do{%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Restore everything.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \endgroup
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Options for parts and sections. The template key allows for modification
+% of user input for normal slide and wide slide. A style can define
+% the environment that should take the place of, eg, |wideslide| when
+% the user requests that template.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey*[pd]{section}{tocsection}[\pd@tempa\pd@tempb]{%
+ false,true,hidden}{}
+\define@boolkey[pd]{section}[pd@@]{slide}[true]{}
+\define@cmdkey[pd]{section}[pd@@]{template}{%
+ \def\pd@tempa{slide}%
+ \ifx\pd@@template\pd@tempa
+ \let\pd@@template\pd@@sectemp
+ \else
+ \def\pd@tempa{wideslide}%
+ \ifx\pd@@template\pd@tempa
+ \let\pd@@template\pd@@widesectemp
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\presetkeys[pd]{section}{tocsection=true,slide=true,template=slide}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Keys for style developers to overwrite user requests silently.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkeys[pd]{section}[pd@@]{sectemp,widesectemp}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=slide,widesectemp=slide}
+\AtBeginDocument{\disable@keys[pd]{section}{sectemp,widesectemp}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@section}
+% Make a backup of the original |\section|, to be used later.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\pd@orig@section\section
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\section}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Corrected bug not allowing commas in section titles}
+% Used to create parts in the presentation and sections in the toc.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\section{\@testopt\pd@section{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@section}
+% \oarg{options}\marg{title}\\
+% Creates the part.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@section[#1]#2{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Necessary to keep toc and bm definitions local.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \begingroup
+ \pd@sectiontrue
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Extract the keys specific for |\part| first as to know what we are
+% going to produce.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \setkeys*[pd]{section}{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |\pd@tempb| comes from the |tocsection| key.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\pd@tempb=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |\XKV@rm|
+% contains all remaining keys that could not be set in the previous
+% |\setkeys| (namely, keys not in the |part| family).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifpd@@slide
+ \toks@{#2}%
+ \@temptokena\expandafter{\XKV@rm}%
+ \edef\pd@tempa{%
+ \noexpand\begin{\pd@@template}%
+ [bm={\the\toks@},toc={\the\toks@},%
+ \the\@temptokena]{\the\toks@}%
+ \noexpand\end{\pd@@template}%
+ }%
+ \pd@tempa
+ \fi
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set all slide specific keys as |bm| and |toc|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \setrmkeys*[pd]{slide}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Make the toc and bm entries.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \stepcounter{pd@section}%
+ \stepcounter{slide}%
+ \def\pd@t@tle{#2}%
+ \pd@maketocbm\pd@tempb
+ \addtocounter{slide}\m@ne
+ \ifpd@@slide
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Produce a slide if necessary.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \toks@{#2}%
+ \@temptokena\expandafter{\XKV@rm}%
+ \edef\pd@tempa{%
+ \noexpand\begin{\pd@@template}%
+ [\the\@temptokena,bm=,toc=]{\the\toks@}%
+ \noexpand\end{\pd@@template}%
+ }%
+ \pd@tempa
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\onslide}
+% The normal version puts material on overlay 1, hence invisible in
+% ps or pdf. The starred version eats its argument, hence does not
+% move the cursor. The plus version put material in the inactive
+% color.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\onslide{%
+ \@ifnextchar-\pd@@nslide{\XKV@ifstar{\pd@onslide1}{%
+ \XKV@ifplus{\pd@onslide2}{\pd@onslide0}}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@onslide}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Replaced \cs{ignorespaces} by \cs{@bsphack}
+% \cs{@esphack} in starred version}
+% \marg{type}\marg{overlays}\\
+% The workhorse. First determine whether the material should be
+% visible from the \meta{overlays} information. If not, process it in
+% the chosen way in \meta{type}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@onslide#1#2{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Display or not?
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@testdisp0{#2}%
+ \if@tempswa
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Display.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\pd@tempa\@firstofone
+ \else
+ \ifcase#1\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Switch to overlay 1 (invisible), output |#1|, switch back to overlay 0.
+% We record the depth. This allows us to check whether we are in
+% hidden material already. If that is the case, don't step back to
+% overlay 0 as that will make following material visible again.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\pd@tempa##1{%
+ \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (1) BOL end}%
+ \stepcounter{pd@onslidedepth}%
+ ##1%
+ \addtocounter{pd@onslidedepth}\m@ne
+ \ifnum\c@pd@onslidedepth=\z@\ifnum\pd@currentstate=\z@
+ \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (0) BOL end}%
+ \fi\fi
+ }%
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Eat material.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\pd@tempa##1{\@bsphack\@esphack}%
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Put material in inactive color.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\pd@tempa##1{{\color\pd@@iacolor##1}}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \pd@tempa
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@testdisp}
+% \marg{type}\marg{overlays}\\
+% This macro is used by both |\onslide| and |\item|. The former can
+% use relative notation for which \meta{type} should be 0. For the
+% latter, \meta{type} is 1. \meta{overlays} is a specification of
+% overlays where material should be visible.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@testdisp#1#2{%
+ \@tempswafalse
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Parse the comma separated specification.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \XKV@for@n{#2}\pd@tempa{\expandafter\pd@t@stdisp\pd@tempa--\@nil#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@t@stdisp}
+% \meta{s1}|-|\meta{s2}|-|\meta{s3}|\@nil|\marg{type}\\
+% Separate the input and check in which case we ended up. This macro
+% also computes the number of overlays that is necessary for this
+% slide. Notice several |\relax| at possibly unexpected places. This
+% seemed necessary for \TeX\ to properly set |\@tempswa|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@t@stdisp#1-#2-#3\@nil#4{%
+ \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |-x| case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum#4=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Parse input further to find if relative syntax was used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@checkrel#2\@nil\@tempcnta
+ \else
+ \@tempcnta#2%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The item has no particular starting point, so it starts from overlay
+% 1. Save this for relative |\onslide| syntax in the current item.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@reloverlay{1}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |\@tempcnta| now contains the number of overlays necessary for this
+% part of the specification. Take the maximum.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@compnooverlays\@tempcnta
+ \ifnum\c@pd@overlay>\@tempcnta\else\@tempswatrue\fi
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |x|, |x-| and |x-y| cases. Check relative syntax and store the
+% corrected number in |\@tempcnta|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum#4=\z@
+ \pd@checkrel#1\@nil\@tempcnta
+ \else
+ \@tempcnta#1%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Here, the item has a special starting point. Save that to be able
+% to compute relative syntax in subsequent |\onslide|s.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@reloverlay{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@empty#2\@empty\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |x| and |x-| cases.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@compnooverlays\@tempcnta
+ \ifx\@empty#3\@empty\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |x| case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\c@pd@overlay=\@tempcnta\@tempswatrue\fi
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |x-| case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\c@pd@overlay<\@tempcnta\else\@tempswatrue\fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |x-y| case. Store the final number |y| in |\@tempcntb|, maybe
+% corrected for relative syntax.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum#4=\z@
+ \pd@checkrel#2\@nil\@tempcntb
+ \else
+ \@tempcntb#2%
+ \fi
+ \pd@compnooverlays\@tempcntb
+ \ifnum\c@pd@overlay<\@tempcnta\else
+ \ifnum\c@pd@overlay>\@tempcntb\else\@tempswatrue\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@checkrel}
+% \meta{number}|\@nil|\marg{counter}\\
+% Checks whether \meta{number} starts with a |+| and if yes, adds the
+% current item number in |\pd@reloverlay| to \meta{counter} to make
+% relative syntax possible.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% Check whether relative syntax has been used.
+\def\pd@checkrel#1#2\@nil#3{%
+ \def\pd@tempa{#1}%
+ \def\pd@tempb{+}%
+ \ifx\pd@tempa\pd@tempb
+ #3#2\advance#3\pd@reloverlay
+ \else#3#1#2\fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@compnooverlays}
+% Keep track of the biggest number that we see as to compute the
+% number of overlays that we need to produce. Notice the |\relax| again.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@compnooverlays#1{%
+ \ifnum#1>\pd@nooverlays\xdef\pd@nooverlays{\the#1}\fi\relax
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@item}
+% Copy of \LaTeX's |\@item|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\pd@orig@item\@item
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\@item}
+% \oarg{label}\\
+% Creates the item label etcetera. We add an optional argument for
+% overlay specifications.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@item[#1]{\@ifnextchar<{\pd@item[#1]}{\pd@item[#1]<>}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@item}
+% \oarg{label}\larg{overlays}\\
+% This item allows for hiding the bullet and following content.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@item[#1]<#2>{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Possibly switch state.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@closeitem
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Enter some corrections when switching list type.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@@type\pd@currenttype\else
+ \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@
+ \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (1) BOL end}%
+ \else
+ \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (0) BOL end}%
+ \normalcolor
+ \fi
+ \global\let\pd@currenttype\pd@@type
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Make sure that we are on overlay 0 when the current state is such.
+% Then check if we need hiding.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\pd@currentstate=\z@
+ \normalcolor\pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (0) BOL end}%
+ \pd@hide{#2}%
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Enter this color, just in case no other declarations will follow.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \color\pd@@iacolor
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We need to switch state at the next item. Take care of local definition.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\@empty#2\@empty\else
+ \def\pd@closeitem{\gdef\pd@currentstate{0}}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Insert |\leavevmode| to avoid ps code to `leak into' |\item|, like
+% which used to be the case when |\item\onslide{2-}{test}\pause|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@orig@item[#1]\leavevmode\ignorespaces
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@@trivlist}
+% \begin{macro}{\@trivlist}
+% Save the current state for later (after getting back from nested
+% lists). And we initialize some helper functions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\pd@orig@@trivlist\@trivlist
+\def\@trivlist{%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname pd@currentstate\the\c@pd@trivlist
+ \endcsname\pd@currentstate
+ \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@\let\pd@closeitem\relax\fi
+ \stepcounter{pd@trivlist}%
+ \pd@orig@@trivlist
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@endtrivlist}
+% \begin{macro}{\endtrivlist}
+% At the end of each list, make sure that we re-initialize the state
+% of that level, if necessary.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\pd@orig@endtrivlist\endtrivlist
+\def\endtrivlist{%
+ \addtocounter{pd@trivlist}\m@ne
+ \pd@revert{%
+ \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\pd@currentstate\csname
+ pd@currentstate\the\c@pd@trivlist\endcsname
+ }%
+ \pd@orig@endtrivlist
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@hide}
+% \meta{overlays}\\
+% Hides following material until the end of the current group, usually
+% the end of an environment like |itemize|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@hide#1{%
+ \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If still active, we might need to become inactive.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\pd@currentstate=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Check the state of this item.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@testdisp1{#1}%
+ \if@tempswa\else
+ \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Hide material onto overlay 1.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (1) BOL end}%
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Switch to inactive color.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \color\pd@@iacolor
+ \fi
+ \gdef\pd@currentstate{1}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pause}
+% Hide following material on the current overlay.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pause{\@testopt\pd@p@use1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@p@use}
+% \oarg{steps}\\
+% This inserts a |\pd@hide| that hides material for the following
+% overlays, possibly some extra, when the optional argument is used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@p@use[#1]{%
+ \addtocounter{pd@pause}{#1}%
+ \expandafter\pd@hide\expandafter{\the\c@pd@pause-}%
+ \global\let\pd@revert\@gobble
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@deloverlays}
+% This macro disables overlays by redefining some internals.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@deloverlays{%
+ \def\pd@hide##1{}%
+ \def\pd@onslide##1##2{\@firstofone}%
+ \let\@trivlist\pd@orig@@trivlist
+ \let\endtrivlist\pd@orig@endtrivlist
+ \def\pd@item[##1]<##2>{\pd@orig@item[##1]\leavevmode\ignorespaces}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% We insert an extra key in the |enumitem| family to allow for changing
+% the type of the list. 0 uses ps hiding, 1 uses inactive color when
+% items are inactive.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkey{enumitem}[pd@@]{type}{}
+\setkeys{enumitem}{type=0}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdftrans}
+% Inserts a pdf transition effect. It allows custom transition effects
+% like wipes in different directions. But if you do that, it will warn
+% that it might not work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifxetex\else
+ \def\pd@pdftrans{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\pd@@trans,}{%
+ ,Split,Blinds,Box,Wipe,Dissolve,Glitter,%
+ Replace,Fly,Push,Cover,Uncover,Fade,}%
+ \ifin@\else
+ \pd@warn{Transition `\pd@@trans' might not be understood by
+ your ps to pdf converter}%
+ \fi
+ \pdfmark{%
+ pdfmark=/PUT,%
+ Raw={\string{ThisPage\string}%
+ <</Trans << /S /\pd@@trans\space >> >>%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Two column keys.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkeys[pd]{twocolumn}[pd@@]{%
+ lineheight,lfrheight,rfrheight,lcolwidth,rcolwidth,%
+ topsep,bottomsep,indent,lineprop,lfrprop,rfrprop%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We use two lengths as we need to do some computations with these
+% key settings.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key[pd]{twocolumn}{colsep}{\setlength\pd@colsep{#1}}
+\define@key[pd]{twocolumn}{frsep}{\setlength\pd@frsep{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Presets.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\presetkeys[pd]{twocolumn}{frsep=1.5mm,colsep=.06\linewidth,%
+ lcolwidth=.47\linewidth,rcolwidth=.47\linewidth,topsep=0cm,%
+ bottomsep=0cm,indent=0cm,lineprop=,lfrprop=,rfrprop=,%
+ lineheight=,lfrheight=,rfrheight=%
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\twocolumn}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@twocolumn}
+% Construct two columns and put material in it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\twocolumn{\@testopt\pd@twocolumn{}}
+\long\def\pd@twocolumn[#1]#2#3{%
+ \setkeys[pd]{twocolumn}{#1}%
+ \sbox\pd@tba{\begin{minipage}\pd@@lcolwidth\pd@@textfont#2\end{minipage}}%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{\the\ht\pd@tba}%
+ \addtolength\@tempdima{\the\dp\pd@tba}%
+ \sbox\pd@tbb{\begin{minipage}\pd@@rcolwidth\pd@@textfont#3\end{minipage}}%
+ \setlength\@tempdimb{\the\ht\pd@tbb}%
+ \addtolength\@tempdimb{\the\dp\pd@tbb}%
+ \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\@tempdima\@tempdimb}%
+ \ifx\pd@@lfrheight\@empty\else
+ \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@lfrheight\@tempdimc}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\pd@@lineheight\@empty\else
+ \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@lineheight\@tempdimc}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\pd@@rfrheight\@empty\else
+ \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@rfrheight\@tempdimc}%
+ \fi
+ \begin{pspicture}(-\pd@@indent,\pd@@topsep)(\linewidth,-\@tempdimc)%
+ \psset{linewidth=.25pt,linecolor=\pd@color}%
+ \setlength\@tempdima\pd@@lcolwidth
+ \addtolength\@tempdima\pd@frsep
+ \ifx\pd@@lfrheight\@empty\else
+ \expandafter\psframe\expandafter[\pd@@lfrprop]%
+ (-\pd@frsep,\pd@frsep)(\@tempdima,-\pd@@lfrheight)%
+ \fi
+ \rput[tl](0,0){\usebox\pd@tba}%
+ \setlength\@tempdima\pd@@lcolwidth
+ \addtolength\@tempdima{.5\pd@colsep}%
+ \ifx\pd@@lineheight\@empty\else
+ \expandafter\psline\expandafter[\pd@@lineprop]%
+ (\@tempdima,\pd@frsep)(\@tempdima,-\pd@@lineheight)%
+ \fi
+ \addtolength\@tempdima{.5\pd@colsep}%
+ \setlength\@tempdimc\@tempdima
+ \addtolength\@tempdima{-\pd@frsep}%
+ \setlength\@tempdimb\@tempdima
+ \addtolength\@tempdimb\pd@@rcolwidth
+ \addtolength\@tempdimb{2\pd@frsep}%
+ \ifx\pd@@rfrheight\@empty\else
+ \expandafter\psframe\expandafter[\pd@@rfrprop]%
+ (\@tempdima,\pd@frsep)(\@tempdimb,-\pd@@rfrheight)%
+ \fi
+ \rput[tl](\@tempdimc,0){\usebox\pd@tbb}%
+ \end{pspicture}\par
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{environment}{figure}
+% \begin{environment}{table}
+% Avoid floating |figure| and |table| environments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewenvironment{figure}[1][]{%
+ \def\@captype{figure}%
+ \par\begin{center}%
+}{\par\end{center}}
+\renewenvironment{table}[1][]{%
+ \def\@captype{table}%
+ \par\begin{center}%
+}{\par\end{center}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \begin{macro}{\pddefinelyxtemplate}
+% \meta{cs}\marg{template}
+% Support for \LyX, where slides are delimited by an explicit |\lyxend|.
+% This defines the \meta{cs} to look optional keys, the slide title
+% and finally for |\lyxend| to collect the body of the slide.
+% After that, it creates a slide with \meta{template}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pddefinelyxtemplate#1#2{\def#1{\pd@lyxgetargsandbody{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxgetargsandbody}
+% \marg{template}\\
+% Check for optional keys.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@lyxgetargsandbody#1{\@testopt{\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody{#1}}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody}
+% \marg{template}\oarg{options}\marg{title}\\
+% This pretends to be an environment with name \meta{template}. The
+% slide title and body are saved, keys are set and the slide is executed.
+% This all happens in a local group to keep definitions (eg |toc| key)
+% local. We again have three different methods to process the slide.
+% Now, the verbatim version is more complicated as we have to look
+% for |\lyxend| instead of |\end{slide}|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody#1[#2]#3{%
+ \begingroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Initial settings and checks.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\@currenvir{#1}%
+ \pd@get@rgs@ndbody{#2}{#3}%
+ \ifcase\ifnum\pd@method>\z@\ifpd@display\@ne\fi\fi\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Eat the body until |\lyxend|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndbody
+ \else
+ \ifnum\pd@method=\@ne
+ \def\pd@tempa{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Start writing to a temporary file and redefine |\verbatim@processline|
+% to scan lines for |\lyxend|. We only stop if |\lyxend| occurs on the
+% first character of the input line.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \immediate\openout\@inputcheck\jobname.vrb\relax
+ \def\verbatim@processline{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Check for |\lyxend|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@dy
+ \ifin@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If we found it, stop. |\pd@tempa| eats the next four tokens which
+% would otherwise make \pf{verbatim} continue with reading.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\pd@tempa\@gobblefour
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |\next| occurs in the \pf{verbatim} macros. We define it to close
+% the output file, execute the slide, write the remaining part of
+% the line with |\lyxend| to file and read it back in. We need to
+% do this as this content (probably |\lyxslide|) has been sanitized
+% while reading in verbatim mode. We could also use |\scantokens|
+% if we keep in mind that that, just as |\input|, introduces line
+% feeds and end-of-file characters in the input stream which the
+% \pf{verbatim} macros can't handle. Morten H\o gholm proposed the
+% following instead.
+%\begin{example}
+% \documentclass{article}
+% \begin{document}
+% \long\def\ReinsertTokens#1{%
+% \begingroup\endlinechar=-1\everyeof{}%
+% \scantokens{\def\next{\endgroup#1}}\next
+% }
+% \ReinsertTokens{\begin{verbatim}}
+% test
+% \end{verbatim}
+% \end{document}
+%\end{example}
+% We don't use that here as we don't want to force the use of
+% $\varepsilon$-\TeX\ at this moment. Instead, we read back exactly
+% one line via an input stream and execute that.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\next{%
+ \endgroup\immediate\closeout\@inputcheck
+ \let\verbatim@processline\pd@orig@verbatim@processline
+ \pd@slide\endgroup
+ \immediate\openout\@inputcheck\jobname.vrb\relax
+ \immediate\write\@inputcheck{\pd@lyxrem}%
+ \immediate\closeout\@inputcheck
+ \immediate\openin\@inputcheck\jobname.vrb\relax
+ \immediate\read\@inputcheck to\pd@tempa
+ \immediate\closein\@inputcheck\pd@tempa
+ }%
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Write a line of the body to file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \immediate\write\@inputcheck{\the\verbatim@line}%
+ \let\pd@tempa\relax
+ \fi
+ \pd@tempa
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Start the verbatim reading.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \begingroup\let\do\@makeother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M\active
+ \verbatim@start
+ }%
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This is the |direct| method, similar as before.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@deloverlays
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@sl@de
+ \def\lyxend{%
+ \end{pd@minipage}\end{lrbox}%
+ \ifx\pd@@textpos\@empty\else
+ \rput[\pd@@texthook](\pd@@textpos){\usebox\pd@textbox}%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \pd@tempa
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@args@ndbody}
+% \meta{body}|\lyxend|\\
+% Collect material until |\lyxend|, save that in the token register
+% and start processing the slide, if necessary.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndbody#1\lyxend{%
+ \pd@body{#1}%
+ \ifpd@display\pd@slide\fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup\lccode`\!`\\\lowercase{\endgroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@args@ndb@dy}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@args@ndb@dy}
+% These macros check if |\lyxend| occurs in the input line (in
+% sanitize version) and if so, if it occurs on the first character.
+% That allows for including |\lyxend| somewhere in the line, for
+% instance, in a verbatim text.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@dy{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\in@{!lyxend}{\the\verbatim@line}%
+ \ifin@\expandafter\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@d@\the\verbatim@line\@nil\fi
+}
+\def\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@d@#1!lyxend#2\@nil{%
+ \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\gdef\pd@lyxrem{#2}\else\in@false\fi
+}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\lyxend}
+% This macro acts mainly as delimiter and doesn't need to be defined
+% but we do it anyway as to make it harmless when there is a superfluous
+% one in the file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\lyxend{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\lyxnote}
+% \begin{macro}{\lyxslide}
+% \begin{macro}{\lyxwideslide}
+% \begin{macro}{\lyxemptyslide}
+% These create the standard available templates. Any template can be
+% supported for \LyX\ in this way.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxnote{note}
+\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxslide{slide}
+\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxwideslide{wideslide}
+\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxemptyslide{emptyslide}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved \texttt{itemize} and \pf{frenchb} problem}
+% Some compatibility things. We don't want \pf{frenchb} from
+% \pf{babel} to redefine the |itemize| environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\in@{,frenchb.ldf,}{,\@filelist,}%
+ \ifin@
+ \let\bbl@frenchindent\relax
+ \let\bbl@frenchitemize\relax
+ \let\bbl@frenchlistspacing\relax
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{environment}{thebibliography}
+% Redefine the |thebibliography| environment. This is based on
+% \pf{article}, but does not create marks or a section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]{%
+ \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}{%
+ \settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}%
+ \leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \@openbib@code
+ \usecounter{enumiv}%
+ \let\p@enumiv\@empty
+ \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}%
+ }%
+ \sloppy
+ \clubpenalty4000
+ \@clubpenalty \clubpenalty
+ \widowpenalty4000%
+ \sfcode`\.\@m
+ }{%
+ \def\@noitemerr
+ {\@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}%
+ \endlist
+ }%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{CJK}{%
+ \count@=127
+ \@whilenum\count@<255\do{%
+ \advance\count@\@ne
+ \lccode`\~=\count@
+ \catcode\count@=\active
+ \lowercase{\def~{\kern1ex}}%
+ }%
+ \hypersetup{CJKbookmarks=true}%
+ }{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+\ifnum\pd@mode=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\label}
+% \begin{macro}{\label@in@display}
+% \marg{name}\\
+% We redefine these two macros (|\AtBeginDocument| for \pf{nameref}).
+% For the current slide, we put all label names in a list. If the name
+% reappears, we don't issue the original command anymore. This is necessary
+% to avoid writing the same label multiple times because of overlays.
+% This disables the check for multiply defined labels inside slides,
+% but leaves this system in place over multiple slides. The latter
+% macro is used in \pf{amsmath}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \let\pd@orig@label\label
+ \def\label{\pd@label\pd@orig@label}%
+ \let\pd@orig@label@in@display\label@in@display
+ \def\label@in@display{\pd@label\pd@orig@label@in@display}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@label}
+% \meta{label-macro}\marg{name}\\
+% Helper macro that checks reappearance of labels on slides.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@label#1#2{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\in@{,#2,}{,\pd@labels,}%
+ \ifin@\else
+ \global\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@labels{#2}%
+ #1{#2}%
+ \fi
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% No overlays in print of handout mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\else\pd@deloverlays\let\pd@pdftrans\relax\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% For handout mode, we make some redefinitions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifnum\pd@mode=2
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@newpage}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@n@wpage}
+% Alternate between making a |\newpage| and not. This results in
+% two slides per page.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@n@wpage{%
+ \gdef\pd@newpage{%
+ \global\let\pd@newpage\pd@n@wpage
+ \newpage
+ }%
+}
+\let\pd@newpage\pd@n@wpage
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgsandbody}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Added \cs{@currentlabel} definition}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Made body text \cs{raggedright}}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Fixed \LyX\ handout mode}
+% The new slide environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@get@rgsandbody#1[#2]#3{%
+ \setkeys[pd]{glslide,slide}{#2}%
+ \def\pd@t@tle{#3}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Determine to include this slide or not.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@tempa{note}%
+ \let\pd@resa\@currenvir
+ \pd@displaytrue
+ \ifcase\pd@display
+ \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa\relax\pd@displayfalse\fi
+ \or
+ \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa\else\pd@displayfalse\fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% No bookmarks or targets for notes.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa\else
+ \stepcounter{slide}%
+ \edef\@currentlabel{\the\c@slide}%
+ \let\pd@tempb\@empty
+ \pd@maketocbm0%
+ \hyper@anchorstart{slide.\the\c@slide}\hyper@anchorend
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% For \LyX\ handout mode. Reset it immediately to avoid any problems
+% with superfluous occurrences of |\lyxend|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \gdef\lyxend{\gdef\lyxend{}\pd@slide}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The |lrbox| will typeset and capture content. This allows for
+% verbatim on slides.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \begin{lrbox}\pd@textbox
+% \end{macrocode}
+% $16=2\times7+2\times1$.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@tempdima\linewidth
+ \ifpd@@nohandoutframes\else
+ \advance\@tempdima-16pt
+ \fi
+ \begin{minipage}\@tempdima
+ \subsection*\pd@t@tle
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This |\pd@displaytrue| only acts locally to make sure that |\endslide|
+% is executed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@displaytrue\raggedright
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody}
+% In \LyX\ handout mode, we start making slides in the same way as in
+% \LaTeX\ handout mode, but in |\pd@get@rgsandbody|, we need to make
+% |\lyxend| to finish the slide boxes which is normally done by
+% |\end{slide}| (or friends).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody\pd@get@rgsandbody
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@slide}
+% This creates the slide, if necessary.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@slide{%
+ \end{minipage}\end{lrbox}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If this slide should be visible, include it in a frame.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifpd@display
+ \ifpd@@nohandoutframes
+ \usebox\pd@textbox
+ \else
+ \fboxrule1pt\fboxsep7pt
+ \fbox{\usebox\pd@textbox}%
+ \fi
+ \par\smallskip
+ \pd@@lf\hfill\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty\else\pd@@rf\ -- \fi
+ \def\pd@tempa{note}%
+ \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Determine if this is another note with the same slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\c@slide=\pd@notet
+ \stepcounter{note}%
+ \else
+ \setcounter{note}{1}%
+ \fi
+ \xdef\pd@notet{\the\c@slide}%
+ \thenote
+ \else\theslide\fi
+ \par\bigskip
+ \ifpd@@nohandoutpagebreaks\else\vfill\pd@newpage\fi
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@maketitle}
+% Uses the original \pf{article} |\maketitle| and puts the table of
+% contents below it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@maketitle[#1]{%
+ \pd@orig@maketitle
+ \vskip50pt
+ \pd@puttoc0%
+ \newpage
+ \stepcounter{slide}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdcontentsline}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved toc bug in handout mode}
+% \marg{type}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\
+% Make table of contents entries.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@pdcontentsline#1#2#3{%
+ \ifnum#1=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb>\z@\hskip15pt\fi
+ \hyperlink{slide.#2}{#3}%
+ \leaders\hbox{\hss.\ \hss}\hfill#2\par
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \if@tempswa\else\vskip10pt\fi
+ \hyperlink{slide.#2}{\bfseries#3}%
+ {\hfill\bfseries#2}\par
+ \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne
+ \fi
+ \@tempswafalse
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@section}
+% \oarg{options}\marg{title}\\
+% Like before, but simplified.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@section[#1]#2{%
+ \begingroup
+ \setkeys*[pd]{section}{#1}%
+ \setrmkeys*[pd]{slide}%
+ \def\pd@tempa{%
+ \stepcounter{slide}%
+ \def\pd@t@tle{#2}%
+ \pd@maketocbm\pd@tempb
+ \hyper@anchorstart{slide.\the\c@slide}\hyper@anchorend
+ \pd@orig@section*{#2\normalfont\hfill\theslide}%
+ }%
+ \ifnum\pd@display=\@ne\ifpd@@slide\stepcounter{slide}\fi\else
+ \ifnum\pd@tempb=\z@
+ \ifpd@@slide\pd@tempa\fi
+ \else
+ \stepcounter{pd@section}%
+ \pd@tempa
+ \ifpd@@slide\else\addtocounter{slide}\m@ne\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% End of handout mode specific definitions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Here follow some miscellaneous utility macros.
+% \begin{macro}{\@nameedef}
+% \marg{csname}\\
+% Similar as |\@namedef|, but uses |\edef| to define the command with
+% name \meta{csname}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@nameedef#1{\expandafter\edef\csname#1\endcsname}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@namelet}
+% \marg{cs1}\marg{cs2}\\
+% Copy the replacement text of macro with name \meta{cs2} to the macro
+% with name \meta{cs1}. We use a private version as |\@namelet| has
+% many conflicting definitions is different packages.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@namelet#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname#2\endcsname
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pop}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@p@p}
+% \meta{list}\meta{cmd}
+% Remove the first element of a comma separated \meta{list} and store
+% that in \meta{cmd}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@pop#1#2{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\in@{,}{#1}%
+ \ifin@\expandafter\pd@p@p#1\@nil#2#1\else\let#2#1\let#1\@empty\fi
+}
+\def\pd@p@p#1,#2\@nil#3#4{\def#3{#1}\def#4{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@maxdim}
+% \marg{dim1}\marg{dim2}\\
+% Compute the maximum of two dimensions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@maxdim#1#2{\ifdim#1>#2#1\else#2\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@minipage}
+% \begin{macro}{\endpd@minipage}
+% Adapted version of the |minipage| environment to do normal footnote
+% typesetting.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@minipage{%
+ \leavevmode
+ \@pboxswfalse
+ \setlength\@tempdima\pd@@textwidth
+ \def\@mpargs{{t}{\pd@@textheight}[t]{\pd@@textwidth}}%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
+ \color@begingroup
+ \hsize\@tempdima
+ \textwidth\hsize
+ \columnwidth\hsize
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \let\@footnotetext\@mpfootnotetext
+ \let\@listdepth\@mplistdepth
+ \@mplistdepth\z@
+ \@minipagerestore
+ \@setminipage
+}
+\def\endpd@minipage{%
+ \par
+ \unskip
+ \ifvoid\@mpfootins\else
+ \vfill
+ \normalcolor
+ \footnoterule
+ \unvbox\@mpfootins
+ \fi
+ \@minipagefalse
+ \color@endgroup
+ \egroup
+ \expandafter\@iiiparbox\@mpargs{\unvbox\@tempboxa}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@verbatim@processline}
+% Backup of |\verbatim@processline| for restoring after verbatim
+% reading of the body of a slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\pd@orig@verbatim@processline\verbatim@processline
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\psds@ocircle}
+% \begin{macro}{\psds@osquare}
+% Two macros for open circle and open square dots by Herbert Vo\ss.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\psds@ocircle{\pst@gdot{ 0 0 DS 0 360 arc stroke }}
+\def\psds@osquare{%
+ \pst@gdot{
+ DS .886 mul /r ED
+ r r moveto r r neg L r neg r neg L r neg r L
+ closepath stroke }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% Load style.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\IfFileExists{powerdot-\pd@@style.sty}{
+ \RequirePackage{powerdot-\pd@@style}
+}{
+ \pd@error{unknown style `\pd@@style'}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Check integrity of the style file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\titleslide\@undefined
+ \pd@error{`titleslide' environment
+ not defined by style `\pd@@style'}
+\fi
+\ifx\slide\@undefined
+ \pd@error{`slide' environment not
+ defined by style `\pd@@style'}
+\fi
+\ifx\pd@title\@undefined\let\pd@title\@firstofone\fi
+\ifx\pd@slidetitle\@undefined\let\pd@slidetitle\@firstofone\fi
+\ifx\pd@sectiontitle\@undefined\let\pd@sectiontitle\@firstofone\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the standard ways to make toc entries and highlighted entries.
+% We do this here so that designers could use |\newcommand| or |\def|
+% in the style file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\pd@tocdisplay\@undefined
+ \def\pd@tocdisplay#1{%
+ \hskip\@tempdima
+ \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdimb
+ \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@toctcolor#1%
+ \end{minipage}%
+ }
+\fi
+\ifx\pd@tochighlight\@undefined
+ \def\pd@tochighlight#1{%
+ \psframebox*[framesep=\pd@@tocfrsep,%
+ fillcolor=\pd@@tochlcolor,boxsep=false]{%
+ \hskip\@tempdima
+ \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdimb
+ \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1%
+ \end{minipage}%
+ }%
+ }
+\fi
+\ifx\pd@tocslide\@undefined\let\pd@tocslide\@firstofone\fi
+\ifx\pd@tocsection\@undefined\let\pd@tocsection\@firstofone\fi
+%</powerdot>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \Finale
+% \endinput
+%
+%<*pddefault>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-default}[2014/01/01 v1.5 default style (HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.17,.31,.44}
+\definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.75,.85,.92}
+\definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.9,.95,.98}
+\pddefinepalettes{blue}{}{red}{
+ \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,150}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,150}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,150}
+}{green}{
+ \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,290}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,290}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,290}
+}{yellow}{
+ \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,-150}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,-150}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,-150}
+}{brown}{
+ \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,180}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,180}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,180}
+}{purple}{
+ \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,45}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,45}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,45}
+}
+\newbox\pd@imagebox
+\pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \sbox\pd@imagebox{\includegraphics[trim=50 20 0 20,clip,%
+ width=.17\slidewidth,height=.1\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}%
+ }%
+}{%
+ \sbox\pd@imagebox{\includegraphics[trim=170 0 80 0,clip,%
+ height=.1\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}%
+ }%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{%
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.6\slideheight
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.8\slideheight)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{%
+ titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.68\slideheight,
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,
+ toctcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochltcolor=pdcolor3,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ \rput[tl](0,\slideheight){\usebox\pd@imagebox}%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{%
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{%
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor3,linestyle=none,%
+ linewidth=0pt](0,.9\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ }{}%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{%
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{%
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}
+}{}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{%
+ sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide
+}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pddefault>
+%
+%<*pdtycja>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-tycja}[2005/12/10 v1.4 tycja style (HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.09,.27,.47}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.81,.42}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.97,.84}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ lffont=\scriptsize\color{pdcolor3},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cffont=\scriptsize\color{pdcolor3},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rffont=\scriptsize\color{pdcolor3},
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockhook=tl,clockalign=0,
+ clockpos={0,\slideheight},
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textheight=.66\slideheight,
+ toctcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochltcolor=pdcolor3,
+ tocpos={.845\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ toctcolor=pdcolor3,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor3,
+ tochltcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ textheight=.68\slideheight,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor1](0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (0,.85\slideheight)(.1\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)%
+ (.1\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,texthook=t,
+ textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.55\slideheight,
+ ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait,stocpos,ntocpos
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ titlehook=Br,titlepos={.81\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.76\slidewidth,titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedleft,
+ textpos={.12\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},textwidth=.67\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.9\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},titlewidth=.88\slidewidth,
+ textwidth=.76\slidewidth
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.92\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ titlehook=Br,titlepos={.81\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.76\slidewidth,titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedleft,
+ textpos={.12\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},textwidth=.84\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.9\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},titlewidth=.88\slidewidth,
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (.79\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.92\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (.9\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ }%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (0,.85\slideheight)(.1\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)%
+ (.1\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.455\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.67\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.76\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.76\slidewidth
+}{}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pdtycja>
+%
+%<*pdikeda>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-ikeda}[2005/12/10 v1.4 ikeda style (CE,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{calc}
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.941,.98,1}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.435,.031,.165}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.051,.094,.29}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.051,.329,.29}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
+ titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ textpos={.13\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.56\slideheight
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (.05\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.95\slidewidth,.05\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.01]%
+ (.1\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.1\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.01]%
+ (.9\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.9\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[linestyle=none,fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.1\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.25\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)%
+ (.5\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.75\slidewidth,.13\slideheight)%
+ (.9\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[linestyle=none,fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.1\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)(.25\slidewidth,.93\slideheight)%
+ (.5\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)(.75\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)%
+ (.9\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlehook=Bc,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,
+ toctcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor3,
+ tochltcolor=pdcolor1,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.47\slidewidth,.15\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntocpos={.53\slidewidth,.15\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.84\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ lfpos={.19\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.58\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.025\slideheight}
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.92\slideheight},
+ tocpos={.01\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor3](-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)},
+ textheight=.72\slideheight,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.88\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.95\slidewidth,
+ textheight=.64\slideheight
+}{{%
+ \psset{linestyle=none}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(.16\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{.16\slidewidth-.4cm}%
+ \setlength\@tempdimb{.97\slideheight-.8cm}%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (.16\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{.16\slidewidth+.4cm}%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (.16\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (0,.935\slideheight)(.02\slidewidth,.945\slideheight)%
+ (.065\slidewidth,.935\slideheight)(.11\slidewidth,.925\slideheight)%
+ (.13\slidewidth,.935\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.185\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.335\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)%
+ (.58\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.58\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.825\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)%
+ (.975\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.02\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)%
+ (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.82\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)%
+ (.98\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)%
+ \pd@ikedapbg
+ }%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.95\slidewidth,
+ textwidth=.95\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.88\slideheight},
+ textpos={.025\slidewidth,.84\slideheight},
+ textheight=.72\slideheight,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.92\slideheight},
+ textpos={.025\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
+ textheight=.68\slideheight
+}{{%
+ \psset{linestyle=none}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.02\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)%
+ (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)%
+ (.98\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.02\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)%
+ (.5\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.5\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)%
+ (.98\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)%
+ }\pd@ikedapbg
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\def\pd@ikedapbg{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,.17\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor3,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=1.6pt]%
+ (.05\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.08\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)%
+ (.14\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.20\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)%
+ (.23\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor3,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=1.6pt]%
+ (.77\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.80\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)%
+ (.86\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.92\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)%
+ (.95\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor2}\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor4}\small\ding{115}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor4}\tiny\ding{115}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pdikeda>
+%
+%<*pdfyma>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-fyma}[2005/12/10 v1.3 fyma style (SA,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
+\definecolor{fymahltcolor}{rgb}{1,0,0}
+\pddefinepalettes{blue}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.14,.34,.55}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.24,.45,.7}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.88,.95,1}
+}{green}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.1,.45,.3}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.24,.7,.45}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.88,1,.9}
+}{gray}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{gray}{0.25}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{gray}{0.55}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{gray}{0.85}
+}{brown}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.52,.32,.12}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.7,.45,.24}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.97,.92,.92}
+}{orange}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.8,.23,.24}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.95,.53,.44}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.92,.87}
+ \definecolor{fymahltcolor}{rgb}{.23,.25,.5}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright,
+ clockpos={.96\slidewidth,.97\slideheight},clockcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,
+ toctcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochltcolor=fymahltcolor,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textheight=.67\slideheight,
+ titlepos={.06\slidewidth,.9\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ textpos={.09\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.85\slidewidth,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.12\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntochook=tl,ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.12\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.06\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.94\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.205\slidewidth,.9\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ textheight=.72\slideheight,
+ textpos={.23\slidewidth,.82\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.72\slidewidth,
+ lfpos={.04\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.96\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ tocpos={.04\slidewidth,.82\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
+}{{%
+ \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor2}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,%
+ gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0,dimen=outer]%
+ (.03\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.02\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.03\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)(.03\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.97\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=white,%
+ gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=.85,dimen=outer]%
+ (.03\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.02\slidewidth,.03\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.03\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.03\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)(.03\slidewidth,.02\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.97\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.02\slideheight)%
+ }%
+ \psline
+ (.02\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.03\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)(.03\slidewidth,.955\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.97\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.955\slideheight)%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
+ texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.6\slideheight,
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,tocpos,ntocpos,stocpos
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=white,%
+ gradmidpoint=1,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=.8pt]%
+ (.03\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.195\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)%
+ }{}%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,
+ titlepos={.055\slidewidth,.9\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ textpos={.07\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.83\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.59\slidewidth,.525\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.5\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.525\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.68\slidewidth
+}{{%
+ \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor2}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]%
+ (.34\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.33\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.33\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.34\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.34\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.34\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.34\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]%
+ (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.15\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.15\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.16\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.16\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)%
+ }%
+ \psline
+ (.84\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.84\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{%
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.525\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.68\slidewidth
+}{{%
+ \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor2}%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]%
+ (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.15\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.15\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.16\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.16\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.84\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.84\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)%
+}}
+\def\pd@slidetitle#1{%
+ \settowidth\@tempdima{#1}%
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi
+ \psline[linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (0,-.15cm)(\@tempdima,-.15cm)%
+ \parbox[b]\pd@@titlewidth{#1}%
+}
+\def\pd@tochighlight#1{%
+ \begin{minipage}[b]\pd@@tocwidth
+ \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1%
+ \end{minipage}%
+}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocslide#1{{\tiny\ensuremath\bullet} #1}}{}
+\def\labelitemi{\small\ensuremath\bullet}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ensuremath\circ}
+\def\labelitemiii{\scriptsize\ensuremath\bullet}
+\def\labelitemiv{\scriptsize\ensuremath\circ}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{phv}
+\def\sfdefault{phv}
+\def\Hv@scale{.86}
+%</pdfyma>
+%
+%<*pdsimple>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-simple}[2005/12/10 v1.3 simple style (HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\RequirePackage{amssymb}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{\colorlet{pdcolor1}{black}}
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright,
+ clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ texthook=tl,textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\tabcolsep0pt,
+ textheight=.66\slideheight
+}{%
+ \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.9\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,textheight=.66\slideheight,
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright,
+ clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,textheight=.68\slideheight,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth
+}{%
+ \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.9\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=gray]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=black!10,linestyle=none,%
+ linewidth=.8pt](-.01\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ (.17\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ }{}%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\pd@tochighlight#1{\pd@tocsimple\phantom{#1}}
+\def\pd@tochighlight#1{\pd@tocsimple\@firstofone{#1}}
+\def\pd@tocsimple#1#2{%
+ \@tempdima\pd@@tocwidth
+ \settowidth\@tempdimb{\normalsize\ensuremath\triangleright\hskip1mm}%
+ \advance\@tempdima-\@tempdimb
+ \ifnum\pd@toctype=\@ne\else
+ #1{\normalsize\ensuremath\triangleright\hskip1mm}%
+ \fi
+ \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdima
+ \pd@usedtocfont#2%
+ \end{minipage}%
+ \ifnum\pd@toctype=\@ne
+ #1{\hskip1mm\normalsize\ensuremath\triangleleft}%
+ \fi
+}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ensuremath\square}
+\def\labelitemii{\small--}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ensuremath\triangleright}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{110}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pdsimple>
+%
+%<*pdciment>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-ciment}[2005/12/10 v1.3 ciment style (HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{
+ \colorlet{pdcolor1}{black}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.7,.1,.1}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.2,.2,.2}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.75,.75,.75}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlepos={.1\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.85\slidewidth,
+ titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\large\bfseries\raggedright,
+ clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ lffont=\color{pdcolor3}\scriptsize,
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cffont=\color{pdcolor3}\scriptsize,
+ rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rffont=\color{pdcolor3}\scriptsize,
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,
+ toctcolor=black,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor2,
+ tochltcolor=white,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textheight=.68\slideheight,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.13\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.13\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.7\slideheight
+}{%
+ \psframe[linewidth=0pt,linestyle=none,fillstyle=hlines,%
+ hatchwidth=.4pt,hatchangle=0,hatchcolor=pdcolor4]%
+ (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2](.05\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)%
+ (.95\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2](.05\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
+ (.95\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
+ }%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
+ titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\large\bfseries\centering,
+ texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.6\slideheight,titlepos,
+ ifsetup=portrait,textheight=.53\slideheight
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor4,linestyle=none,%
+ linewidth=0pt](0,.85\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
+ }{}%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\def\pd@slidetitle#1{%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,-.15cm)(.85\slidewidth,-.15cm)%
+ \settowidth\@tempdima{#1}%
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=2.5pt]%
+ (0,-.15cm)(\@tempdima,-.15cm)%
+ \parbox[b]\pd@@titlewidth{#1}%
+}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocslide#1{{\tiny\ding{226}}#1}}{}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pdciment>
+%
+%<*pdelcolors>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-elcolors}[2005/12/10 v1.3 elcolors style (HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.17,.31,.44}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor2}{yellow!10}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor3}{red!10}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor4}{blue!10}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor5}{rgb,2:pdcolor2,1;pdcolor3,1}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor6}{rgb,2:pdcolor2,1;pdcolor4,1}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlepos={.95\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},titlehook=Br,
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.68\slideheight,
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedleft,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockhook=tl,clockalign=0,
+ clockpos={0,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,
+ toctcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochltcolor=pdcolor4,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.42\slidewidth,.13\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntocpos={.46\slidewidth,.13\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.68\slidewidth
+}{{%
+ \psset{linewidth=0pt}%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (0,0)(.44\slidewidth,.14\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.56\slidewidth,.86\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (.09\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.91\slidewidth,.91\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor5]%
+ (.09\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.44\slidewidth,.14\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor5]%
+ (.91\slidewidth,.91\slideheight)(.56\slidewidth,.86\slideheight)%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.76\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.55\slideheight
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ textpos={.12\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.76\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pdifsetup{portrait}{%
+ \pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{slide}{}{}%
+}{%
+ \pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
+ }{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor4,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor6,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (.09\slidewidth,.91\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)%
+ }
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.54\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.68\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.76\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.76\slidewidth
+}{}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pdelcolors>
+%
+%<*pdaggie>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-aggie}[2005/12/10 v1.3 aggie style (JS,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{times}
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.17,.31,.44}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.51,.13,.16}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.96,.94,.89}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.89,.85,.69}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
+ titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ lffont=\tiny,cffont=\tiny,rffont=\tiny,
+ texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.65\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.5\slideheight,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textheight=.55\slideheight,
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)%
+ \psellipse[linestyle=solid,linecolor=pdcolor2,fillstyle=solid,%
+ fillcolor=pdcolor4](.5\slidewidth,0)(.7\slidewidth,.1\slidewidth)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.66\slideheight,
+ titlefont=\Large\sl\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\raggedright,
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lffont=\tiny,cffont=\tiny,rffont=\tiny,
+ tocslidesep=.8ex,
+ textheight=.74\slideheight,
+ toctcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor2,
+ tochltcolor=white,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ tocsecsep=.8ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth
+}{%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,textheight=.7\slideheight
+}{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,%
+ gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \pd@aggiebg
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)},
+ ifsetup=portrait,textheight=.7\slideheight
+}{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=white,%
+ gradmidpoint=0,linestyle=none,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,.9\slideheight)(.25\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)%
+ \psellipse*[linecolor=white](.25\slidewidth,.6\slideheight)%
+ (.075\slidewidth,.7\slideheight)%
+ \pd@aggiebg
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\def\pd@aggiebg{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor4](0,0)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=.5pt]%
+ (0,.075\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor4](0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=.5pt]%
+ (0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ }%
+}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\pd@tocslide#1{\ding{118}\,#1}
+\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor2}\footnotesize\ding{108}}
+\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor2}\small\ding{70}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\renewcommand\familydefault{\sfdefault}
+%</pdaggie>
+%
+%<*pdhusky>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-husky}[2005/12/10 v1.3 husky style (JS,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{times}
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.03,0,.29}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.75,0,0}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.92,.92,.92}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
+ titlefont=\Large\rmfamily\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ lffont=\tiny\color{white},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cffont=\tiny\color{white},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rffont=\tiny\color{white},
+ texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.75\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.66\slideheight,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textheight=.63\slideheight,
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+}{{%
+ \psset{linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3}%
+ \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.385\slideheight)%
+ (.6\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.57\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.25\slideheight)%
+ (.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.5\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.35\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
+ (0,.65\slideheight)(0,\slideheight)(.01\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.225\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)%
+ (0,.25\slideheight)(0,.535\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.13\slideheight)%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.9\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.893\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.893\slideheight)%
+ \pd@huskybg
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.66\slideheight,
+ titlefont=\Large\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\raggedright,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ lffont=\tiny\color{white},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cffont=\tiny\color{white},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rffont=\tiny\color{white},
+ tocslidesep=.8ex,
+ toctcolor=black,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor2,
+ tochltcolor=white,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ toctcolor=white,
+ tochlcolor=black,
+ titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
+ textheight=.73\slideheight,
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ tocsecsep=.8ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntochook=tl,ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ textheight=.74\slideheight,
+}{{%
+ \psset{linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3}%
+ \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.385\slideheight)%
+ (.6\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.57\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.25\slideheight)%
+ (.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.5\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.35\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
+ (0,.65\slideheight)(0,\slideheight)(.01\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.225\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)%
+ (0,.25\slideheight)(0,.535\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.13\slideheight)%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.9\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.893\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.893\slideheight)%
+ \pd@huskybg
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}
+}{%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)},
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=white,%
+ gradend=black,gradmidpoint=.5](.175\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)%
+ (.18\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=white,%
+ gradend=black,gradmidpoint=.25](.025\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)%
+ (.025\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,
+ titlefont=\LARGE\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
+ titlehook=c,
+ titlefont=\LARGE\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\def\pd@huskybg{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,0)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linecolor=black,linewidth=1pt]%
+ (0,.075\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linecolor=black,linewidth=1pt]%
+ (0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ }%
+}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\pd@tocslide#1{\ding{118}\,#1}
+\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor2}\footnotesize\ding{108}}
+\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor2}\small\ding{70}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\renewcommand\familydefault{\sfdefault}
+%</pdhusky>
+%
+%<*pdsailor>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-sailor}[2005/12/10 v1.3 sailor style (MH,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{calc}
+\RequirePackage{amssymb}
+\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
+\pddefinepalettes{Sea}{% Sea sailor (default)
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.141,.188,.235} % Dark blue #24303C
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.298,.392,.490} % Medium blue #4C647D
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.522,.592,.647} % Light blue #8597A5
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8627,.8941,.9255} % Lighter blue #DCE4EC
+}{River}{% River variant
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.141,.235,.192} % Dark green #243C31
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.298,.490,.404} % Medium green #4C7D67
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.522,.647,.592} % Light green #85A597
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8627,.9255,.8980} % Lighter green #DCECE5
+}{Wine}{% Wine variant
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.235,.141,.161} % Dark red #3C2429
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.490,.298,.337} % Medium red #7D4C56
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.647,.522,.545} % Light red #A5858B
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.9255,.8627,.8745} % Lighter red #ECDCDF
+}{Chocolate}{% Chocolate variant
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.235,.212,.141} % Dark brown #3C3624
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.490,.443,.298} % Medium brown #7D714C
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.647,.616,.522} % Light brown #A59D85
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.9255,.9098,.8627} % Lighter brown #ECE8DC
+}{Cocktail}{% Cocktail variant
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.180,.141,.235} % Dark violet #2E243C
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.380,.298,.490} % Medium violet #614C7D
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.576,.522,.647} % Light violet #9385A5
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8902,.8627,.9255} % Lighter violet #E3DCEC
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{%
+ texthook=tl,
+ titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{white}\raggedleft,
+ clockhook=tl,clockpos={0,\slideheight},clockalign=0,
+ iacolor=pdcolor3,
+ toctcolor=pdcolor3,
+ tochlcolor=white,
+ tochltcolor=pdcolor1,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.02\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.02\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.98\slidewidth,.02\slideheight},
+ tocsecsep=2.5ex,
+ tocslidesep=1.2ex,
+ tocslideindent=1ex,
+ tocpos={.01\slidewidth,.8\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.14\slidewidth,-.05)},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.98\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ tocsecsep=.1ex,
+ tocslidesep=.1ex,
+ stochook=tr,
+ stocpos={.49\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ stocwidth=.48\slidewidth,
+ ntocpos={.51\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ ntocwidth=.48\slidewidth,
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{topframe}{%
+ titlehook=r,
+ clockcolor=white,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ titlepos={.95\slidewidth,.92\slideheight},
+ textheight=.74\slideheight,
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.8\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.77\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlewidth=.94\slidewidth,
+ titlepos={.98\slidewidth,.95\slideheight},
+ textheight=.75\slideheight,
+ textpos={.03\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.94\slidewidth
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \pd@sailorroundedtopframe{.15\slideheight}%
+ }{%
+ \pd@sailorroundedtopframe{.1\slideheight}%
+ }%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{%
+ texthook=rt,
+ textpos={.95\slidewidth,.77\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ textfont=\color{pdcolor1}\raggedleft\tabcolsep0pt,
+ textheight=.72\slideheight,
+ titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{white},
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tocpos,ntocpos,stocpos
+}{{%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \pd@sailorroundedframe{\slidewidth}{.25\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}%
+ {.17\slideheight}%
+ }{%
+ \pd@sailorroundedframe{\slidewidth}{.25\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}%
+ {.12\slideheight}%
+ }%
+ \pd@sailorgrad\slidewidth{.5\slideheight}%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}%
+ \psarc*(0,.2\slideheight){3pt}{270}{90}%
+ \multips(.08\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)(.08\slidewidth,0){9}{%
+ \qdisk(0,0){3pt}%
+ }%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[topframe]{slide}{}{{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \pd@sailorgrad{.16\slidewidth}{.5\slideheight}%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}%
+ \multips(.16\slidewidth,0.75pt)(0,.01\slideheight){82}{%
+ \qdisk(0,0){.75pt}%
+ }%
+ }\pd@sailortocbg
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[topframe]{wideslide}{%
+ tocpos,ifsetup=landscape,
+ textpos={.03\slidewidth,.8\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.94\slidewidth
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{portrait}\pd@sailortocbg{}%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{%
+ titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor1}\centering,
+ titlehook=c,
+ titlewidth=.55\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.58\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{sectionwideslide}{%
+ tocpos,stocpos,ntocpos,
+ titlehook=c,titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ titlepos={.4\slidewidth,.695\slideheight},
+ titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{white}\centering
+}{{%
+ \pd@sailorgrad\slidewidth{.5\slideheight}%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \pd@sailorroundedframe{0pt}{.75\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}%
+ {.1\slideheight}%
+ }{%
+ \pd@sailorroundedframe{0pt}{.75\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}%
+ {.07\slideheight}%
+ }%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}%
+ \psarc*(\slidewidth,.2\slideheight){3pt}{90}{270}%
+ \multips(.92\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)(-.08\slidewidth,0){9}{%
+ \qdisk(0,0){3pt}%
+ }%
+}}
+\def\pd@sailorroundedtopframe#1{{%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{\slideheight-#1}%
+ \psset{linewidth=0pt,fillcolor=pdcolor2,fillstyle=solid,linecolor=pdcolor2}%
+ \psframe(#1,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)%
+ \pswedge*(#1,\slideheight){#1}{180}{275}%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.8pt}%
+ \psline(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)(#1,\@tempdima)%
+ \psarc[fillstyle=none](#1,\slideheight){#1}{180}{270}%
+}}
+\def\pd@sailorroundedframe#1#2#3#4{{%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{#3+#4}%
+ \setlength\@tempdimb{#3-#4}%
+ \psset{linewidth=0pt,linecolor=pdcolor2,fillcolor=pdcolor2,fillstyle=solid}%
+ \psframe(#1,\@tempdima)(#2,\@tempdimb)%
+ \ifdim#1>#2\pswedge*(#2,#3){#4}{85}{275}\else\pswedge*(#2,#3){#4}{265}{95}\fi
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.8pt}%
+ \psline(#1,\@tempdima)(#2,\@tempdima)%
+ \ifdim#1>#2\psarc(#2,#3){#4}{90}{270}\else\psarc(#2,#3){#4}{270}{90}\fi
+ \psline(#1,\@tempdimb)(#2,\@tempdimb)%
+}}
+\def\pd@sailorgrad#1#2{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,linewidth=0pt,fillstyle=gradient,%
+ gradbegin=pdcolor4,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0](0,0)(#1,#2)%
+}
+\def\pd@sailortocbg{{%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}%
+ \pd@sailorgrad\slidewidth{.1\slideheight}%
+ \multips(1.5pt,.1\slideheight)(.01\slidewidth,0){100}{%
+ \qdisk(0,0){.75pt}%
+ }%
+}}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\pd@title#1{%
+ \parbox[c][.15\textheight]{.75\slidewidth}{\raggedleft#1}%
+ \vskip-3em\vskip.2\slideheight
+}
+\def\pd@tochighlight#1{%
+ \hskip\@tempdima
+ \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdimb
+ \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1%
+ \end{minipage}%
+}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\color{pdcolor2}\ensuremath\blacksquare}
+\def\labelitemii{\footnotesize\color{pdcolor1}\ensuremath\square}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\color{pdcolor2}\ensuremath\blacksquare}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\color{pdcolor1}\ensuremath\square}
+\pdsetup{list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}}
+\def\rmdefault{phv}
+\def\sfdefault{phv}
+\def\Hv@scale{.85}
+%</pdsailor>
+%
+%<*pdupen>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-upen}[2005/12/10 v1.3 upen style (PRU,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{calc}
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{
+ \colorlet{pdcolor1}{white}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{0,.01,.37}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.01,.06,.65}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.98,.78,.18}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\color{pdcolor4},
+ clockcolor=pdcolor4,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,
+ toctcolor=white,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor2,
+ tochltcolor=pdcolor4,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textheight=.64\slideheight,
+ titlepos={.12\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.83\slidewidth,
+ textpos={.12\slidewidth,.78\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.83\slidewidth,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.47\slidewidth,.12\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntochook=tl,ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.12\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.175\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.775\slidewidth,
+ textheight=.7\slideheight,
+ textpos={.175\slidewidth,.77\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.775\slidewidth,
+ lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ tocpos={.02\slidewidth,.77\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.13\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor4]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.12\slidewidth,-.05)}
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=pdcolor3,gradangle=-90,gradmidpoint=0,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=pdcolor2,gradmidpoint=0,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,%
+ gradend=pdcolor2,gradmidpoint=0,dimen=outer]%
+ (-.01\slidewidth,1.1\slideheight)(1.05\slidewidth,-.01\slideheight)%
+ }%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
+ texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering\color{pdcolor4},
+ textheight=.63\slideheight,
+ titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,tocpos,ntocpos,stocpos
+}{%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{.8\slideheight+.5pt}%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=pdcolor4,%
+ gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.5,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{.2\slideheight+.5pt}%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=pdcolor4,%
+ gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.5,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,.2\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=pdcolor3,%
+ gradmidpoint=1,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,\slideheight)(.15\slidewidth,0)%
+ \pd@upenbg{.15\slidewidth}{.05\slidewidth}%
+ }{\pd@upenbg{.1\slidewidth}{0pt}}%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.77\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=landscape,tocpos
+}{%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{.8\slideheight-.5pt}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,linewidth=0pt,%
+ gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.2,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]%
+ (.05\slidewidth,.8\slideheight)(.5\slidewidth,\@tempdima)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,linewidth=0pt,%
+ gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.2,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]%
+ (0,.8\slideheight)(.45\slidewidth,\@tempdima)%
+ }%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlewidth=.45\slidewidth,titlehook=c,
+ titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering\color{pdcolor4},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.59\slidewidth,.53\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.53\slideheight}
+}{{%
+ \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor3}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2,linestyle=none]%
+ (.34\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2,linestyle=none]%
+ (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
+ }%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{%
+ titlewidth=.62\slidewidth,titlehook=c,
+ titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering\color{pdcolor4},
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.53\slideheight}
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
+}
+\def\pd@upenbg#1#2{%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{#1+.5pt}%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,%
+ gradmidpoint=.4,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (#1,.5\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\slideheight)%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{.45\slidewidth+#2}%
+ \setlength\@tempdimb{.8\slideheight-.5pt}%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,linewidth=0pt,%
+ gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.2,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]%
+ (#2,.8\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)%
+}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\pd@tochighlight#1{%
+ \begin{minipage}[b]\pd@@tocwidth
+ \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1%
+ \end{minipage}%
+}
+\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocentry#1{{\tiny\ensuremath\bullet}\ #1}}{}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor4}\small ---}
+\def\labelitemiii{\color{red}\scriptsize\ding{115}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\color{yellow}\tiny\ensuremath\circ}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{phv}
+\def\sfdefault{phv}
+\def\Hv@scale{.85}
+%</pdupen>
+%
+%<*pdbframe>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-bframe}[2005/12/10 v1.2 bframe style (PRU,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\RequirePackage{pst-blur}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{
+ \colorlet{pdcolor1}{white}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.7,.1,.1}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.01,.05,.56}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlehook=B,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor3,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,
+ toctcolor=white,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor2,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.91\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textheight=.69\slideheight,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.13\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.13\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.58\slidewidth,.91\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.69\slideheight
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
+ texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.75\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
+ titlepos,textheight=.59\slideheight
+}\pd@bframebg
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.91\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth
+}\pd@bframebg
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
+}{{%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3,shadow=true,blur=true,shadowcolor=gray!60}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe*[framearc=.3](0,.87\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[framearc=.1](.18\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[framearc=.3](.02\slidewidth,.01\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe*[framearc=.3](.02\slidewidth,.01\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.14\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[framearc=.1](.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
+ }%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\color{white}\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\def\pd@bframebg{{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \def\pd@tempa{.08\slideheight}%
+ }{%
+ \def\pd@tempa{.14\slideheight}%
+ }%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3,shadow=true,blur=true,shadowcolor=gray!60}%
+ \psframe*[framearc=.3](.02\slidewidth,.01\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,\pd@tempa)%
+ \psframe*[framearc=.1](.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
+}}
+\def\pd@slidetitle#1{%
+ \settowidth\@tempdima{#1}%
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi
+ \rput[B](0,0){\psframebox*[framearc=.3,fillcolor=pdcolor3,%
+ shadow=true,blur=true,shadowcolor=gray!60]{%
+ \parbox[b]\@tempdima{#1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\def\pd@title#1{%
+ {\let\thanks\@gobble\let\footnote\@gobble\settowidth\@tempdima{#1}}%
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi
+ \advance\@tempdima-6pt
+ \psframebox*[framearc=.3,fillcolor=pdcolor2]{\parbox[b]\@tempdima{#1}}%
+}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocslide#1{{\tiny\color{yellow}\ding{117}} #1}}{}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{put}
+%</pdbframe>
+%
+%<*pdhoratio>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-horatio}[2005/12/10 v1.1 horatio style (ML,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{HTML}{004477}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{HTML}{5588ae}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlehook=Bl,
+ titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.91\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.77\slidewidth,
+ titlefont=\color{white}\large\bfseries\raggedright,
+ clockcolor=white,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.2\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ lffont=\tiny\color{white},
+ cfpos={.585\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cffont=\tiny\color{white},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rffont=\tiny\color{white},
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,
+ textheight=.68\slideheight,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ toctcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochltcolor=white,
+ tocpos={.01\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ toctcolor=white,
+ tochlcolor=white,
+ tochltcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.55\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntocpos={.57\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}
+}{{%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1}%
+ \psframe*(0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*(0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=1pt}%
+ \psline(.17\slidewidth,0)(.17\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ \psline(.17\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
+ texthook=t,
+ textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.57\slideheight,
+ ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait,stocpos,ntocpos
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.77\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psline[linewidth=1pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (.17\slidewidth,0)(.17\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }{}%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ textpos={.03\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.94\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.6\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.7\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth
+}{}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\labelitemi{\small\ding{'64}}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{'70}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\small\ding{'63}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\small\ding{'67}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pdhoratio>
+%
+%<*pdpaintings>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-paintings}[2005/12/10 v1.1 paintings (TDK,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{times}
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\pddefinepalettes{Syndics}{% Rembrandt van Rijn: "The Syndics" - 1662
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.06,.06,.06} % Black hat
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.94} % Collar of rising man
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.22,.09,.09} % Tablecloth lower right
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.97,.97,.91} % Book page
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.58,.19,.13} % Tablecloth lower left
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.42,.2,.22} % Back wall
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.71,.55} % Forehead of man in background
+}{Skater}{% Gilbert Stuart: "The Skater (Portrait of William Grant)" - 1782
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.09,.06,.09} % Hat
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.97,.94} % White collar
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.26,.22,.19} % Ice
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.91,.87} % Sky
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.78,.52,.45} % Right cheek
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.45,.39,.26} % Ground under small figures
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.71,.71,.68} % Frozen lake at left
+}{GoldenGate}{% Giotto: "Meeting of Joachim and Anne at the Golden Gate" - 1305-10
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.13,.09,.13} % Dress of woman in black
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.94,.94,.91} % Bridge
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.06,.09,.22} % Blue sky
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.91,.87} % Dress of woman with shawl
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.52,.26,.26} % Joachim's robe
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.65,.35,.16} % Anne's robe
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.91,.84,.42} % Joachim's halo
+}{Lamentation}{% Giotto: "Lamentation of Christ" - 1305-10
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.16,.09,.06} % Dark hair of man
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.91,.91,.94} % White robe at lower left
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.19,.22,.29} % Cloak of Christ
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.94,.91} % Skin of Christ
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.55,.26,.22} % Mary Magdalene dress
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.19,.26,.52} % Sky
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.74,.71} % Mary Magdalene sleeve
+}{HolyWood}{% Piero della Francesca: "Discovery of the Holy Wood" - ca. 1455
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.19,.21,.19} % Horse's ear
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.94} % Attendant's neck
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.29,.13,.13} % Attendant's russet dress
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.94,.91} % Horse's rear
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.22,.35,.55} % Queen of Sheba's dress
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.74,.48,.42} % Dusky rose dress
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.71,.61} % Queen of Sheba's hand
+}{Europa}{% Titian: "The Rape of Europa" - 1559-62
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.09,.06,.03} % Bull's eye
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.97,.84} % Europa's bodice
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.16,.13,.09} % Sea
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,.97,.84} % Europa's breast
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.58,.26,.13} % Flying cape
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.32,.29,.39} % Deep blue sky
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.78,.52} % Bull's right front leg
+}{Moitessier}{% Jean Auguste Dominque Ingres: "Madame Moitessier, Standing" - 1851
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.06,.03,.03} % Black dress
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.87,.84,.78} % Accessories at lower left
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.22,.03,.06} % Deep red wall
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,.97,.91} % Accessories at lower left
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.78,.35,.32} % Flower in hair
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.58,.55,.71} % Blue jewel on left wrist
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{1,.78,.65} % Left forearm
+}{MayThird}{% Francisco Goya: "Third of May, 1808" - 1814
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,0,0} % Black sky
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.94} % Shirt of victim
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.29,.19,.13} % Face of victim
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.97,.97,.97} % Left side of lantern
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.55,.26,.22} % Blood of man in foreground
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.68,.48,.16} % Trousers of victim
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.68,.65,.58} % Coattails of foreground soldier
+}{PearlEarring}{% Johannes Vermeer: "Girl with a Pearl Earring" - 1665
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.06,.06,.06} % Pupil of eye
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.91} % Sclera of left eye
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.26,.29,.42} % Blue head scarf
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,1,.9} % Reflection off earring
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.71,.61,.39} % Beige head scarf
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.65,.35,.29} % Lower lip
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.68,.71,.78} % Light blue over forehead
+}{Charon}{% Michelangelo: "Charon" (Detail from "The Last Judgment" - 1534-41
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.91,.91,.87} % Sclera of right eye
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.13,.13,.13} % Pupil of right eye
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.39,.39,.48} % Left ear
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.91,.91,.94} % Right forehead
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.65,.71,.84} % Sky at upper right
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.81,.78,.65} % Right eyebrow
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.42,.35,.39} % Moustache
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
+ titlefont=\LARGE\sl\color{pdcolor4}\centering,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor4,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ texthook=t,
+ textpos={.5\slidewidth,.65\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.8\slidewidth,
+ textfont=\large\color{pdcolor4}\centering,
+ textheight=.5\slideheight
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{slide}{
+ titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ titlefont=\bfseries\color{pdcolor4}\raggedright,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor4,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ lfpos={.015\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.985\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ rftemp=\pd@@rf,
+ textheight=.8\slideheight
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,.89\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.89\slideheight)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{wideslide}{}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[titleslide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\LARGE\color{pdcolor4}\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.8\slidewidth
+}{}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{
+ sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionslide
+}
+\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor3}\ensuremath\bullet}
+\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor5}\ensuremath\bullet}
+\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor6}\ensuremath\bullet}
+\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor1}\ensuremath\bullet}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt},
+ dmaxheight=.85\slideheight
+}
+\def\familydefault{\sfdefault}
+%</pdpaintings>
+%
+%<*pdklope>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-klope}[2005/12/10 v1.1 klope style (CE,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\RequirePackage{pst-slpe}
+\pddefinepalettes{Spring}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.475,.376,.271} % cedar
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.682,.749,.376} % moss
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.949,.749} % sand
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.749,.675,.376} % driftwood
+ \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor4}
+ \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor2}
+ \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor4}
+ \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor2}
+ \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor3}
+ \def\pd@klopebg{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=slope,slopebegin=pdcolor3,%
+ slopeend=pdcolor2,slopeangle=270](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }
+}{PastelFlower}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.349,.5,.5} % sea green
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.8,.706,.561} % brown
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.812,.902,.902} % sky blue
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8,.561,.561} % rose
+ \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor4}
+ \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor4}
+ \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor4}
+ \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor2}
+ \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor3}
+ \def\pd@klopebg{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=slope,slopebegin=pdcolor3,%
+ slopeend=pdcolor2,slopeangle=270](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }
+}{BlueWater}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.902,.957,1} % lightblue
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.376,.588,.749} % medblue
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.749,.635,.376} % lighttan
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,.8,.749} % pink
+ \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor2}
+ \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor4}
+ \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor2}
+ \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor2}
+ \def\pd@klopebg{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }
+}{BlackWhite}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,0,0} % white
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,1,1} % black
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.5,.5,.5} % gray
+ \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor2}
+ \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor2}
+ \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor1}
+ \def\pd@klopebg{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
+ textpos={.15\slidewidth,.75\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.7\slidewidth,
+ titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering,
+ textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.67\slideheight,
+ clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1
+}{{%
+ \psset{linewidth=0pt}\pd@klopebg
+ \pd@klopesq+-01\pd@klopesq++00\pd@klopesq-+10\pd@klopesq--11%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate{slide}{
+ titlepos={.15\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.7\slidewidth,
+ titlefont=\bfseries\Large\color{stitlecolor}\centering,
+ stochook=t,
+ stocpos={.5\slidewidth,.89\slideheight},
+ stocwidth=.7\slidewidth,stocorient=h,
+ toctcolor=mytoctcolor,
+ tochltcolor=mytochltcolor,
+ tocsecsep=4pt,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.8\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ textheight=.72\slideheight,
+ lfpos={.015\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ lffont=\tiny,
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ cffont=\tiny,
+ rfpos={.985\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ rffont=\tiny,
+ iacolor=myiacolor,
+ clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1
+}{{%
+ \psset{linewidth=0pt}%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=slidebg](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=slidehbg](0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \pd@klopesq+-01\pd@klopesq--11%
+ \psset{linewidth=.1pt}%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1](0,.05\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.05\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linecolor=slidehbg](0,.055\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{wideslide}{}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlepos={.15\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{sectitlecolor}\centering,
+ textpos,lfpos,cfpos,rfpos
+}{{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=slidebg](0,0)(\slidewidth,.5\slideheight)%
+ \pd@klopesq++00\pd@klopesq-+10%
+}}
+\def\pd@klopesq#1#2#3#4{%
+ \@tempdima#3\slidewidth\@tempdimb#4\slideheight
+ \advance\@tempdima#1.3cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.3cm
+ \edef\pd@tempa{\the\@tempdima}\edef\pd@tempb{\the\@tempdimb}%
+ \advance\@tempdima#1.8cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.8cm
+ \psframe*[linecolor=lgsquare](\pd@tempa,\pd@tempb)%
+ (\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)%
+ \@tempdima\pd@tempa\@tempdimb\pd@tempb
+ \advance\@tempdima#1.3cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.3cm
+ \edef\pd@tempa{\the\@tempdima}\edef\pd@tempb{\the\@tempdimb}%
+ \advance\@tempdima#1.7cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.7cm
+ \psframe*[linecolor=smsquare](\pd@tempa,\pd@tempb)%
+ (\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)%
+}
+\def\pd@tocdisplay#1{\pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@toctcolor#1}
+\def\pd@tochighlight#1{\pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionslide}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pdklope>
+%
+%<*pdjefka>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-jefka}[2005/12/10 v1.1 jefka style (CE,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\pddefinepalettes{brown}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{RGB}{121,96,69}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.949,.749}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{RGB}{190,163,117}
+}{seagreen}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{HTML}{FFE680}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.349,.5,.5}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{HTML}{FFC080}
+}{blue}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.902,.957,1}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{HTML}{00487D}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.749,.635,.376}
+}{white}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,0,0}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,1,1}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.5,.5,.5}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
+ textpos={.15\slidewidth,.75\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.7\slidewidth,
+ titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering,
+ textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.67\slideheight,
+ clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linewidth=0pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{slide}{
+ rfpos={.985\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ rffont=\tiny,
+ iacolor=pdcolor3,
+ clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1,
+ titlewidth=.7\slidewidth,
+ titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{pdcolor1}\raggedright,
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
+ textheight=.76\slideheight
+}{{%
+ \psset{linewidth=0pt}%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon*[linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (0,0)(.1\slidewidth,0)(0,.1\slideheight)
+ \pspolygon*[linecolor=pdcolor1](\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ (.9\slidewidth,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=t,titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{pdcolor1}\centering
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{wideslide}{}{}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionslide}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pdjefka>
+%
+%<*pdpazik>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-pazik}[2005/12/10 v1.1 pazik style (CE,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\RequirePackage{pst-char}
+\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
+\RequirePackage{type1cm}
+\DeclareFixedFont\pd@psmath{OML}{cmm}{m}{it}{2cm}
+\DeclareFixedFont\pd@psroman{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}{2cm}
+\pddefinepalettes{red}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{RGB}{225,187,100} % gold
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{RGB}{111,24,17} % brick red
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{RGB}{0,0,0} % black
+ \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{mytochlcolor}{pdcolor2!90}
+ \colorlet{mytitlecolor}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor1!65!pdcolor3}
+ \def\pd@pazik@i{\pd@psmath\char25}
+ \def\pd@pazik@ii{\pd@psroman e}
+ \def\pd@pazik@iii{\pd@psroman i}
+ \def\pd@pazik@iv{\pd@psmath\char16}
+}{brown}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{RGB}{22,80,100} % blue
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.749,.635,.376} % tan
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{RGB}{0,0,0} % black
+ \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor2}
+ \colorlet{mytochlcolor}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{mytitlecolor}{pdcolor2}
+ \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor1!70}
+ \def\pd@pazik@i{\pd@psmath h}
+ \def\pd@pazik@ii{\pd@psmath e}
+ \def\pd@pazik@iii{\pd@psmath c}
+ \def\pd@pazik@iv{\pd@psmath\char11}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
+ textpos={.15\slidewidth,.75\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.7\slidewidth,
+ titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering,
+ textfont=\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textheight=.67\slideheight,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textheight=.55\slideheight
+}{{%
+ \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor2!90]%
+ (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2!90,%
+ gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=0,linewidth=0pt}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[gradangle=90](0\slidewidth,0\slideheight)%
+ (.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \pd@pazik@lbg
+ }{%
+ \psframe[gradangle=180](0\slidewidth,0\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)%
+ \pd@pazik@pbg
+ }%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{%
+ titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{mytitlecolor}\raggedright,
+ rfpos={.98\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ lffont=\tiny,cffont=\tiny,rffont=\tiny,
+ iacolor=myiacolor,
+ clockhook=t,
+ clockalign=1,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,
+ toctcolor=mytoctcolor,
+ tochltcolor=mytoctcolor,
+ tochlcolor=mytochlcolor,
+ tocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textheight=.82\slideheight,
+ titlepos={.02\slidewidth,.94\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.96\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.035\slideheight},
+ titlepos={.02\slidewidth,.945\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.96\slidewidth,
+ textpos={.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.96\slidewidth,
+}{{%
+ \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor2!90]%
+ (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2!90,%
+ gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=0,gradangle=90,linewidth=0pt}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe(.145\slidewidth,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \pd@pazik@lbg
+ }{%
+ \psframe(0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \pd@pazik@pbg
+ }%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ lfpos={.17\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.575\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ clockpos={.07\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ textpos={.17\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.81\slidewidth,
+ tocwidth=.12\slidewidth,
+ tocslidesep=.3em,tocslideindent=.2em,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.2pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.12\slidewidth,-.05)},
+ tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.86\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textheight=.65\slideheight,tocsecsep=.2em,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.44\slidewidth,.18\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ tocslidesep=.2em,
+ ntocpos={.56\slidewidth,.18\slideheight},
+ ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (0,0)(.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (0,0)(\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)%
+ }%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{%
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ tocpos,textpos={.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.96\slidewidth,
+ lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textheight=.82\slideheight,
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (0,\slideheight)(.15\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ }{}%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{%
+ titlehook=c,
+ titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering,
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.585\slidewidth,.6\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.6\slideheight}
+}{%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{%
+ titlehook=c,
+ titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.6\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\def\pd@pazik@lbg{%
+ \psset{fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2}%
+ \rput{-10}(.35\slidewidth,.6\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@i}}%
+ \rput{15}(.4\slidewidth,.3\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@ii}}%
+ \rput{-20}(.8\slidewidth,.2\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iii}}%
+ \rput{30}(.7\slidewidth,.7\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iv}}%
+}
+\def\pd@pazik@pbg{%
+ \psset{fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2}%
+ \rput{-10}(.23\slidewidth,.78\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@i}}%
+ \rput{15}(.35\slidewidth,.4\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@ii}}%
+ \rput{-20}(.8\slidewidth,.3\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iii}}%
+ \rput{30}(.7\slidewidth,.7\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iv}}%
+}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pdpazik>
+%
+%<*pdstyletest>
+%%
+%% For testing, enter your style below.
+%% Switch on only one paper/orient option at a time.
+\documentclass[
+ style=your style,
+ paper=screen,
+%% paper=a4paper,
+%% paper=letterpaper,
+ orient=landscape,
+%% orient=portrait,
+ size=11pt,
+%% hlsections,
+ clock
+]{powerdot}
+
+\pdsetup{
+ lf=left footer,
+ cf=center footer,
+ rf=right footer,
+ randomdots,dprop={dotstyle=ocircle}
+}
+
+%% For testing text height.
+\makeatletter
+\def\textheightrule{%
+ \raisebox\baselineskip{\rule{1cm}\pd@@textheight}%
+}
+\makeatother
+
+\title{This is a test file to test new styles with --
+this title is very long on purpose.\thanks{Adjust textheight
+to position this footnote.}}
+\author{Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison}
+\date{August 16, 2005}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{slide}{Test normal slide}
+ Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
+ elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
+ dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer
+ id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque
+ habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac
+ turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo. Cras viverra metus rhoncus sem.
+
+ Notice the color of the equation number!
+ \begin{equation}
+ (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k
+ \end{equation}
+\end{slide}
+
+\begin{slide}{Test itemize}
+ Some text.\pause
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item level 1\pause
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item level 2\pause
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item level 3\pause
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item level 4
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{itemize}
+ Some text.\footnote{Adjust textheight
+ to position this footnote.}
+\end{slide}
+
+\section{Normal section}
+
+\begin{slide}{Test enumerate and inactive color}
+ Some text.\pause
+ \begin{enumerate}[type=1]
+ \item level 1\pause
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item level 2\pause
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item level 3\pause
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item level 4
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{enumerate}
+ Some text.
+\end{slide}
+
+\begin{slide}{The rule has height \texttt{textheight}}
+ \textheightrule
+\end{slide}
+
+\section[template=wideslide]{Wide slide section}
+
+\begin{wideslide}{Test wideslide}
+ Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
+ elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
+ dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer
+ id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque
+ habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac
+ turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo. Cras viverra metus rhoncus
+ sem.\footnote{Adjust textheight to position this footnote.}
+
+ Notice the color of the equation number!
+ \begin{equation}
+ (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k
+ \end{equation}
+\end{wideslide}
+
+\begin{wideslide}{The rule has height \texttt{textheight}}
+ \textheightrule
+\end{wideslide}
+
+\end{document}
+%</pdstyletest>
+%
+%<*pdstyleexample>
+\documentclass[paper=letterpaper,style=\style]{powerdot}
+\title{Example of the \style\ style}
+\author{Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{slide}{tocpos}{}
+\pdsetup{lf=left footer,rf=right footer}
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+\begin{slide}{Example slide}
+ Here is the binomium formula.
+ \begin{equation}\label{binomium}
+ (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k
+ \end{equation}
+ We will prove formula (\ref{binomium}) on the blackboard.\\
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Here
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item is
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item a
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item list
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item with
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item seven
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item items.
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{slide}
+\end{document}
+%</pdstyleexample>
+%
+%<*pdexample1>
+\documentclass{powerdot}
+
+\title{powerdot example 1}
+\author{Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{slide}{Slide 1}
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item This is the first slide\pause
+ \item There is nothing special about it.
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{slide}
+
+\section{First section}
+
+\begin{slide}{Slide 2}
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item<1-> Here
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item<2-> we
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item<3-> demonstrate
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item<4-> the itemize environment
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{slide}
+
+\begin{slide}{Slide 3}
+ \begin{enumerate}[type=1]
+ \item<1> Here
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item<2> we
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item<3> demonstrate
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item<4> the enumerate environment
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{enumerate}
+\end{slide}
+
+\end{document}
+%</pdexample1>
+%
+%<*pdexample2>
+\documentclass[
+ size=12pt,
+ style=ikeda,
+ paper=screen,
+%% Try me!
+%% orient=portrait,
+%% mode=handout,
+%% display=slidesnotes,
+ pauseslide,
+ nopagebreaks,
+ fleqn
+]{powerdot}
+
+\title{powerdot example 2}
+\author{Hendri Adriaens\and Christopher Ellison}
+
+\pdsetup{
+ lf=Example 2,
+ rf=for powerdot,
+ trans=Wipe,
+ theslide=slide~\arabic{slide},
+ list={itemsep=6pt}
+}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{slide}{Slide 1}
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item This is a bigger example\pause
+ \item demonstrating more of the possibilities of powerdot.
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{slide}
+
+\section{This section has a slide}
+
+\begin{slide}{Slide 2}
+ Here is the binomium formula.\pause
+ \begin{equation}\label{binomium}
+ (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k
+ \end{equation}\pause
+ We will prove formula (\ref{binomium}) on the blackboard.\\
+ Click the title of this slide to switch to the black slide.
+\end{slide}
+
+\begin{note}{Note to slide 2}
+ Here we could type the proof that
+ we want to copy to the blackboard.
+\end{note}
+
+\begin{slide}{Slide 3}
+ \begin{itemize}[type=1]
+ \item This happens\dots\pause
+ \item when you change\dots\pause
+ \item the type of itemize.
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{slide}
+
+\section[template=wideslide,tocsection=hidden]{A hidden wide section}
+
+\begin{slide}{Slide 4}
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item We only treat this material\dots\pause
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item if we have some time left.\pause
+ \item But don't hesitate\dots\pause
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item to read it yourself.
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{slide}
+
+\begin{wideslide}{Slide 5}
+ This wide slide can contain more material
+ as it is wider and does not have a table
+ of contents.
+\end{wideslide}
+
+\end{document}
+%</pdexample2>
+%
+%<*pdexample3>
+\documentclass[style=klope,clock,hlsections]{powerdot}
+
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\usepackage{pst-node}
+\usepackage{listings}
+
+\lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]{%
+ \lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,%
+ frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},%
+ xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=1%
+ }\lstset{#1}}{}
+\lstnewenvironment{examplesmall}[1][]{%
+ \lstset{basicstyle=\tiny\ttfamily,columns=flexible,%
+ frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},%
+ xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=2%
+ }\lstset{#1}}{}
+
+\title{powerdot example 3 --- verbatim and random dots}
+\author{Hendri Adriaens\and Christopher Ellison}
+
+\pdsetup{
+ lf=Example 3,
+ rf=for powerdot,
+ palette=Spring,
+ randomdots,
+ dprop={dotstyle=ocircle,linewidth=.25pt},
+ dmindots=5,dmaxdots=5,
+ dminsize=600pt,dmaxsize=700pt,
+ dbright=50,
+ logohook=c,
+ logopos={.505\slidewidth,.08\slideheight},
+ logocmd={\includegraphics[scale=.05]{powerdot-default.ps}}
+}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{slide}{Overview}
+ \begin{enumerate}[type=1]
+ \item This file demonstrates \pause
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item some uses of \texttt{verbatim} \pause
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item and \pause
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item some uses of randomdots
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{enumerate}
+\end{slide}
+
+\section{section}
+
+\begin{slide}[palette=PastelFlower,method=direct,
+ dprop={dotstyle=*},
+ dminsize=5pt,dmaxsize=10pt,
+ dmindots=5,dmaxdots=10]{Name that quote}
+ G\"odel, Escher, Bach: an Eternal Golden Braid \pause
+
+ \verb|G\"odel, Escher, Bach: an Eternal Golden Braid| \pause
+
+ \begin{quote}
+ The two of you may find it amusing to listen
+ to such totally meaningless cacophony, but I assure you it is not at
+ all pleasant for a sensitive composer to be subjected to such
+ excruciating, empty dissonances and meaningless rhythms. Achilles,
+ I thought you had a good feeling for music. Could it be that your
+ previous pieces had merit merely by coincidence?
+ \end{quote}
+\end{slide}
+
+\begin{slide}[palette=BlueWater,
+ dprop={dotstyle=osquare,linewidth=.2pt},
+ dminsize=4pt,dmaxsize=10pt,
+ dmindots=5,dmaxdots=10]{Itemize}
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item<1> here
+ \item<2> we
+ \item<3> go
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{slide}
+
+\begin{slide}[toc=What day is it?,bm=What day is it?,method=direct,
+ dprop={dotstyle=*},dminsize=4pt,dmaxsize=20pt,
+ dmindots=30,dmaxdots=30]{What day is it?\hfill A test}
+\begin{example}
+ <?php
+ if ($day == "monday")
+ {
+ $callInSick = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $callInSick = false;
+ }
+ ?>
+\end{example}
+\end{slide}
+
+\section[slide=false]{The \texttt{direct} and \texttt{file} methods}
+
+\begin{slide}[method=direct,randomdots=false]{Quadratic}
+ With \verb|method=direct|, there are no overlays.\pause
+
+ But you can still use display verbatim text.
+
+ \[
+ x \pause = \pause \frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^2 - 4ac}}{2a} \pause
+ \]
+
+ Attempting \pause a \pause pause\ldots\pause
+
+ \verb|Plot[3x,{x,0,10}]|
+\end{slide}
+
+\begin{slide}[method=file,randomdots=false]{Quadratic}
+ With \verb|method=file|, \pause you can display verbatim text and have overlays.\pause
+
+ \[
+ x \pause = \pause \frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^2 - 4ac}}{2a} \pause
+ \]
+
+ Attempting \pause a \pause pause\ldots\pause
+
+ \verb|Plot[3x,{x,0,10}]|
+\end{slide}
+
+\section[slide=false]{Nodes}
+
+\begin{slide}[method=file,randomdots=false]{Taylor}
+\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=|,mathescape]
+ e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|x^2/2! + |\color{red}{\ldots}| |\pause|
+ e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|$\rnode{A}{\frac{x^2}{2!}}$ + |\color{red}{\ldots}|
+\end{lstlisting}
+\pause\vspace{.1in}
+Notice, \rnode{B}{this} fraction is in \verb|mathmode|.
+\onslide*{11-}{\ncarc[linecolor=blue,arcangle=-5]{->}{B}{A}}\pause \vspace{.1in}
+
+The above (as its own slide) was coded as follows:
+\begin{examplesmall}[escapechar=@]
+ \begin{slide}[method=file]{Taylor}
+ \begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=|,mathescape]
+ e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|x^2/2! + |\color{red}{\ldots}| |\pause|
+ e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|$\rnode{A}{\frac{x^2}{2!}}$ + |\color{red}{\ldots}|
+ \end{lstlisting}
+
+ \pause\vspace{.1in}
+
+ Notice, \rnode{B}{this} fraction is in \verb|mathmode|.
+ \onslide*{11-}{\ncarc[linecolor=blue,arcangle=-5]{->}{B}{A}}\pause \vspace{.1in}
+ @\char`\\@end{slide}
+\end{examplesmall}
+\end{slide}
+
+\end{document}
+%</pdexample3>
+%
+%<*preamble>
+\usepackage{url}
+\usepackage{fourier}
+\usepackage{xcolor}
+\usepackage{enumitem}
+\usepackage{graphicx}
+\usepackage{pst-char}
+\usepackage{listings}
+\usepackage{array}
+\usepackage{xkeyval}
+\usepackage[section]{placeins}
+\addtolength\textheight{2cm}
+\addtolength\topmargin{-1cm}
+\lstnewenvironment{command}{%
+ \lstset{columns=flexible,frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{blue!20},%
+ xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,escapeinside=`',gobble=1}}{}
+\lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]{%
+ \lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,frame=single,%
+ backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},xleftmargin=\fboxsep,%
+ xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=1,%
+% language=[LaTeX]TeX,keywordstyle=\color{blue},%
+% moretexcs=[1]{color,ProvidesPackage},%
+% moretexcs=[2]{onslide,pause,pdsetup,maketitle,tableofcontents},%
+% texcsstyle=[2]\color{red}%
+ }\lstset{#1}}{}
+\def\mktitledecor{%
+ \rput[tl]{90}(-5.5,-26.51){%
+ \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,1.5)(\paperheight,1.5)%
+ \rput[lB](.075\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,%
+ fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]%
+ {\Huge\bfseries\sffamily powerdot}%
+ }%
+ \rput[rB](.925\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,%
+ fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]%
+ {\Huge\bfseries Documentation}%
+ }%
+ \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,0)(\paperheight,0)%
+ }%
+}
+\makeatletter
+\def\option#1{%
+ \XKV@for@n{#1}\pd@tempa{%
+ \fcolorbox{black}{red!20}{\texttt\pd@tempa}\quad
+ }%
+ \vspace*{.2cm}%
+}
+\def\tableofcontents{\@starttoc{toc}}
+\renewenvironment{theglossary}{%
+ \section*{Version history}%
+ For more information on bug fixes, typeset the source code
+ documentation (see section~\ref{sec:source}).\par\medskip
+ \GlossaryParms \let\item\@idxitem \ignorespaces
+}{}%
+\def\DescribeMacros{\leavevmode\@bsphack
+ \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\Describe@Macros}
+\def\Describe@Macros#1{\endgroup\strut
+ \marginpar{\raggedleft
+ \def\@tempa{#1}\count@\z@
+ \XKV@for@o\@tempa\@tempa{%
+ \ifnum\count@>\z@\\\fi\advance\count@\@ne
+ \MacroFont\expandafter\string\@tempa
+ \expandafter\SpecialUsageIndex\expandafter{\@tempa}%
+ }}%
+ \@esphack\ignorespaces
+}
+\def\DescribeOption#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack
+ \marginpar{\raggedleft\PrintDescribeOption{#1}}%
+ \SpecialOptionIndex{#1}\@esphack\ignorespaces}
+\def\PrintDescribeOption#1{\strut\emph{option}\\\MacroFont #1\ }
+\def\SpecialOptionIndex#1{\@bsphack
+ \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1}
+ (option)\encapchar usage}\@esphack}
+\def\DescribeOptions#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack
+ \marginpar{\raggedleft\strut\emph{options}%
+ \@for\@tempa:=#1\do{%
+ \\\strut\MacroFont\@tempa\SpecialOptionIndex\@tempa
+ }}\@esphack\ignorespaces}
+\def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\@bsphack
+ \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1}
+ (environment)\encapchar usage}\@esphack}
+\def\changes@#1#2#3{%
+ \protected@edef\@tempa{%
+ \noexpand\glossary{\textbf{#1}\hfill\emph{(#2)}%
+ \levelchar
+ \ifx\saved@macroname\@empty
+ \space\actualchar\generalname
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@gobble\saved@macroname
+ \actualchar\string\verb\quotechar*%
+ \verbatimchar\saved@macroname\verbatimchar
+ \fi
+ :\levelchar #3}%
+ }%
+ \@tempa\endgroup\@esphack
+}
+\makeatother
+\def\PrintChangesX{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\efill\relax
+ \PrintChanges
+ \endgroup
+}
+\def\PrintIndexX{%
+ \begingroup
+ \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
+ \setlength{\columnsep}{18pt}%
+ \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}%
+ \PrintIndex
+ \endgroup
+}
+\def\larg#1{{\ttfamily\char`\<}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\char`\>}}
+\def\LyX{L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
+\def\LyXarrow{\leavevmode\,$\triangleright$\,\allowbreak}
+\let\pf\textsf
+\def\equals{=}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
+\newcolumntype{d}{c|l}
+\newcolumntype{e}{c|c|c|c}
+\newcolumntype{f}{l|p{8cm}}
+\RecordChanges
+\CodelineIndex
+\newcounter{FAQ}
+\def\question{%
+ \stepcounter{FAQ}%
+ \parskip4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \item[\textbf{Q\arabic{FAQ}}]%
+}
+\def\answer{%
+ \parskip0pt
+ \itemsep0pt
+ \parsep0pt
+ \item[\textbf{A\arabic{FAQ}}]%
+}
+\def\styleexample#1{%
+ \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}{%
+ \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}{%
+ \hspace*{\stretch{1}}%
+ \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]%
+ {powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}}%
+ \hspace*{\stretch{2}}%
+ \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]%
+ {powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}}%
+ \hspace*{\stretch{1}}\par
+ }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}%
+ }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}%
+}
+%</preamble>
+%
+%<*bib>
+@book{companion,
+ author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens},
+ title = {The {\LaTeX} Companion},
+ edition = 2,
+ note = {With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley},
+ series = {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting},
+ publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
+ address = {Boston, Massachusetts},
+ year = 2004,
+ pagenums = {1120},
+ bibliography = {yes},
+ index = {yes},
+ isbn = {0-201-36299-6}
+}
+
+@MISC{PSTricks,
+ author = {{Timothy Van} {Zandt et al.}},
+ title = {\pf{PSTricks} package, v1.07, 2005/05/06},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/graphics/pstricks}}
+}
+
+@MISC{PSTricksWeb,
+ author = {Herbert Vo\ss},
+ title = {\pf{PSTricks} website},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://pstricks.tug.org}}
+}
+
+@MISC{xkeyval,
+ author = {Hendri Adriaens},
+ title = {\pf{xkeyval} package},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/xkeyval}}
+}
+
+@MISC{extsizes,
+ author = {James Kilfiger and Wolfgang May},
+ title = {\pf{extsizes} bundle},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/extsizes}}
+}
+
+@MISC{prosper,
+ author = {Fr\'ed\'eric Goualard and Peter M\o ller Neergaard},
+ title = {\pf{prosper} class},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/prosper}}
+}
+
+@MISC{HA-prosper,
+ author = {Hendri Adriaens},
+ title = {\pf{HA-prosper} package},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/HA-prosper}}
+}
+
+@MISC{enumitem,
+ author = {Javier Bezos},
+ title = {\pf{enumitem} package},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem}}
+}
+
+@MISC{hyperref,
+ author = {Sebastian Rahtz and Heiko Overdiek},
+ title = {\pf{hyperref} package},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref}}
+}
+
+@MISC{natbib,
+ author = {Patrick W. Daly},
+ title = {\pf{natbib} package},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/natbib}}
+}
+
+@MISC{geometry,
+ author = {Hideo Umeki},
+ title = {\pf{geometry} package},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/geometry}}
+}
+
+@MISC{xcolor,
+ author = {Uwe Kern},
+ title = {\pf{xcolor} package},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/xcolor}}
+}
+
+@MISC{graphics,
+ author = {David Carlisle},
+ title = {\pf{graphics} bundle},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/required/graphics}}
+}
+
+@MISC{random,
+ author = {Donald Arseneau},
+ title = {\texttt{random.tex}},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/generic/misc}}
+}
+
+@MISC{CTAN,
+ author = {CTAN crew},
+ title = {{The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network}},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://www.ctan.org}}
+}
+
+@MISC{LyXWeb,
+ author = {{\LyX\ crew}},
+ title = {{\LyX\ website}},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://www.lyx.org}}
+}
+
+@MISC{javascript,
+ author = {Adobe Solutions Network},
+ title = {{Acrobat JavaScript Scripting Reference}},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/acrobat/sdk/pdf/javascript/AcroJS.pdf}}
+}
+%</bib>